WYDZIAŁ PODSTAWOWYCH PROBLEMÓW TECHNIKIpwr.edu.pl/.../1/public/ects/w11/en_kpr_w11_ib_ii_st.pdf · C2 Uzyskanie wiedzy i umiejętności pozwalających na praktyczne zastosowanie

1

Zał. nr 4 do ZW 33/2012

WYDZIAŁ PODSTAWOWYCH PROBLEMÓW TECHNIKI

KARTA PRZEDMIOTU

Nazwa w języku polskim : METODY NUMERYCZNE W BIOMECHANICE

Nazwa w języku angielskim: NUMERICAL METHODS IN BIOMECHANICS

Kierunek studiów (jeśli dotyczy): INŻYNIERIA BIOMEDYCZNA

Specjalność (jeśli dotyczy): BIOMECHANIKA INŻYNIERSKA

Stopień studiów i forma: I / II stopień*, stacjonarna / niestacjonarna*

Rodzaj przedmiotu: obowiązkowy / wybieralny / ogólnouczelniany *

Kod przedmiotu ARM005303W, ARM005303P

Grupa kursów TAK / NIE*

Wykład Ćwiczenia Laboratorium Projekt Seminarium

Liczba godzin zajęć

zorganizowanych w Uczelni

(ZZU)

15 45

Liczba godzin całkowitego

nakładu pracy studenta

(CNPS)

30 90

Forma zaliczenia Egzamin /

zaliczenie

na ocenę*

Egzamin /

zaliczenie na

ocenę*

Egzamin /

zaliczenie na

ocenę*

Egzamin /

zaliczenie na

ocenę*

Egzamin /

zaliczenie na

ocenę*

Dla grupy kursów zaznaczyć

kurs końcowy (X)

Liczba punktów ECTS 1 3 w tym liczba punktów

odpowiadająca zajęciom

o charakterze praktycznym (P)

w tym liczba punktów ECTS

odpowiadająca zajęciom

wymagającym bezpośredniego

kontaktu (BK)

0,6 2

WYMAGANIA WSTĘPNE W ZAKRESIE WIEDZY, UMIEJĘTNOŚCI I INNYCH

KOMPETENCJI

Zaliczone kursy:

1. Biomechanika Inżynierska (MDM000146W)

\

CELE PRZEDMIOTU

C1 Uzyskanie wiedzy o podstawach teoretycznych metody elementów skończonych (MES).

C2 Uzyskanie wiedzy i umiejętności pozwalających na praktyczne zastosowanie MES do analizy

stanu odkształcenia i naprężenia w elementach konstrukcyjnych (implantach) i elementach

układu kostnego.

*niepotrzebne skreślić

2

PRZEDMIOTOWE EFEKTY KSZTAŁCENIA

Z zakresu wiedzy:

PEK-W01 Ma podstawową wiedzę o metodzie elementów skończonych.

PEK-W02 Ma wiedzę o zasadach tworzenia modeli numerycznych obiektów inżynierskich

i biomechanicznych oraz definiowania warunków brzegowych dla takich modeli.

Z zakresu umiejętności:

PEK-U01 Potrafi opracować modele numeryczne prostych elementów konstrukcyjnych

i fragmentów układu kostnego.

PEK-U02 Potrafi przeprowadzić obliczenia MES i dokonać podstawowej analizy wyników

uzyskanych w programie Ansys.

Z zakresu kompetencji społecznych:

PEK-K01 Ma świadomość roli inżyniera w rozwoju cywilizacyjnym.

PEK-K02 Ma świadomość ważności i rozumie pozatechniczne aspekty i skutki działalności

inżyniera i rozumie związaną z tym odpowiedzialność za podejmowane decyzje.

TREŚCI PROGRAMOWE

Forma zajęć - wykład Liczba godzin

Wy1 Podstawy teoretyczne MES. 2

Wy2 Wyznaczenie podstawowych zależności metody elementów skończonych

oraz ich postaci w zadaniach inżynierii biomedycznej. 2

Wy3

Klasyfikacja elementów skończonych, wyznaczenie ich macierzy

sztywności, zastosowanie poszczególnych typów elementów w modelach

elementów anatomicznych .

2

Wy4 Metody rozwiązywania układów równań zadania metody elementów

skończonych. 2

Wy5 Analiza błędów i zbieżności rozwiązań w metodzie elementów skończonych. 2

Wy6 Weryfikacja wyników obliczeń MES. 2

Wy7 Zastosowanie metody elementów skończonych w analizach z zakresu

inżynierii biomedycznej. 3

Suma godzin 15

Forma zajęć - projekt Liczba godzin

Pr1

Zadanie 1 – modelowanie układów płaskich

Tworzenie geometrii modelu dwuwymiarowego prostego elementu

konstrukcyjnego, dobór rodzaju elementu skończonego, dyskretyzacja

modelu.

3

Pr 2

Zadanie 1.

Definiowane stałych materiałowych i warunków brzegowych. Określenie

parametrów modułu obliczeniowego. Analiza wyników obliczeń.

3

Pr 3

Zadanie 2 – modelowanie prostych układów trójwymiarowych.

Opracowanie założeń do budowy trójwymiarowego modelu numerycznego

układu stabilizator płytkowy ZESPOL – odłamy kostne. Określenie

wymiarów, rodzaju i wartości obciążenia, zbioru parametrów

mechanicznych przewidzianych do analizy.

3

Pr 4

Zadanie 2.

Określenie uproszczeń przyjętych w modelu i ich uzasadnienie

merytoryczne. Tworzenie geometrii płytki stabilizatora; zapis procedury

generującej geometrię w postaci pliku wsadowego.

3

Pr 5 Zadanie 2. 3

3

Tworzenie geometrii wkrętów kostnych. Opracowanie koncepcji połączenia

wkrętów z płytką stabilizatora.

Pr 6

Zadanie 2.

Tworzenie geometrii odłamów kostnych. Opracowanie połączenia odłamów

z wkrętami kostnymi. Wybór typu elementu skończonego, dyskretyzacja

modelu.

3

Pr 7

Zadanie 2.

Zdefiniowanie warunków brzegowych dla opracowanego modelu

geometrycznego układu: stabilizator ZESPOL – odłamy kostne.

Przeprowadzenie obliczeń dla wybranego stanu obciążenia.

3

Pr 8

Zadanie 2.

Kontynuacja obliczeń. Opracowanie wyników obliczeń, wyznaczenie

wartości odkształceń i naprężeń w analizowanym modelu.

3

Pr 9

Zadanie 3 – modelowanie złożonych geometrycznie elementów, implantów

układu kostno – stawowego (indywidualne zadania dla każdego studenta)

Opracowanie założeń do budowy trójwymiarowego modelu numerycznego

wybranego implantu. Identyfikacja geometrii rzeczywistego implantu,

topografii powierzchni, rodzaju materiału, a także funkcjonalności

poszczególnych fragmentów implantu. Opracowanie strategii budowy

modelu.

3

Pr 10

Zadanie 3.

Określenie uproszczeń przyjętych w modelu i ich uzasadnienie

merytoryczne. Określenie wymiarów, rodzaju i wartości obciążenia, zbioru

parametrów mechanicznych przewidzianych do analizy.

Tworzenie geometrii implantu; zapis procedury generującej geometrię

w postaci pliku wsadowego.

3

Pr 11 Zadanie 3.

Kontynuacja prac nad modelem geometrycznym implantu. 3

Pr 12 Zadanie 3.

Kontynuacja prac nad modelem geometrycznym implantu. 3

Pr 13

Zadanie 3.

Wybór typu elementu skończonego. Podział geometrii modelu na siatkę

elementów skończonych, zróżnicowanie gęstości siatki, optymalizacja

siatki.

3

Pr 14

Zadanie 3.

Zdefiniowanie warunków brzegowych dla opracowanego modelu

Przeprowadzenie obliczeń MES dla wybranego stanu obciążenia.

3

Pr 15

Zadanie 3.

Opracowanie wyników obliczeń, wyznaczenie wartości odkształceń

i naprężeń w skali globalnej modelu, wyznaczenie wartości analizowanych

parametrów we wskazanych przekrojach. Sformułowanie wniosków.

3

Suma godzin 45

STOSOWANE NARZĘDZIA DYDAKTYCZNE

N1. Prezentacje multimedialne.

N2. Komputer, oprogramowanie Ansys

4

OCENA OSIĄGNIĘCIA PRZEDMIOTOWYCH EFEKTÓW KSZTAŁCENIA (wykład)

Oceny F – formująca

(w trakcie semestru), P –

podsumowująca (na

koniec semestru)

Numer efektu

kształcenia

Sposób oceny osiągnięcia efektu kształcenia

F1 PEK_W01

PEK_W02

Ocena z kolokwium

P = F1

OCENA OSIĄGNIĘCIA PRZEDMIOTOWYCH EFEKTÓW KSZTAŁCENIA (projekt)

Oceny F – formująca

(w trakcie semestru), P –

podsumowująca (na

koniec semestru)

Numer efektu

kształcenia

Sposób oceny osiągnięcia efektu kształcenia

F1 PEK_W02

PEK_U01

PEK_K01

Ocena z Zadania 1

F2 PEK_W01

PEK_W02

PEK_U01

PEK_U02

PEK_K01

PEK_K02

Ocena z Zadania 2

F3 PEK_W01

PEK_W02

PEK_U01

PEK_U02

PEK_K01

PEK_K02

Ocena z Zadania 3

P=1/5F1 + 1/5F2 + 3/5F3

LITERATURA PODSTAWOWA I UZUPEŁNIAJĄCA

LITERATURA PODSTAWOWA:

[1] Rusiński E., Czmochowski J., Smolnicki T., Zaawansowana metoda elementów skończonych

w konstrukcjach nośnych. Ofic. Wyd. PWr., Wrocław 2000.

[2] Rusiński E., Metoda elementów skończonych. WKŁ, Warszawa 1994.

LITERATURA UZUPEŁNIAJĄCA:

[1] Zagrajek T., Krzesiński G., Marek P., Metoda elementów skończonych w mechanice konstrukcji.

Ćwiczenia z zastosowaniem systemu ANSYS. Ofic. Wyd. PW, Warszawa 2005.

OPIEKUN PRZEDMIOTU (IMIĘ, NAZWISKO, ADRES E-MAIL)

Dr inż. Jarosław Filipiak, [email protected]

mailto:[email protected]

5

MACIERZ POWIĄZANIA EFEKTÓW KSZTAŁCENIA DLA PRZEDMIOTU

Metody numeryczne w biomechanice Z EFEKTAMI KSZTAŁCENIA NA KIERUNKU Inżynieria Biomedyczna

I SPECJALNOŚCI Biomechanika Inżynierska

Przedmiotowy

efekt

kształcenia

Odniesienie przedmiotowego efektu do

efektów kształcenia zdefiniowanych dla

kierunku studiów i specjalności (o ile

dotyczy)

Cele

przedmiotu**

Treści

programowe**

Numer narzędzia

dydaktycznego**

PEK_W01

(wiedza) K1IBM_W09_S1BIN C1 Wy1-Wy7 N1

PEK_W02 K1IBM_W11_S1BIN C1, C2 Wy1-Wy7

Pr1-Pr15

N1, N2

PEK_U01

(umiejętności) K1IBM_U14_S1BIN C1, C2 Pr1-Pr15 N1, N2

PEK_U02 K1IBM_U15_S1BIN C1, C2 Pr1-Pr15 N1, N2 PEK_K01

(kompetencje) K1IBM_K07 C1, C2 Pr1-Pr15 N1, N2

PEK_K02 K1IBM_K02 C1, C2 Pr1-Pr15 N1, N2

** - z tabeli powyżej

Zał. nr 4 do ZW 64/2012

FACULTY OF FUNDAMETAL PROBLEMS OF TECHNOLOGY

SUBJECT CARD

Name in Polish: METODY DOŚWIADCZALNE I NUMERYCZNE

W BIOMECHANICE

Name in English: NUMERICAL AND EXPERIMENTAL METHODS

IN BIOMECHANICS

Main field of study (if applicable): BIOMEDICAL ENGINEERING

Specialization (if applicable): BIOMECHANICAL ENGINEERING

Level and form of studies: 1st/ 2nd* level, full-time / part-time*

Kind of subject: obligatory / optional / university-wide*

Subject code ARM015301L

Group of courses YES / NO*

Lecture Classes Laboratory Project Seminar

Number of hours of

organized classes in

University (ZZU)

45

Number of hours of

total student workload

(CNPS)

90

Form of crediting Examination /

crediting with

grade*

Examination /

crediting with

grade*

Examination /

crediting with

grade*

Examination /

crediting with

grade*

Examination /

crediting with

grade*

For group of courses

mark (X) final course

Number of ECTS points 3

including number of

ECTS points for practical

(P) classes

including number of

ECTS points for direct

teacher-student contact

(BK) classes

2

*delete as applicable

PREREQUISITES RELATING TO KNOWLEDGE, SKILLS AND OTHER COMPETENCES

1. Biomechanical Engineering (MDM000146W).

2. Design of Mechanical Constructions (MMM010154L).

3. Biomaterials (MDM010147W).

4. Numerical Methods in Biomechanics (ARM005303W, ARM005303L).

\

SUBJECT OBJECTIVES C1. Acquire the knowledge and skills to practical use FEM to analyze the state of strain and

stress in structures (implants) and parts of the skeleton.

C2. Acquire the knowledge and skills in the validation of numerical models.

SUBJECT EDUCATIONAL EFFECTS

relating to knowledge:

PEK_W01 The student has a basic knowledge of the finite element method (FEM).

PEK_W02 It has a well-established knowledge of the principles of numerical modeling

systems: the implant - bone elements and define the boundary conditions for such

a model.

PEK_W03 He knows techniques of validation of numerical models.

relating to skills:

PEK_U01 Able to develop a numerical models of implants structural elements and bone

system fragments.

PEK_U02 Able to carry out verification of the numerical model.

PEK_U03 Able to perform FEM and to analyze the results obtained in the Ansys software.

relating to social competences:

PEK_K01 Is aware of the role of the engineer in the development of civilization.

PEK_K02 Is aware of and understands the importance and impact of non-technical aspects of

an engineer activity and understands the consequent responsibility for their

decisions.

Form of classes - laboratory Number

of hours

Lab 1 Develop assumptions for the construction of three-dimensional numerical

model of the system: the implant - bone fragment. Identification of the actual

geometry of the implant, surface topography, the type of material, as well as

the functionality of the various parts of the implant. Develop strategies for a

model building.

2

Lab 2 Determination of the simplifications adopted in the model and the substantive

justification. Determination of size, type and value of the load, the set of

mechanical parameters provided for in the analysis.

Create the geometry of the implant.

2

Lab 3 Continue work on the geometrical model of the implant. 2



Lab 6 Selecting the type of finite element. The division model geometry for finite

element mesh, mesh density variation, the optimization of the grid.

2

Lab 7 Continuation of work on optimizing the discretization model. 2

Lab 8 Defining the boundary conditions for of the developed model. Carrying out

preliminary FEM to obtain the results of the validation of the model.

Presentation of the results of the model.

2

Lab 9 Determination of mechanical parameters (displacement, strain), on the basis

of which there will be validation of the model. Selecting experimental

measurement method for model verification (of the test methods used in the

ZIBiME laboratory). Formulation of the assumptions for the construction of a

measuring set-up.

2

Lab 10 Configuring the test set-up, install a physical model of the system: the

implant - bone fragment on the measurement set-up.

2

Lab 11 Carrying out research, determine the values of the analyzed parameters for

the assumed load conditions. Scientific description of research results.

3

Lab 12 Validation of the numerical model. Comparison of the results obtained from

the preliminary FEM simulation and experimental research. Determination of

the degree of divergence of the results. Analysis of factors associated with

the numerical model that could help to improve the convergence of the

results.

2

Lab 13 Modifications to the numerical model and test their impact on the

convergence of the results with the results of the experiment.

2

Lab 14 Continuation of work on the modification of the model. 1

Lab 15 Description of the final form of the numerical model of the system: the

implant-bone fragment. Presentation of the final results achieved.

2

Total hours 30

TEACHING TOOLS USED

N1. Computer and software Ansys.

EVALUATION OF SUBJECT EDUCATIONAL EFFECTS ACHIEVEMENT

Evaluation (F –

forming (during

semester), P –

concluding (at

semester end)

Educational effect

number Way of evaluating educational effect achievement

F1 PEK_W01

PEK_W02

PEK_U01

PEK_K01

PEK_K02

Presentation of the results of the numerical model

(presentation front of the group)

F2 PEK_W01

PEK_W02

PEK_U01

PEK_U02

PEK_U03

PEK_K01

PEK_K02

Final presentation on the results (presentation front of

the group)

P=1/3F1 + 2/3F2

PRIMARY AND SECONDARY LITERATURE

PRIMARY LITERATURE:

[1] Rusiński E., Czmochowski J., Smolnicki T., Zaawansowana metoda elementów skończonych

w konstrukcjach nośnych. Ofic. Wyd. PWr., Wrocław, 2000 (in Polish).

SECONDARY LITERATURE:

[1] Czasopisma (e-czasopisma, BG, PWr): Journal of Biomechanics, Clinical Biomechanics

SUBJECT SUPERVISOR (NAME AND SURNAME, E-MAIL ADDRESS)

Dr. Eng. Jarosław Filipiak, [email protected]


MATRIX OF CORRELATION BETWEEN EDUCATIONAL EFFECTS FOR SUBJECT

Numerical and Experimental Methods in Biomechanics

AND EDUCATIONAL EFFECTS FOR MAIN FIELD OF STUDY

Biomedical Engineering

AND SPECIALIZATION: Biomechanical Engineering

Subject educational effect Correlation between subject

educational effect and educational

effects defined for main field of

study and specialization (if

applicable)**

Subject

objectives*** Programme

content*** Teaching tool

number***

PEK_W01 (knowledge) K1IBM_W09_S1BIN C1 Lab1-Lab15 N1

PEK_W02 K1IBM_W09_S1BIN C1 Lab1-Lab15 N1

PEK_W03 K1IBM_W11_S1BIN C2 Lab8-Lab15 N1

PEK_U01 (skills) K1IBM_U14_S1BIN C1 Lab1-Lab15 N1

PEK_U02 K1IBM_U14_S1BIN C1, C2 Lab8-Lab15 N1

PEK_U03 K1IBM_U16_S1BIN C1, C2 Lab1-Lab15 N1

PEK_K01 (competences) K1IBM_K07 C1, C2 Lab1-Lab15 N1

PEK_K02 K1IBM_K02 C1, C2 Lab1-Lab15 N1

** - enter symbols for main-field-of-study/specialization educational effects

*** - from table above

Zał. nr 4 do ZW 64/2012

FACULTY OF FUNDAMENTAL PROBLEMS OF TECHNOLOGY

SUBJECT CARD

Name in Polish BIOCHEMIA

Name in English BIOCHEMISTRY


Specialization (if applicable): BIOMECHANICAL ENGINEERING, MEDICAL

ELECTRONICS, BIOMEDICAL OPTICS



Subject code CHC003031W, CHC003031L



Number of hours of


University (ZZU)

30

15

Number of hours of


(CNPS)

60

30


crediting with

grade*

Examination /

crediting with

grade*

Examination /

crediting with

grade*

Examination /

crediting with

grade*

Examination /

crediting with

grade*



Number of ECTS points 2 1

including number of


(P) classes

1

including number of



(BK) classes

1.5

0.7



1. Basic biology and chemistry courses

2. Passed courses Physicochemistry of materials and Biology with basics of microbiology \

SUBJECT OBJECTIVES

C1 providing students with basic concepts of the biochemistry of proteins (relations structure

- function, enzymes - control and catalytic strategies) and of carbohydrates (lipids and

biological membranes, membrane channels and pumps), as well as with mechanisms ruling

sending of biological signals

C2 familiarize with the theoretical basics of working with biomolecules, obtaining basic

knowledge of the kinetics of enzymatic reactions, obtaining knowledge of biological

membranes, membrane pumps and channels, students will learn the basic concepts and the

organization of metabolism, familiarize students with the basic knowledge about the

molecular structure of nucleic acids, molecular biology and transmission of genetic

information

C3 familiarize with the basic techniques of working with proteins and DNA (determination

of the concentration and purity, DNA isolation, separation of proteins, determination of

molecular weight, sequencing etc.)



PEK_W01 Student knows the essential building blocks of proteins and levels of organization

of their structure; has a basic knowledge of the techniques of isolation, purification and

description of proteins; understands the principles of folding of the peptide chain; can

describe the mechanism of non-enzymatic function of the protein hemoglobin as an example;

has a basic knowledge of enzyme kinetics; has knowledge of the control of the activity of

enzymes and mechanisms of enzymatic catalysis; knows the basic concepts of structure and

properties of biological membranes; recognizes the principles of regulation of metabolism

and biological signal transduction; recognizes the fundamental processes associated with the

transmission of genetic information; has knowledge of molecular physiology and participation

of G proteins; has knowledge about the functioning of molecular motors and molecular

sensory systems.

relating to skills:

PEK_U01 Student is able to determine the kinetic parameters of the enzymes (Km and Vmax);

can interpret the elution profiles after chromatographic separation of proteins; can select the

appropriate gel filtration conditions; is able to interpret SDS-PAGE electrophorograms of

proteins; can calculate the basic parameters describing the properties of the protein like pK,

pI, molecular weight, optimum pH and temperature based on the experimental data; can

isolate DNA from biological material and determine the melting point of the DNA.

PROGRAMME CONTENT

Form of classes - lecture Number

of hours

Lec 1 Introduction. Chemical bonds in biomolecules. Entropy and thermodynamic rules.

Proteins structure and function: amino acids and protein preliminary structure. 2

Lec 2 Proteins structure and function: cont. – secondary and ter tiary and quarternary

structure, Anfinsena experiment, protein folding, inherentny disordered proteins 2

Lec 3 Proteins exploring – purification and basic description – chromatographic methods,

centrifugation, activity tests, evaluation of the degree of purification and purification

yield, polyacrylamide gel electrophoresis, protein sequencing - Edman degradation,

mass spectrometry

2

Lec 4 Proteins exploring – cont. - immunological methods in the study of proteins,

peptide synthesis on a solid phase, determination of the spatial structure of proteins -

NMR spectroscopy, X-ray crystallography, learning of proteome

2

Lec 5 Hemoglobin - a portrait of protein in action - allosteric effect, adjustment of the

BPG, the effect of pH and CO2 - Bohr effect, sickle anemia 2

Lec 6 Enzymes - basic concepts and kinetics: cofactors, classification, free energy and

spontaneity of the reaction, the active site, the transition state: enzyme-substrate

reaction, the importance of the Km and Vmax, the criterion of kcat / Km, the

Michaelis-Menten model, models of inhibition: competitive inhibition and

noncompetitive, irreversible inhibitors, catalytic antibodies, penicillin, vitamins

2

Lec 7 Enzymes catalytic strategies and regulatory strategies – proteases, allosteric

enzymes, restriction enzymes, blood clotting cascade, role of covalent

modifications, specific proteolysis

2

Lec 8 Lipids and biological membranes - elements, attributes of bilayers, fluid mosaic

model, the membrane in eukaryotic cells, membrane channels and pumps - passive

and active transport, ATPases, multidrug resistance, the technique of "patch-clamp",

potential gated channels

2

Lec 9 Biological signaling pathways - 7TM receptors, G proteins, signaling molecules,

defects in signaling pathways 2

Lec 10 Metabolism - the basic concepts and organization - coupling reactions, regulatory

strategies, evolution paths; carbohydrates metabolism (glycolysis, citric acids cycle,

oxidative phosphorylation, glyconeogenesis)

2

Lec11 DNA, RNA - the flow of genetic information; genes and genomes 2

Lec 12 Protein biosynthesis - structure and function of the ribosome, translation stages 2

Lec 13 Sensory systems - olfactory receptors, taste receptors, photoreceptors (rhodopsin) 2

Lec 14 Molecular motors - myosin, kinesin, dynein, muscle contraction, movement of

bacterial flagella 2

Lec 15 Final test 2

Total hours 30


of hours

Lab 1 Preliminary classes - discussion of safety rules, the organization of classes, the rules

of pipetting, using the instruments - spectrophotometers, centrifuges, SDS-PAGE

electrophoresis system, protein concentration determination

3

Lab 2 Enzyme kinetics 3

Lab 3 Gel filtration 3

Lab 4 Effect of temperature on the enzyme activity 3

Lab 5 Effect of pH on the enzyme activity 3

Lab 6 DNA isolation and purification 3

Lab 7 pH titration of amino acids and protein 3

Lab 8 SDS PAGE electrophoresis 3

Lab 9 DNA melting curve 3

Lab10 Determination of protein concentration – Bradford method 3

Total hours 30

1) NOTE! Students perform four exercises listed above (2-10) under three hours / week for four

consecutive weeks. Number

of hours

TEACHING TOOLS USED

N1. Lecture with multimedia presentation

N2. Laboratory experiments


Evaluation (F – forming (during

semester), P – concluding (at semester

end)

Educational

effect

number

Way of evaluating educational effect achievement

F1 PEK_W01 Colloquium

F2 PEK_U01 Evaluation of laboratory work

P = F1 - lecture – evaluation of colloquium

P = F2 - laboratory - average from F2 grades

P(lecture) = 3.0 if = 60.0 – 70.0 pts

3.5 if = 70.1 – 75.0 pts

4.0 if = 75,1 – 80.0 pts

4,5 if = 80.1 – 85,0 pts

5.0 if = 85.1 – 90.0 pts

5.5 if = 90.1 - 100.0 pts


PRIMARY LITERATURE:

[1] Berg, J. M., Tymoczko, J. L., Stryer, L., Biochemistry. W.H. Freeman and Co., New York 2012

[2] Berg, J. M., Tymoczko, J. L., Stryer, L., Biochemia. PWN S.A., Warszawa 2005/6 (transl. of the 6-

edition)


[1] Gumport, R.I., Deis, F.H., Gerber, N.C., Koeppe II, R., Student Companion to Accompany

Biochemistry, seventh edition , WH, Freeman, 2012

[2] Voet, D., Voet, J.G., Biochemistry. Wiley & Sons, Inc., 3rd

edition


dr hab. inż. Piotr Dobryszycki, PhD, DSc.

[email protected]



Biochemistry



AND SPECIALIZATION Biomechanical Engineering, Medical Electronics, Biomedical

Optics



effects defined for main field of study

and specialization (if applicable)**

Subject


content*** Teaching

tool

number***

PEK_W01 (knowledge) K1IBM_W01

K1IBM_W03

C1,C2 Lec1 - Lec14 N1

PEK_U01 (skills) K1IBM_U08

K1IBM_U09

C3 Lab1-Lab10 N2



1

Zał. nr 4 do ZW 64/2012

FACULTY FUNDAMENTAL PROBLEMS OF TECHNOLOGY

SUBJECT CARD

Name in Polish FIZYKOCHEMIA MATERIAŁÓW

Name in English PHYSICOCHEMISTRY OF MATERIALS


Specialization (if applicable): MEDICAL ELECTRONICS, BIOMEDICAL

OPTICS, BIOMECHANICAL ENGINEERING

Level and form of studies: 1st level, full-time

Kind of subject: obligatory

Subject code CHP001004W, CHP001004C

Group of courses NO

Lecture Classes Laboratory Project Seminar Number of hours of organized

classes in University (ZZU) 2 1

Number of hours of total

student workload (CNPS) 60 30

Form of crediting crediting

with grade

crediting with

grade

For group of courses mark (X)

final course

Number of ECTS points 2 1 including number of ECTS

points for practical (P) classes

1

including number of ECTS

points for direct teacher-student

contact (BK) classes 1,5 0,8

*niepotrzebne skreślić


SUBJECT OBJECTIVES

C1. Basic knowledge of the structure of matter

C2 Basic knowledge on the relationship of matter and physicochemical properties.

C3 Basic knowledge on the relationship of matter and molecular structure

C4 Ability basic physicochemical calculations

2



PEK_W01 has a basic knowledge of the structure of matter and chemical kinetics

PEK_W02 has a basic background knowledge about the physical and chemical properties of

materials

relating to skills:

PEK_U01 can perform basic physicochemical calculations


PEK_K01 Can formulate questions that deepen their understanding of the topic and found the

missing elements of reasoning

PROGRAMME CONTENT

Form of classes - lecture number

of hours

Lec 1 Chemistry and biomedical engineering. Range of chemical knowledge essential

for biomedical engineers 2

Lec 2 The experimental basis of quantum mechanics 2

Lec 3

Lec 4

Relationship between chemical properties and the atomic structure 4

Lec 5 Periodicity of chemical and physical properties 2

Lec 6 Chemical bonding, molecular orbitals 2

Lec 7 Dipole moment and electronegativity 2

Lec 8 Intermolecular interactions and consequences of their formation 2

Lec 9 Solid: crystals, semiconductors - the types of chemical bonds and chemical

structure 2

Lec 10 Polymers, macromolecules, liquid crystals - chemical bonds and structure 2

Lec 11 Liquids and gases type of intermolecular interactions 2

Lec 12 Solutions, dispersion systems 2

Lec 13

Lec 14

Chemical kinetics: collision theory, activation energy, activated complex,

catalysts (enzymes) 4

Lec 15 Final test 2

Total hours 30

Form of classes number

of hours

Cl 1 The concentration of the solutions 2

Cl 2 Dissociation in aqueous solutions 2

Cl 3 The ionic strength and activity coefficients 2

Cl 4,Cl 5 pH of solution and buffers 3

Cl 6 Acids and bases, pK 2

Cl 7 Solubility: the effect of salt and common ion effect 2

Cl 8 Final test 2

Total hours 15

3

TEACHING TOOLS USED

N1. Using the traditional lecture and slides

N2. Discussion

N3. Individual consultations

N4. Pen, array


Evaluation (F –

forming (during

semester), P –

concluding (at semester

end)

Educational effect number Way of evaluating educational effect

achievement

F1 PEK_W01

PEK_W02

test: base chemistry repetition

F2 PEK_W01

PEK_W02

final test

P1= F1+F2 lecture

F3 PEK_U01

PEK_K01

activity in the class

F4 PEK_U01

PEK_K01

final test

P2 = F3+F4 classes


PRIMARY LITERATURE:

[1] Galus Z. (red.), Ćwiczenia rachunkowe z chemii analitycznej, PWN Warszawa 2004.

[2] Jones L., Atkins P., Chemia ogólna, cząsteczki, materia, reakcje, PWN Warszawa 2004


[1] Pauling L., Pauling P., Chemia, PWN Warszawa 2004.


Dr hab. Małgorzata Komorowska, prof. nadzw. PWr

[email protected] D1, room 114



Physicochemistry of Materials



AND SPECIALIZATION

Medical Electronics, Biomedical Optics, Biomechanical Engineering

Subject

educational

effect

Correlation between subject

educational effect and

educational effects defined for

main field of study and

specialization (if applicable)**

Subject

objectives***

Programme

content***

Teaching tool

number***

PEK_W01

(knowledge) K1IBM_W01 C1, C2, C3 Lec 1-Lec 12

Cl 1-Cl 7

N1-N4

PEK_W02 K1IBM_W01 C1-C4 Lec 1-Lec 12

Cl 1-Cl 7

N1-N4

PEK_U01

(skills) K1IBM_U09 C4 Cl 1-Cl 7 N3-N4

PEK_K01

(competences) K1IBM_K01 C1-C4 Lec 1-Lec 12

Cl 1-Cl 7

N1-N4



Zał. nr 4 do ZW 64/2012


SUBJECT CARD

Name in Polish FIZYKOCHEMICZNE METODY POMIAROWE

Name in English PHYSICO-CHEMICAL METHODS OF MEASUREMENTS






Subject code CHP002001W, CHP002001L



Number of hours of


University (ZZU)

30 30


student workload

(CNPS)

60 60


crediting with

grade*

Examination /

crediting with

grade*

Examination /

crediting with

grade*

Examination /

crediting with

grade*

Examinatio

n /

crediting

with

grade*





points for practical (P)

classes

2


points for direct teacher-

student contact (BK)

classes

1,5 1,5



1. Credited course physicochemistry of materials (CHP001004W)

SUBJECT OBJECTIVES

C1 obtain basic knowledge on: electrochemical and spectroscopic techniques and their

application in biology and medicine

C2 Ability to read signals and spectra, and on the basis determination of quantitative

parameters.

C3 Ability to design experiments using these methods



PEK_W01 Knows and understands basic laws which are based on physicochemical

measurement techniques.

PEK_W02 Has a basic knowledge of the structure and operation of various measurement

systems.

PEK_W03 Has ordered theoretically founded knowledge about the physical and chemical

properties of materials

relating to skills:

PEK_U01 Can understand the description of experiments based on these techniques. Can

obtain from literature, databases and other sources of basic information on measurement

techniques and their applications


PEK_K01 Can work in a team

PROGRAMME CONTENT


of hours

Lec 1 Preview, uncertainties, accuracy, sensitivity and precision of the method, samples

and calibration 2

Lec 2 . Light and matter, fundamental laws 2

Lec 3 Excited molecules, Jablonski diagram, absorption and emission spectra 2

Lec 4 Principles of operation of spectrometers, light sources, detectors 2

Lec 5 The absorption bands in various areas, their interpretation and application of the

quantitative and qualitative analysis 2

Lec 6 Scattering and spectra Ramana 2

Lec 7 Application of Raman spectroscopy 2

Lec 8 Test I 2

Lec 9 Basic concepts of electrochemistry: potential at the interface, the Nernst law 2

Lec 10 Methods: conductivity, potentiometry 2

Lec11 Amperometry 2

Lec 12 Magnetic resonases 2

Lec 13 Mass spectrometry 2

Lec 14 Chromatography 2

Lec 15 Test II 2

Total hours 303030


of hours

Part I

Lab 1 Acid-base titration 3

Lab 2 Conductometric titration 3

Lab 3 Potentiometric titration 3

Part II

Lab 4 Application of the quantitative analysis of refractometry 3

Lab 5 Application of interferometric methods for the analysis of materials 3

Lab 6 Polarimetric determination of the optical activity of materials 3

Lab 7 Photometric titration 3

Lab 8 Flame photometry 3

Lab 9 Gas chromatography 3

Lab 10 Completing up, credit 3

Total hours 30

TEACHING TOOLS USED

N1. Using the traditional lecture and slide transparency

N2. Problem discussion

N3. Consultation

N4. Working student in the lab, contact the laboratory apparatus

N5. Oral checking messages

N6. Statements made outside of the classroom organized


Evaluation (F – forming

(during semester), P –


end)

Educational effect


F1 PEK_W01 Test I

F2 PEK_W01 Test II

F3

F4

F5

PEK_U01 Implementation of laboratory

Oral test before exercise

Rating of the report

P= F1+ F2 Wykład

P=F3+F4+F5 Laboratorium


PRIMARY LITERATURE:

[1] Cygański A., Metody elektro-analityczne. WNT Warszawa 1995

[2] Kealey D., Haines P. J., Krótkie wykłady. Chemia analityczna. PWN Warszawa 2005

[3] Sadlej J., Spektroskopia molekularna. WNT Warszawa 2002


[1] Jones L., Atkins P.. Chemia ogólna, cząsteczki, materia, reakcje, PWN Warszawa 2004

[2] Pauling L., Pauling P., Chemia, PWN Warszawa 2004


Dr hab. Małgorzata Komorowska, prof. nadzw. PWr

[email protected]



Physico-Chemical Methods of Measurements




Optics





applicable)**

Subject


content*** Teaching

tool

number***

PEK_W01 (knowledge) K1IBM_W01 C1 Lec1-Lec14 N1-N3

PEK_W02 K1IBM_W01 C1 Lec1-Lec14 N1-N3


PEK_U01 (skills) K1IBM_U01 C2, C3 Lab1-Lab9 N2-N6

PEK_K01 (competences) K1IBM_K03 C2, C3 Lab1-Lab9 N2-N6



Zał. nr 4 do ZW 64/2012


SUBJECT CARD

Name in Polish PODSTAWY ELEKTROTECHNIKI I ELEKTRONIKI 1

Name in English PRINCIPLES OF ELECTRICAL AND ELECTRONIC

ENGINEERING 1






Subject code ETP002001W, ETP2001C



Number of hours of


University (ZZU)

30

15

Number of hours of


(CNPS)

60

30


crediting with

grade*

Examination /

crediting with

grade*

Examination /

crediting with

grade*

Examination /

crediting with

grade*

Examination /

crediting with

grade*




including number of


(P) classes

1

including number of



(BK) classes

1,5

0,8


PREREQUISITES RELATING TO KNOWLEDGE, SKILLS AND OTHER COMPETENCES Basic knowledge in physics, in the range of electricity and magnetism. \

SUBJECT OBJECTIVES C1 Gaining basic knowledge in fundamentals of electrical and electronic engineering, and simple

electrical and electronic circuits. C2 Gaining basic skill in the range of description, analysis and solving simple electrical and electronic

circuits.



PEK_W01 Has ordered, theoretically based general knowledge including main problems from

the range of electrical and electronic engineering.

relating to skills:

PEK_U01 Can correctly interpret, select and merge information gained in the range of

electrical and electronic engineering.

PEK_U02 Can apply in practice gained information for solving simple electrical and electronic

circuits.


PEK_K01 Knows limitations of the own knowledge and understand necessity of further study.

PROGRAMME CONTENT


of hours

Lec 1 Introduction to the subject, terms of crediting and examination. Introduction to

electrical circuits, basic quantities: current, voltage, resistance, power, sources of

electrical energy.

2

Lec 2 Properties of media and elements. Ohm’s law, Kirchhoff’s laws, series and parallel

circuits, voltage and current dividers.

2

Lec 3 Superposition principle, Thevenin’s and Norton’s theorems, maximum power

theorem. 1

2

Lec 4 Loop currents analysis of multi-branch circuits.

Electric and magnetic fields, basic properties.

1

1

Lec 5 Resistance, capacitance and inductance. Resistors, capacitors and inductors. Mutual

inductance, transformer.

Electrical waveforms and their description and properties. Harmonic waveforms.

1

1

Lec 6 AC voltage and current in resistors, capacitors and inductors. Kirchhoff’s law for AC

circuits. Using complex numbers in circuit analysis.

2

Lec 7 Series and parallel RLC circuits. Resonance in series and parallel electrical circuits.

AC power.

1

1

Lec 8 Simple electrical devices. Human as source of electrical signals.

Transient states in electrical circuits.

1

1

Lec 9 Four-terminal networks and their properties. Transmittance. Feedback. 2

Lec 10 Operational amplifiers and their applications. Semiconductor elements, p-n junction,

diodes and transistors. Applications of various type diodes.

2

Lec 11 Transistor configurations, transistor biasing . Transistor as active and switching

device. Operation point of transistor circuits. Non-linear circuits.

2

Lec 12 Basic amplifier configurations, differential amplifier, power amplifier. Electronic

sources, DC supply circuits and generators.

2

Lec 13 Analog and digital systems. A/D and D/A converters. 2

Lec 14 Basic digital circuits, combinational and sequential. 2

Lec 15 Applications of digital circuits. Microprocessors and microcomputers. 2

Total hours 30

Form of classes - class Number

of hours

Cl 1 Solving simple DC circuits (Ohm’s law, Kirchhoff’s laws).. 2

Cl 2 Solving DC circuits, Thevenin’s law and Norton’s law. 2

Cl 3 Solving multi-branch circuits using loop currents method. 2

Cl 4 Waveforms and their parameters. AC circuits, complex numbers method. 2

Cl 5 AC circuits, complex impedance. Resonant circuits. 2

Cl 6 Calculation of impedance and power in AC circuits. 2

Cl 7 Analysis of chosen electronic circuits. Feedback. Operational amplifiers with

feedback. 2

Cl 8 Analysis of electronic circuits, cont. 1

Total hours 15

TEACHING TOOLS USED

N1. Board and marker – traditional method

N2. Multimedia presentation for some chosen subjects

N3. Solving exemplary problems at classes (usually given earlier on website) – related to lecture

subjects N4. Tests of individual solving chosen examples


Evaluation (F –

forming (during

semester), P –

concluding (at

semester end)

Educational

effect number Way of evaluating educational effect achievement

F1 PEK_W01 Examination mark

F2 PEK_U01

PEK_U02

PEK_K01

Marks from written tests – solving short examples

Marks from oral answers at board – solving examples and answering

questions

P = F1 lecture

P = F2 class - average grade from marks of tests and answers


PRIMARY LITERATURE:

[1] Bird J., Electrical and electronic principles and technology, Newnes, Elsevier, 2007 (third edition) –

free available in the Internet

[2] P. Horowitz, W. Hill, The art of electronics, Cambridge University Press, second edition 1989


[1] Włodzimierz Wolski, Teoretyczne podstawy techniki analogowej, Oficyna Wydawnicza Politechniki

Wrocławskiej, 2007

[2] Rusek A., Pasierbiński J., Elementy i układy elektroniczne w pytaniach i odpowiedziach, WNT,

Warszawa 2006Warszawa 2006 [3] Bolkowski S., Teoria obwodów elektrycznych, WNT, Warszawa 2007


Dr hab. inż. Zbigniew Moroń

[email protected]



Principles of Electrical and Electronic Engineering 1




Optics





applicable)**

Subject


content*** Teaching

tool

number***

PEK_W01 (knowledge) K1IBM_W01 C1, C2 Lec1-Lec15 N1, N2

PEK_U01 (skills) K1IBM_U01 C2 Cl1 – Cl8 N3, N4

PEK_U02 K1IBM_U09 C2 Cl1 – Cl8 N3,N4

PEK_K01 (competences) K1IBM_K01 C2 Cl1 – Cl8 N3,N4



Zał. nr 4 do ZW 64/2012


SUBJECT CARD

Name in Polish PODSTAWY ELEKTROTECHNIKI I ELEKTRONIKI 2

Name in English PRINCIPLES OF ELECTRICAL AND

ELECTRONICS ENGINEERING 2






Subject code ETP002003L



Number of hours of


University (ZZU)

30

Number of hours of


(CNPS)

90


crediting with

grade*

Examination /

crediting with

grade*

Examination /

crediting with

grade*

Examination /

crediting with

grade*

Examination /

crediting with

grade*




including number of


(P) classes

3

including number of



(BK) classes

1,5



1. Knowledge in the range of principles of electrical and electronic engineering.

2. Skills in the range of laboratory training. \

SUBJECT OBJECTIVES C1 Consolidation of knowledge and gaining basic skills in the range of measurements of electrical

quantities, in application to electrical and electronic circuits. C2 Gaining basic practical skills in the range of analysis of electronic circuits.



PEK_W01 Has ordered, theoretically based general knowledge including main problems from

the range of electrical and electronic engineering.

relating to skills:

PEK_U01 Can gain from literature, data bases and other sources, basic information related to

chosen practical problems in the range of electrical and electronic engineering.

PEK_U02 Can design and carry experiments, can interpret obtained results and draw

conclusions.

PEK_U03 Is able to plan and carry out experiments, is able to interpret the results obtained and

draw conclusions


PEK_K01 Knows limitations of the own knowledge and understand necessity of further study.

PEK_K02 Can individually retrieve information in literature, also in foreign languages.

PROGRAMME CONTENT


of hours

Lab 1 Introduction to laboratory 2

Lab 2 Measurements of DC voltages and currents 2

Lab 3 Basic laws of electrotechnics 2

Lab 4 Linear and non-linear passive elements of electrical circuits 2

Lab 5 Sources of DC voltages and currents 2

Lab 6 Electronic oscilloscope 1 2

Lab 7 Electronic oscilloscope 2 2

Lab 8 Generators of electrical waveforms 2

Lab 9 Measurements of basic parameters of electrical waveforms 2

Lab 10 RLC two-terminal networks, electrical resonance 2

Lab 11 Passive two-port networks, frequency characteristics 2

Lab 12 Operational amplifier 2

Lab 13 Basic logic gates 2

Lab 14 Voltage stabilizer 2

Lab 15 Test exercise 2

Total hours 30

TEACHING TOOLS USED

N1. Work in laboratory of electrical and electronic circuits.

N2. Short tests of knowledge.

N3. Written reports from laboratory exercises.





end)

Educational effect


F1 PEK_W01 1. Short written tests.

PEK_U01

PEK_U02

PEK_U03

PEK_K01

2. Reports from laboratory exercises.

3. Problems to solve of after organized classes.

P = F1 – average mark from partial marks


PRIMARY LITERATURE:

[1] Instructions to laboratory exercises available at website www.ibp.pwr.wroc.pl [2] Bird J., Electrical and Electronic Principles and Technology, Newes, 2008 (third edition) – available

online [3] Horowitz P., Hill W., The art of electronics, Cambridge University Press, second edition 1989


[1] Wolski W., Teoretyczne podstawy techniki analogowej, Oficyna Wydawnicza Politechniki [2] RusekM., Pasierbiński J., Elementy i układy elektroniczne w pytaniach i odpowiedziach, WNT,

Warszawa 2006


Dr hab. inż. Zbigniew Moroń

[email protected]


Principles of Electrical and Electronics Engineering 2



http://www.ibp.pwr.wroc.pl/



Optics





applicable)**

Subject



number***

PEK_W01 (knowledge) K1IBM_W03 C1, C2 La1 - La15 N2, N3

PEK_U01 (skills) K1IBM_U01 C1, C2 La1 - La15 N1 - N3

PEK_U02 K1IBM_U09 C1, C2 La1 - La15 N1, N3

PEK_U03 K1IBM_U08 C1, C2 La1 - La15 N1 - N3

PEK_K01 (competences) K1IBM_K01 C1, C2 La1 - La15 N1 - N3

PEK_K02 K1IBM_K01 C1, C2 La1 - La15 N1 - N3



Zał. nr 4 do ZW 64/2012


SUBJECT CARD

Name in Polish: MIKROKONTROLERY 1

Name in English: MICROCONTROLLERS 1






Subject code ETP002004W, ETP002040L



Number of hours of organized

classes in University (ZZU) 15 0 30 0 0

Number of hours of total student

workload (CNPS) 60

60

Form of crediting

Examination /

crediting with

grade*

Examination /

crediting with

grade*


final course


2

including number of ECTS points

for practical (P) classes 2


for direct teacher-student contact

(BK) classes 1

1.5


1. Basic knowledge of digital electronic circuits (logical gates, flip-flops, registers, multiplexers,

counters). E.g., Introduction to electrical engineering and electronics, Introduction to electrical

engineering and electronics 2

2. Basic knowledge of and basic skills in C programming language, e.g., Programming languages

(both the lecture course: INP2003W and the laboratory one: INP2003L)

SUBJECT OBJECTIVES C1. Acquiring of basic knowledge about the resources of typical microcontroller and about

possibilities of their practical application

C2. Learning of basic practical skills at programming in an assembler language and at using of some

exemplary development environment for preparing and debugging programs


relating to knowledge: PEK_W01 has basic knowledge of the structure of a typical microcontroller and of its programming

in an assembler language.

PEK_W02 knows basic rules of preparing a proper documentation of a program.

relating to skills: PEK_U01 is able to analyse, write and practically debug simple programs using typical algorithms

and data structures.

PEK_U02 is able to control elements connected to the microcontroller circuit and also to react to outer

drives.

PEK_U03 is able to use basic tool programs such as: editor, assembler, debugger or simulator.

relating to social competences: PEK_K01 is able to retrieve information from literature, also in foreign languages.

PEK_K02 is able to anticipate many-sided effects of her/his decisions and activities.

PROGRAMME CONTENT


of hours

Lec 1 Microcontroller as a programmable digital circuit and the programming structure

of AVR microprocessor 2

Lec 2 Data transfer instructions – addressing modes.

Some typical applications of the logical and arithmetical instructions 2

Lec 3 Building of typical programming structures 2

Lec 4 Division of the program task into blocks – subroutines and a stack;

techniques of parameters’ transfer to subroutines 2

Lec 5 Input/Output ports: their structure and usage 2

Lec 6 Count of events and time intervals; timers/counters circuits – their application and

programming 2

Lec 7 Interrupts 2

Lec 8 The course completion test 1

Total hours: 15


of hours

Lab 1 An introduction. Exercises in numbers notation in positional numeral systems

of different bases 2

Lab 2 Elaborating and debugging of a simple program having the structure of a loop.

Practical familiarization with the program development environment used in

the laboratory, especially with its editor, assembler, and debugger

2

Lab 3 Unaided preparation and debugging of the programs using data transfer

instructions, logical operations and conditional jumps. 2x2

Lab 4

Selected examples of microcontroller communication with its surroundings via

parallel ports: sending data out, reading the state of some input line and a

reaction to it; elementary microcontroller co-operation with a display, switch,

and with a joystick.

2 x 2

Lab 5 Elaboration of the program of the expanded reaction to the external event. 2 x 2

Lab 6 Tables creation in the program memory and the communication with them. 2 x 2

Lab 7 Complex tasks decomposition – subroutines separation 2

Lab 8 Data transfer to subroutines 2

Lab 9 Program delays and their utilisation in practice 3

Lab 10 Proper documentation of a program – basic rules and examples 2

Lab 11 Tests in the course of a semester 1

Total hours 30

TEACHING TOOLS USED

N1. Multimedia lecture with elements of traditional lecture; the elements of lecture are also present

during laboratories

N2. Data sheets and application notes prepared by the manufacturer of the used microcontroller

N3. In the laboratory: the microcontroller evaluation boards together with exemplary peripheral

elements fixed on them, and also PC computers with the appropriate tool programs installed.

N4. The lecture course completion: a written test; The laboratory course: completion of all short tests in

the course of a semester and completion of all the instructed tasks.

N5. Work with the software.


Evaluation (F – forming (during

semester), P – concluding (at

semester end)

Educational effect

number Way of evaluating of educational effect

achievement

F1

PEK_W01

PEK_W02

PEK_U01

A written final test completing the lecture

course (colloquium)

F2 PEK_U01 Short tests during laboratories

F3

PEK_U01-PEK_U03

PEK_K01

PEK_K02

Individual discussions with students,

completing each particular programming task

P- Lecture: the mark obtained for the written final test (colloquium)

Laboratory: the marks obtained for tests and for the discussions completing each particular

programming task


PRIMARY LITERATURE:

[1] Baranowski R., Mikrokontrolery AVR Atmega w praktyce. Wyd. BTC, Warszawa 2005.

[2] Doliński J., Mikrokontrolery AVR w praktyce., Wyd. BTC, Warszawa 2003.

[3] Pawluczuk A., Sztuka programowania mikrokontrolerów AVR. Podstawy. Wyd. BTC,

Warszawa2006.

[4] Pawluczuk A., Sztuka programowania mikrokontrolerów AVR. Przykłady. Wyd. BTC,

Warszawa 2007.


[1] [Data sheet by Atmel:] 8-bit Microcontroller with 64/128K Bytes of ISP Flash and USB

Controller. AT90USB646, AT90USB647, AT90USB1286, AT90USB1287. [Document no:]

7593G–AVR–03/08 [from:] www.atmel.com.

[2] [Data sheet by Atmel:] 8-bit AVR Instruction Set. [Document no:] 0856E-AVR-11/05 [from:]

www.atmel.com.

[3] [Development environment:] AVR Studio 4.19 [from:] www.atmel.com.

[4] Pełka R., Mikrokontrolery: architektura, programowanie, zastosowania. WKŁ, Warszawa 1999.


Grzegorz Smołalski; [email protected]

http://www.atmel.com/




MATRIX OF CORRELATION BETWEEN EDUCATIONAL EFFECTS FOR SUBJECT:

Microcontrollers 1

AND EDUCATIONAL EFFECTS FOR MAIN FIELD OF STUDY:

Biomedical Engineering AND SPECIALIZATIONS: Biomechanical Engineering, Medical Electronics,

Biomedical Optics

Subject educational effect





applicable)**

Subject



number***

PEK_W01

(knowledge)

K1IBM_W03

K1IBM_W09_S2EME C1, C2 Lec1- Lec7 N1, N2, N4

PEK_W02 K1IBM_W03 C2 Lab10 N1, N2

PEK_U01

(skills) K1IBM_U07 C1, C2 Lab2-Lab9 N2, N3,N5

PEK_U02 K1IBM_U08 C1 Lab4-Lab5 N2, N3,N5

PEK_U03 K1IBM_U08 C2 Lab2 N3,N5

PEK_K01

(social competences) K1IBM_K01 C1, C2 Lec1- Lec7 N1, N2

PEK_K02 K1IBM_K02 C2 Lab2-Lab9 N4



Zał. nr 4 do ZW 64/2012


SUBJECT CARD

Name in Polish AUTOMATYKA I ROBOTYKA

Name in English AUTOMATION AND ROBOTICS









Number of hours of


University (ZZU) 30

15

Number of hours of


(CNPS) 60

30


crediting with

grade*

Examination /

crediting with

grade*

Examination /

crediting with

grade*

Examination /

crediting with

grade*

Examination /

crediting with

grade*




including number of


(P) classes 1

including number of



(BK) classes

1,5

0,8


PREREQUISITES RELATING TO KNOWLEDGE, SKILLS AND OTHER COMPETENCES 1. Completed course: Mathematical analysis 2 (lecture and classes)

2. Completed course: Physics 1 (lecture and classes)

\

SUBJECT OBJECTIVES C1 Acquisition a basic knowledge of structures and properties of control systems and automatic

control

C2 Acquisition of basic knowledge about properties and determination of dynamic models of objects

and structures of regulation and control systems.

C3 Acquisition of basic skills in analysis, design and service of simple control systems and automatic

control systems.

C4 Acquisition of basic knowledge about the fundamentals of operation and application in

biomedicine of manipulators, tele- operators, servo - operators and robots.



PEK_W01 Knows and understands the basic principles of the constituent blocks of control

systems, automatic control systems and manipulators and robots

PEK_W02 Has a basic knowledge of linear dynamic models for real world objects, knows

the application of these models in the process of analysis, simulation and design of

simple automatic control systems

PEK_W03 Know the basic types of automatic control, understands the basic criteria for the

evaluation of the quality of control, has an elementary knowledge of the manipulators

and robots

relating to skills:

PEK_U01 Can investigate experimentally a simple object and identify its dynamic model.

PEK_U02 Can carry out simulation tests of simple control structures and regulations.

PEK_U03 Know how to choose and design an automatic control system for a simple object

and assess the quality of regulation.


PEK_K01 Know the limitations of own knowledge and understands the need for further

education

PEK_K02 Can independently search for information in the literature, also in foreign languages

PROGRAMME CONTENT


of hours

Lec 1 Introduction, the conditions of grade assessment. Signals in automation systems,

types, parameters. Elements of automatic control systems, flowcharts, control in

the open and closed loop.

2

Lec 2 Models of static and dynamic elements, methods of determining models. 2

Lec 3 Basic linear dynamic elements of control systems, the method of their

identification. 2

Lec 4 Feedback, block structure, transfer function. Types of systems with feedback,

stability. 2

Lec 5 Rules for the selection of the automatic control systems. The two level control

systems, continuous PID systems, pulse step- train systems. 2

Lec 6 Criteria of quality of controlling process in automatic control systems. Static and

astatic automatic control systems. 2

Lec 7 Selected principles of design of automation systems. The selection of settings of

parameters of the PID regulators. Self- tuning regulators. 2

Lec 8 Application of simulation methods in the design of automatic control systems

(Matlab, Simulink toolbox). 2

Lec 9 Examples of selected biomedical and technical systems of regulation and

automatic control and their characteristics. 2

Lec 10 Man and manipulated machinery - system model. 2

Lec11 Manipulators, remote operators, servo - operators. 2

Lec 12 Robots; generations of robots. 2

Lec 13 Kinematics and dynamics of manipulators and robots. 2

Lec 14 Bio-manipulators and robots and their medical applications. 2

Lec 15 Final test. 2

Total hours 30


of hours

Lab 1 Introduction, laboratory regulations, the conditions of assessment. The properties

of automatic control systems with feedback. 3

Lab 2 The dynamics of objects, identification of dynamic models of objects for the

purpose of automatic control. 3

Lab 3 Automatic control in the real conditions and identification of the object

characteristics. 3

Lab 4 The two - level control system - study of quality of control process. 3

Lab 5 The continuous control - study of quality of control process. 3

Total hours 30

TEACHING TOOLS USED

N1. Lecture - the traditional method.

N2. Computer and multimedia equipment for the illustration of the issues discussed during the lecture

and presentation at the laboratory.

N3. Computer lab with software that enables simulation of the properties of objects and system

structures.

N4. Conversations and short written work - tests applied during the laboratory exercises.

N5. Report on the lab exercises.

N6. Final test.


Evaluation (F –

forming (during

semester), P –

concluding (at

semester end)

Educational effect


F1 PEK_W01

PEK_W02

PEK_W03

Evaluation of the final test

F2 PEK_U01

PEK_U02

PEK_U03

PEK_K01

PEK_K02

1. Short written work – solution of a given simple

problem

2. Checking conversation.

3. Reports on the lab exercises.

P = F1 - Lecture - evaluation of the final test

P = F2 – Lab - average mark of reports and short tests


PRIMARY LITERATURE:

[1] Jacak W., Tchoń K., Podstawy robotyki, WPW 1992.

[2] Kaczorek T., Teoria układów regulacji Automatycznej, WNT, Warszawa 1994.

[3] Materiały do ćwiczeń laboratoryjnych www.ibp.pwr.wroc.pl .

[4] Mazur E., Sosnowski M., Podstawy automatyki –zbiór zadań, WPCz, Częstochowa 2006.

[5] Michael C. K. Khoo, Physiological control systems analysis, simulation, and estimation, IEEE

Press New York 2000.

[6] Morecki A., Knapczyk J., Kędzior K., Teoria mechanizmów i manipulatorów - podstawy i

przykłady zastosowań w praktyce, WNT Warszawa 2002.

[7] Mrozek B., Mrozek Z., MATLAB i Simulink. Poradnik użytkownika, Wyd. Helion, Gliwice 2004.

[8] Węgrzyn S., Podstawy automatyki, PWN, Warszawa 1988.


[1] Findeisen W. (red.), Poradnik inżyniera automatyka, WNT, Warszawa.

[2] Markowski A., Kostro J., Automatyka w pytaniach i odpowiedziach, WNT, Warszawa 1995.


Dr inż. Stefan Giżewski

[email protected]




Automation and Robotics AND EDUCATIONAL EFFECTS FOR MAIN FIELD OF STUDY



Optics

Subject educational

effect Correlation between subject





Subject



number***

PEK_W01

(knowledge) K1IBM_W03 C1, C4 Lec1

Lec10-Lec14

N1, N2, N6

PEK_W02 K1IBM_W03 C2, C3 Lec2- Lec4,

Lec8, Lec9

N1, N2, N6

PEK_W03 K1IBM_W03 C2, C3 Lec4-Lec7 N1, N2, N6

PEK_U01 (skills) K1IBM_U08 C2, C3 La1-La5 N2-N5

PEK_U02 K1IBM_U08 C2, C3 La1-La5 N2-N5

PEK_U03 K1IBM_U08 C3 La1-La5 N2-N5

PEK_K01 (competences)

K1IBM_K01 C1, C2 Lec9, Lec14,

Lec1

N3, N4, N6

PEK_K02 K1IBM_K01 C1, C2,

C3, C4

Lec9, Lec10,

Lec14,

Lab1, Lab2

N3, N4, N6



Zał. nr 4 do ZW 64/2012


SUBJECT CARD

Name in Polish: PODSTAWY ZASTOSOWAŃ ULTRADŹWIĘKÓW

W MEDYCYNIE

Name in English: FUNDAMENTALS OF APPLICATIONS OF

ULTRASONICS IN MEDICINE


Specialization (if applicable): MEDICAL ELECTRONICS,

BIOMEDICAL OPTICS,

BIOMECHANICAL ENGINEERING



Subject code: ETP002006W, ETP002006L



Number of hours of


University (ZZU)

30 15

Number of hours of


(CNPS)

60 30


crediting with

grade*

Examination /

crediting with

grade*

Examination /

crediting with

grade*

Examination /

crediting with

grade*

Examination /

crediting with

grade*




including number of


(P) classes

1

including number of



(BK) classes

1,5 0.8



Fundamental knowledge in the field of electronics systems and medical electronics.

\

SUBJECT OBJECTIVES C1 Obtaining of a fundamental knowledge in a scope of phenomena and physical processes in the

ultrasonic technology used in ultrasonic applications in medicine. C2 Practicing basics skills in the scope of principal measurement rules of biological structures

discontinuity and principal measurement rules of ultrasonic transducers of acoustical quantities.



PEK_W01 knows and understands fundamental phenomena and physical processes used in

applications of ultrasonics in medicine

PEK_W02 has knowledge in a scope of ultrasonic medical apparatus and measurement of basic

acoustical parameters of ultrasonic transducers used in medical diagnosis and

therapy

relating to skills:

PEK_U01 can in an intelligible way, orally and writing, present problems concerned

phenomena used in applications of ultrasonics in medicine

PEK_U02 can draw conclusions, formulate and justify opinions in knowledge the basic

characteristic of the active and passive ultrasound applications in medicine and is

able to plan and carry out experiments and measurements, interpret and develop the

measurements results and analyze them and draw conclusions


PEK_K01 knows the limits of his own knowledge and understands the need for further

education, can precisely formulate questions to deepen his understanding issues

associated with the use of ultrasound in medicine and can independently search the

literature

PROGRAMME CONTENT


of hours

Lec 1 Introduction, literature, form of crediting. Acoustic wave equation. The basic

parameters of the ultrasonic wave.

2

Lec 2 Types and characteristics of sound waves and ultrasound. 1

Lec 3 Oblique incidence and transmission of ultrasonic waves across boundaries

structures.

2

Lec 4 Propagation velocity and attenuation of ultrasonic waves in biological media. 1

Lec 5 Specific properties and effects of ultrasound. Ultrasound wave energy. 2

Lec 6 Primary and secondary phenomena of the physical and medical point of view. 2

Lec 7 Radiation of sound sources. Radiation impedance. 2

Lec 8 Characteristics of ultrasonic field radiated by the transmitter. 1

Lec 9 Selected elements of the operation analysis of a piezoelectric transducer and

piezomagnetic transducer. Equivalent circuits of transducers..

3

Lec 10 Active and passive applications of ultrasound in biology and medicine. 2

Lec 11 Ultrasonic probes used in therapy, surgery, and medical diagnostics. 2

Lec 12 Principle of operation of ultrasonic apparatus and devices used in therapy,

dentistry, lithotripsy and surgery.

3

Lec 13 Ultrasonograph. Schematic structure and principle of operation. The principle

of operation of ultrasonographs with A, B static and B dynamic, C-type and

TM imaging techniques

3

Lec 14 Diagnostic ultrasound based on the Doppler phenomenon. Measurements of

blood flow using continuous wave and pulsed wave.

2

Lec 15 Ultrasonic microscopy. Elements of ultrasound transmission tomography.

Prospects for the development of ultrasonic imaging.

The safety of use of ultrasound in medicine.

2

Total hours 30


of hours

Lab 1 Initial term. Introduction to laboratory exercises. Requirements for receiving

credit. General instructions applicable health and safety in the laboratory.

Rules of safety during laboratory exercises.

3

Lab 2 Measurement of acoustic parameters of solids, liquids and selected biological

structures. 3

Lab 3 Measurement of basic parameters of an ultrasonic transducer and ultrasonic

probes. Determination of the elements of the equivalent circuit diagram of

ultrasonic transducers for different types of operation.

3

Lab 4 The measurement of a radiation force and ultrasound intensity in the water. 3

Lab 5 Ultrasonic cavitation. Observation of effect of ultrasounds on biological

structures. The term to catching up with one’s laboratory exercise. 3

Total hours 15


Evaluation (F –

forming (during

semester), P –

concluding (at

semester end)

Educational effect


F1 PEK_W01

PEK_W02

1. Score from two tests.

F2 PEK_U01

PEK_U02

PEK_K01

1. Short written tests.

2. Reports concerned with laboratory exercises.

P = F1 lecture average from two tests

P = F2 lab – average from reports and tests

TEACHING TOOLS USED

N1. Lecture using the traditional method (whiteboard and marker)

N2. Elements of multimedia presentations illustrating the problems discussed during lecture.

N3. Tests - used during lectures and tests in preparation for exercise laboratory.

N4. Own student’ work during the course of training, consultations.

N5. Registration of the measurement results, consultations.


PRIMARY LITERATURE:

[1] Golanowski J., Gudra T., Podstawy techniki ultradźwięków. Ćwiczenia laboratoryjne, Ofic. Wyd.

PWr. Wrocław 1990.

[2] Hill C. R., Physical principles of medical ultrasonics, Chichester, 1986.

[3] Nowicki A., Ultradźwięki w medycynie, Warszawa 2010.

[4] Talarczyk E., Podstawy techniki ultradźwięków, Ofic. Wyd. PWr. Wrocław 1990.


[1] Bushong S.C., Archer B.R., Diagnostic Ultrasound – Physics, Biology and Instrumentation,

NewYork – Berlin, 1992.

[2] Cobbold R.S., Foundations of Biomedical Ultrasound, Oxford, 2007.

[3] Knoch G., Knauth K., Leczenie ultradźwiękami, PZWL, Warszawa 1984.

[4] Nowicki A., Podstawy ultrasonografii dopplerowskiej, PWN, Warszawa 1995.

[5] Papadakis E., Ultrasonic Instruments and Devices, Akademic Press, 1999.


Dr hab. inż. Tadeusz Gudra, Assoc. Prof.

[email protected]


Fundamentals of Applications of Ultrasonics in Medicine AND EDUCATIONAL EFFECTS FOR MAIN FIELD OF STUDY


AND SPECIALIZATION







Subject

objectives*** Programme content*** Teaching tool

number***

PEK_W01 (knowledge) K1IBM_W03 C1 Lec1 – Lec15 N1-N3

PEK_W02 K1IBM_W03 C1 Lec1 – Lec15 N1-N3

PEK_U01 (skills) K1IBM_U03 C2 Lab1-Lab5 N3-N5

PEK_U02 K1IBM_U08 C2 Lab1-Lab5 N3-N5

PEK_K01 (competences) K1IBM_K01 C1, C2 Lab1-Lab5 N1-N5



Zał. nr 4 do ZW 64/2012


SUBJECT CARD

Name in Polish CZUJNIKI I POMIARY WIELKOŚCI NIEELEKTRYCZNYCH

Name in English SENSORS AND MEASUREMENTS OF NON-

ELECTRICAL QUANTITIES









Number of hours of


University (ZZU)

30

30

Number of hours of


(CNPS)

90

60


crediting with

grade*

Examination /

crediting with

grade*

Examination /

crediting with

grade*

Examination /

crediting with

grade*

Examination /

crediting with

grade*




including number of


(P) classes

2

including number of



(BK) classes

2

1,5



1. Knowledge in the range of general physics

2. Basic knowledge and skills in the range of measurements \

SUBJECT OBJECTIVES C1 Gaining basic knowledge in the range of conversion of non-electrical quantities to electrical ones,

operation of some chosen sensors and transducers, and their applications. C2 Gaining basic skills in the range of testing and applying some chosen sensors and transducers.

C3 Mastering skills in the range of literature study and knowledge presentation in the range of various

applications of sensors.



PEK_W01 Has basic knowledge in the range of sensors and transducers, and measurements of non-

electrical quantities.

PEK_W02 Has ordered detailed knowledge in the range of design, operation and principles of

application of chosen sensors.

relating to skills:

PEK_U01 Can design a simple sensor for measurement of a non-electrical quantity

PEK_U02 Can determine experimentally and theoretically basic parameters of sensor

PEK_U03 Can gain from literature, data bases and other sources basic information in the range of

sensors, their properties and applications

PEK_U04 Can curry simple experiments in the range of non-electrical quantities

PEK_U05 Can elaborate written report from experimental work


PEK_K01 Increase of openness to knowledge and interest of the world, advanced technology and

science.

PEK_K02 Perception of influence of achievements in technology on technical progress, science

development and environment protection

PEK_K03 Enhancement of ability to work in a team and collective solving problems

PEK_K04 Enhancement of ability to individual application of acquired skills

PROGRAMME CONTENT


of hours

Lec 1 Introduction. Electrical properties of materiale. Electrical capacitance of capacitor

and methods of its measurement. Application of capacitance methods in

measurements of non-electrical quantities.

2

Lec 2 Piezoelectric effect and its description. Methods of investigation and examples of

application of piezoelectric effect.

2

Lec 3 Electrical polarization, spontaneous polarization. Connection between physical

properties and symmetry of material structure. Pyroelectric effect: methods of

investigation and examples of application, pyroelectric detectors of infrared

radiation.

2

Lec 4 Thermoelectric force, Seebeck effect. Thermocouples. Thomson effect, Joule heat.

Peltier element. Electrothermal effects. Examples of application of thermoelectric

and electrothermal effects.

2

Lec 5 Electric and magnetic fields. Magnetoresistance effects and their applications. Hall’s

effect. Method of imaging of tissue structure with use of Hall effect.

2

Lec 6 Polarization of light, Malus’s law. Electrooptic properties: spontaneous and effected

birefringence, Pockels and Kerr effects, non-linear phenomena. Magnetooptic

properties: Faraday and Cototn-Mouton effects. Zeeman effect. Principle of

operation of optical modulators.

2

Lec 7 Photovoltaic effects, photoelectric internal and external effects. Equation of

electromagnetic wave. Propagation of waves in a medium.

2

Lec 8 Basic information on sensors. Energy conversions in sensors, types of sensor. Static

properties of sensors. Measurements of length, position and displacement.

2

Lec 9 Impedance sensors. Differential sensors, differential measurement systems. Phase-

sensitive detector. Light guide and magnetostriction sensors. Incremental sensors

and encoders.

2

Lec 10 Resistance strain gauges. Piezoresistive sensors. Measurements of strain, force and 2

torque.

Lec 11 Methods of pressure measurement. Pressure sensors: elastic, piezoelectric and

compensation type.

2

Lec 12 Measurements of parameters of movement. Sensor with seismic mass and ists

applications.

2

Lec 13 Temperature sensors: metal and semiconductor resistance, thermistors,

thermocouples, p-n junctions. Measurements of temperature.

2

Lec 14 Measurements of volume and mass flow. Flow sensors: pressure drop, usltrasonic,

electromagnetic, calorimetric and Coriolis type.

2

Lec 15 Measurements in transient state. Dynamic properties of sensors. Measurements of

electrical conductivity of liquids.

2

Total hours 30


of hours

Lab 1 Investigation of forward piezoelectric effect. 3

Lab 2 Investigation of pyroelectric detector. Verification of Stefan-Boltzmann’s law. 3

Lab 3 Investigation of inverse piezoelectric effect. 3

Lab 4 Peltier effect. Determination of efficiency of heating and cooling Peltier element. 3

Lab 5 Hall effect. Determination of angle using Hall effect. 3

Lab 6 Capacitance methods of measurement of elongation and liquid level. 3

Lab 7 Electrooptic effects. Verification of Malus’s law and Pockels and Kerr effects. 3

Lab 8 Temperature measurements by contact methods. 3

Lab 9 Investigation of temperature sensors in transient state. 3

Lab 10 Sensors for measurement of pressure. 3

Lab 11 Measurements of gas flow using orific method. 3

Lab 12 Investigation of pressure sensors for medical applications. 3

Lab 13 Measurements of flow in medical applications. 3

Lab 14 Conductometry I – properties of conductance cells. 3

Lab 15 Conductometry II – applications. 3

Total hours 45

TEACHING TOOLS USED

N1. Elements of multimedia presentation during lectures, slides from lectures available for students in

electronic form.

N2. Individual preparation to laboratory, tests of knowledge at classes.

N3.Laboratory work – in groups.

N4. Written reports from laboratory experiments.

N5. Consultations


Evaluation (F –

forming (during

semester), P –

concluding (at

semester end)

Educational effect number Way of evaluating educational effect achievement

F1 PEK_W01- PEK_W02 Lecture – examination mark

F2 PEK_U01- PEK_U05

PEK_K01- PEK_K04

Laboratory – evaluation for: short tests, oral answers,

elaboration of reports, skill in using instruments

P = F1 – lecture - exam

P = F2 – lab - average mark for: short tests, oral answers, elaboration of reports, skill in using

instruments


PRIMARY LITERATURE:

[1] Krajewski T., Zagadnienia fizyki dielektryków, W.K.Ł, Warszawa 1972

[2] Lines M. E., Glass A. M., Principles and application of ferroelectrics and related materials,

Claredon Press, Oxford 1977

[3] Miłek M., Metrologia elektryczna wielkości nieelektrycznych, Ofic. Wydawnicza Uniw.

Zielonogórskiego, Zielona Góra 2006

[4] Piotrowski J. (red.), Pomiary – czujniki i metody pomiarowe wybranych wielkości fizycznych i

składu chemicznego, WNT, Warszawa 2009

[5] Ratajczyk F., Optyka ośrodków anizotropowych, PWN, Warszawa 1994


[1] Chełkowski A., Fizyka dielektryków, PWN, Warszawa 1972

[2] Doebelin E.O., Measurement systems, application and design, McGraw Hill, 1990

[3] Kaczmarek F. (red.), Ćwiczenia Laboratoryjne z fizyki dla zaawansowanych, PWN, Warszawa

1982

[4] Noltingk B .E., Instrumentation reference book, Butterworth-Heinemann, Londyn 1995

[5] Regtien P.P.L., Measurement science for engineers, Kogan Page Science, London 2004

[6] Zakrzewski J., Czujniki i przetworniki pomiarowe, Wyd. Pol. Śl., Gliwice 2004


dr hab. inż. Zbigniew Moroń [email protected]

dr inż. Adam Sieradzki [email protected]




Sensors and Measurements of Non-Electrical Quantities AND EDUCATIONAL EFFECTS FOR MAIN FIELD OF STUDY



Optics



educational effects defined

for main field of study and

specialization (if

applicable)**

Subject



number***

PEK_W01 (knowledge) K1IBM_W03 C1 Lec1-Lec15 N1, N5

PEK_W02 K1IBM_W03 C1 Lec1-Lec15 N1, N5

PEK_U01 (skills) K1IBM_U09 C1-C3 Lec1-Lec15

Lab1-Lab15

N1-N5

PEK_U02 K1IBM_U08 C1, C2 Lab1-Lab15 N1-N5




PEK_K01 (competences) K1IBM_K01 C1-C3 Lec1-Lec15

Lab1-Lab15

N1-N5

PEK_K02 K1IBM_K02 C1-C3 Lec1-Lec15

Lab1-Lab15

N1-N5


Lab1-Lab15

N1-N5


Lab1-Lab15

N1-N5



Zał. nr 4 do ZW 64/2012


SUBJECT CARD

Name in Polish ELEKTRONICZNA APARATURA MEDYCZNA 1

Name in English ELECTROMEDICAL INSTRUMENTATION 1


Specialization (if applicable): BIOMECHANICAL ENGINEERING, BIOMEDICAL

OPTICS, MEDICAL ELECTRONICS






Number of hours of


University (ZZU) 30

15

Number of hours of


(CNPS) 90

60


crediting with

grade*

Examination /

crediting with

grade*

Examination /

crediting with

grade*

Examination /

crediting with

grade*

Examination /

crediting with

grade*




2

including number of


(P) classes 1

including number of



(BK) classes

2

1



1. Problems of biomedical engineering – lecture – course code ETP002301W.

2. Principles of electrical and electronic engineering 1 – lecture, exercises, laboratory –

course code ETP002001

3. Physiology – lecture, laboratory – course code MDP002002 \

SUBJECT OBJECTIVES C1 Knowledge of principles of operation, construction and metrological features of basic

diagnostics instruments and knowledge of principles of operation, construction and

technical features of basic medical therapeutic instruments.

C2 Knowledge of practical usage of basic electromedical instruments.



PEK_W01 Has basic knowledge in range of structure and features of electric medical

instruments for diagnostics and therapy.

PEK_W02 Knows conditions of application of different electromedical instruments and theirs

diagnostic and therapeutic capabilities.

relating to skills:

PEK_U01 Is able to serve basic electromedical instruments.

PEK_U02 Is able to provide respective conditions for basic electromedical instruments.

PEK_U03 Is able to evaluate technical and utility features of these instruments.


PEK_K01 Knows limitations of personal knowledge and understands the need of further

education.

PEK_K02 Is able to formulate questions for deepening of awareness of personal knowledge.

PROGRAMME CONTENT

Form of classes – lecture Number

of hours

Lec 1 Therapeutic and diagnostic instruments – definitions. Block diagram of the

medical instrument. Features of electrometrical instruments. 2

Lec 2 Electric shock safety in medical instruments. Electric safety of different

instruments using. Requirements for safety. 2

Lec 3 Sources of biomedical signals and theirs parameters. 2

Lec 4 Arterial blood pressure measurements. 2

Lec 5 Electrocardiography. 2

Lec 6 Polycardiography. Phonocardiography. 2

Lec 7 Holter electrocardiography. Multi task holter. 2

Lec 8 Electromiography. Muscle stimulators 2

Lec 9 Electroencephalography. Evoked potentials. 2

Lec 10 Subjective methods of patients testing – general problems. Audiometry. 2

Lec 11 Hearing aid. 2

Lec 12 Spirometry. 2

Lec 13 Residual volume measurements – methods and instrumentation. 2

Lec 14 Artificial ventilation. 2

Lec 15 Electronic therapeutic instruments – some problems, 2

Total hours 30


of hours

Lab 1 Discussion of topic of laboratory work. 3

Lab 2 Arterial blood pressure measurements. 3

Lab 3 ECG measurements. 3

Lab 4 Spirometric measurements. 3

Lab 5 Current therapy instruments. 3

Total hours 15

TEACHING TOOLS USED

N1. Lecture.

N2. Materials in web-side: www.ibp.pwr.wroc.pl.

N3. Manuals o instruments being in Lab.

N4. Test in Lab.

N5. Report of Lab experiments.

N6. Consultation.


Evaluation (F –

forming (during

semester), P –

concluding (at

semester end)

Educational effect


F1 PEK_W01

PEK_W02

Examination

F2 PEK_U01

PEK_U02

PEK_U03

1. Tests during lab.

2. Reports at lab experiments.

3. Evaluation of the way of experiments making.

F3 PEK_K01

PEK_K02

Evaluation of manner of deepening of independent

knowledge.

P = F1– lecture – exam

P = F2 – lab –average estimate of tests checking and reports from realized experimental works.


PRIMARY LITERATURE:

[1] Bober S., Dąbrowska B., Dąbrowski A., Elektrokardiografia praktyczna. PZWL Warszawa 1982.

[2] Bronzino J.D. (ed.), The biomedical engineering. Handbook. Boca Raton, CRC Press New York 1995.

[3] Darowski M., Sztuczne narządy. Akad. Ofic. Wyd. EXIT, Warszawa 2001.

[4] Mika T., Fizykoterapia. wyd. II. PZWL Warszawa 1996.

[5] Nałęcz M. (red.), Problemy biocybernetyki i inżynierii biomedycznej. t. 1-6. WNT Warszawa 2003.

[6] Sosnowski T., Zimmer K., Metody psychofizjologiczne w badaniach psychologicznych. PWN Warszawa 1993.

[7] Torbicz W., Biopomiary. Akad. Ofic. Wyd. EXIT, Warszawa 2001.

[8] Materiały do ćwiczeń laboratoryjnych z Aparatury Elektromedycznej umieszczone w zakładce: materiały dydaktyczne,

www.ibp.pwr.wroc.pl.


[1] Meyer-Waarden K., Wprowadzenie do biologicznej i medycznej techniki pomiarowej. WKŁ Warszawa 1980.

[2] Stopczyk M., Elektrodiagnostyka medyczna. PZWL Warszawa 1984.

[3] Tadeusiewicz R., Podstawy elektroniki medycznej. cz. I. skrypt AGH Kraków 1982.


Dr eng. Barbara Juroszek,

[email protected]





Electromedical Instrumentation 1



AND SPECIALIZATION Biomechanical Engineering, Biomedical Optics,

Medical Electronics





applicable)**

Subject



number***

PEK_W01 (knowledge) K1IBM_W03 C1 Lec 1- Lec 15 N1

PEK_W02 K1IBM_W04 C1 Lec 1- Lec 15 N1

PEK_U01 (skills) K1IBM_U11 C2 Lab 1-Lab 5 N2-N6

PEK_U02 K1IBM_U11 C2 Lab 1-Lab 5 N2-N6

PEK_U03 K1IBM_U11 C2 Lab 1-Lab 5 N2-N6

PEK_K01 (competences) K1IBM_K01 C1, C2 Lec, Lab N2-N6

PEK_K02 K1IBM_K01 C1, C2 Lec, Lab N1-N6



Zał. nr 4 do ZW 64/2012


SUBJECT CARD

Name in Polish ZASTOSOWANIE MIKROPROCESORÓW DO KONSTRUKCJI

INTELIGENTNYCH PRZETWORNIKÓW BIOMEDYCZNYCH.

Name in English MICROPROCESSORS IN BIOMEDICAL SMART SENSORS

DESIGN


Specialization (if applicable): MEDICAL ELECTRONICS



Subject code ETP002021W, ETP002051P



Number of hours of


University (ZZU)

15

30

Number of hours of


(CNPS) 30

60


crediting with

grade*

Examination /

crediting with

grade*

Examination /

crediting with

grade*

Examination /

crediting with

grade*

Examination /

crediting with

grade*




2

including number of


(P) classes 2

including number of



(BK) classes

1

1,5



1. Principles of electrical engineering and electronics – lecture, classes, laboratory)

2. Sensors and measurements of non-electrical quantities – lecture \

SUBJECT OBJECTIVES C1 Differences between classic and smart sensors. Definitions of specific features and

methods of design of smart sensors.

C2 Documentation of smart sensors project and presentation of applied solution.



PEK_W01 Has detailed knowledge in range of simple analysis of practical engineer tasks.

PEK_W02 Has detailed knowledge in range of analysis, simulation and experimental results

related to project and their integration.

relating to skills:

PEK_U01 Is able to find and use analytical and experimental methods for project formulation

and solving.

PEK_U02 Is able to find and apply suitable sensors and optimise the way of signals processing

for engineer tasks.

PEK_U03 Is able to use simulations, analytical and experimental methods and integrate results

for finding proper solutions. He is able to prepare respective technical documents.


PEK_K01 Knows limitations of personal knowledge and requirement of farthest education

understand.

PEK_K02 Makes efforts to think innovatively and solve problem in non-typical manner.

PROGRAMME CONTENT


of hours

Lec 1 The area of smart sensors applications. Characterization of biomedical

signals. Technical requirements for biomedical sensors. 2

Lec 2 Microsensors in biomedicine – examples. Methods of signals conditioning

and filtration. 3

Lec 3 Smart sensor construction. Signal conditioning. Noise and offset. Common

mode signal. Galvanic isolation of signal sources. Accuracy analysis.

Linearization of characteristics in a smart sensor.

2

Lec 4 Microprocessor as element of smart sensor. Basic algorithms for smart

sensor intelligence. Hardware and software. 2

Lec 5 Sensor and microprocessor connection. Serial and parallel interface. Smart

sensor in a network. 2

Lec 6 Instrumentation for smart sensor realization and start-up. The DSP in

intelligent sensors realization. 2

Lec 7 Test 2

Total hours 15

Form of classes - project Number

of hours

Proj 1 Individual tasks delivery. Presentation of general requirements concerning

realized task. 2

Proj 2 Definition of a model of physical phenomena for individual task in technical

categories. Formulating technical assumptions. 2

Proj 3 Biomedical signal identification and considering its characteristics.

Bibliographic data. 2

Proj 4 Discussion of the state of art. Advantages and disadvantages of solutions

presented in reference literature (including catalogues). 2

Proj 5 Presentation of block diagram of proposed solution. General algorithm of

operation. 2

Proj 6 Searching for sensor for considered biomedical signal. Interpretation of

available data. Analysis of metrological parameters of the sensor. 2

Proj 7 Project of conditioning block: amplifiers and filters. Metrological analysis. 2

Proj 8 AD converter and project of related circuits. 2

Proj 9 Error analysis for all blocks of proposed electronic circuits. 2

Proj 10 Demonstration of the appropriateness of the use of the microprocessor to

improve the characteristics of the proposed biomedical sensor. Define the

scope of hardware support by microcontroller

2

Proj 11 Project of specific supply unit.

Proj 12 Development of control and data processing algorithms for microprocessor

operation. 2

Proj 13 The development of tasks for the microprocessor, which will improve the

measuring parameters of the smart sensor with reference to the classic

solution.

2

Proj 14 Simplified engineering documentation of project. 2

Proj 15 Project presentation (also in multimedial form). 2

Total hours 30

TEACHING TOOLS USED

N1. Lecture - traditional and multi-media.

N2. Literature, catalogues etc. (internet).

N3. Programs for electronic circuits simulation and microprocessor programming.

N4. Report of project.

N5. Consultations.


Evaluation (F –

forming (during

semester), P –

concluding (at

semester end)

Educational effect


F1 PEK_W01

PEK_W02

1. Final test

F2 PEK_U01

PEK_U02

PEK_U03

PEK_K01

PEK_K02

1. Partial grade assessment related to realization of the

project.

2. Evaluation of project report.

P = F1 – lecture – final test

P = F2 – project – grade results from report evaluation and partial grades .


PRIMARY LITERATURE:

[1] Fraden J., Handbook of modern sensors: physics, designs, and applications, Springer-Verlag, New York 2001.

[2] Gardner J. W., Varadan V. K., Awadelkarim O.O., Microsensors, MEMS and smart devices. John Wiley & Sons,

Chichester 2001.

[3] Ruan D., Zeng X., Intelligent sensory evaluation, methodologies and applications. Springer Verlag, Berlin 2004.

[4] Rumsey F., Watkinson F., Digital interface handbook, Elsevier, Oxford 2004.

[5] Webster J.G. (ed.), Measurement, instrumentation and sensors. Handbook, CRC Press, Boca Raton 2000.

[6] www.sensorsportal.com

[7] Yamasaki H., Intelligent sensors. Elsevier, Amsterdam 1996.


[1] Brignell J., White N., Intelligent sensor systems. Institute of Physics Publ., Bristol 1996.

[2] Kwaśniewski J., Wprowadzenie do inteligentnych przetworników pomiarowych, WNT, Warszawa 1993.

[3] Strony internetowe producentów elementów elektronicznych, np. Analogic, Analog Devices, Burr Brown, Linear

Technology, Maxim, Motorola, National Semiconductor, PMI, Texas Instruments, Siemens.

[4] Zakrzewski J., Czujniki i przetworniki pomiarowe: podręcznik problemowy. Wyd. Pol. Śl., Gliwice 2004.


Dr eng. Barbara Juroszek,

[email protected]

http://www.sensorsportal.com/



Microprocessors in Biomedical Smart Sensors Design



AND SPECIALIZATION Medical Electronics





applicable)**

Subject



number***

PEK_W01 (knowledge) K1IBM_W09_S2EME C1 Lec 1-Lec 7 N1

PEK_W02 K1IBM_W11_S2EME C2 Lec 1-Lec 7 N1

PEK_U01 (skills) K1IBM_U09 C1, C2 Proj 1-Proj 15 N2-N5

PEK_U02 K1IBM_U14_S2EME C1, C2 Proj 1-Proj 15 N2-N5

PEK_U03 K1IBM_U16_S2EME C1, C2 Proj 1-Proj 15 N2-N5

PEK_K01 (competences) K1IBM_K01 C1, C2 Lec 1-Lec 7

Proj 1-Proj 15 N1-N5

PEK_K02 K1IBM_K06 C1, C2 Proj 1-Proj 15 N2-N5



Zał. nr 4 do ZW 64/2012


SUBJECT CARD

Name in Polish POMIARY WIELKOŚCI CIEPLNYCH

Name in English MEASUREMENTS OF THERMAL QUANTITIES





Subject code ETP 002022W, ETP 002022L



Number of hours of


University (ZZU)

30 15

Number of hours of


(CNPS)

60 30


crediting with

grade*

Examination /

crediting with

grade*

Examination /

crediting with

grade*

Examination /

crediting with

grade*

Examination /

crediting with

grade*




including number of


(P) classes

1

including number of



(BK) classes

1,5 0,8



1. Basic knowledge and skills from Physics (recommended level 2) and metrology (elementary

lecture). \

SUBJECT OBJECTIVES C1 Obtaining the fundamental knowledge of the basic phenomena characterizing the

thermoregulatory system and human heat balance in terms of heat exchange with the

environment.

C2 The acquisition of basic skills in the calculation of basic physical quantities

characterizing the heat exchange of man with his environment



PEK_W01 Has ordered, theoretically based knowledge covering key topics in

thermodynamics of heat exchange of man with his environment.

PEK_W02 Has a basic knowledge of medical electronics associated with the measurements of

heat, especially in the field of sensors, measuring the thermal quantities and methods of

measurements.

relating to skills:

PEK_U01 Can draw conclusions on the functioning of the human thermoregulatory and on

quantitative of heat balance

PEK_U02 Can solve simple engineering measurement problem oriented on systems for

measuring the amount of heat in thermo-physiological problems


PEK_K01 Knows the limits of his own knowledge and understands the need for further

education

PROGRAMME CONTENT


of hours

Lec 1 Introduction, Man and his thermal environment 2

Lec 2 Heat transfer. Models of lumped parameter systems 2

Lec 3 Heat Transfer - radiation 2

Lec 4 Thermoregulation. Human heat balance in the steady state. 2

Lec 5 Thermoregulation. The heat balance of the human in the transient and

extreme state

2

Lec 6 Contact temperature sensors 2

Lec 7 Measurements of the surface temperature of the body. Errors of the methods 3

Lec 8 Contactless sensors for measuring the surface temperature of the body.

Thermography and its use in medicine.

1

Lec 9 Thermal comfort of man. Measurements of temperature, humidity and air

velocity. Rating of the comfort

2

Lec10 Measurement of convective heat loss and heat fluxes 2

Lec11 Measurements of thermal conductivity and their application in medicine and

biology

2

Lec12 Direct and indirect calorimetry. 2

Lec13 Measurements of heat under dynamic conditions. Errors, corrections. 2

Lec14 Modeling of heat conduction and heating of the tissue in thermal ablation

and dynamic thermography

2

Lec15 Final test 2

Total hours 30


of hours

Lab 1 Simulation of the thermoregulation system in normal conditions 3

Lab 2 Simulation of the thermoregulation system in extreme conditions 3

Lab 3 The measurement of thermal conductivity coefficient 3

Lab 4 The measurement of thermal absorption coefficient 3

Lab 5 Contact and non-contact temperature measurements of the body surface 3

Total hours 15

TEACHING TOOLS USED

N1. Multimedia lecture

N2. Traditional lecture

N3. Written reports from laboratory work

N4. Laboratory work


Evaluation (F

– forming

(during

semester), P –

concluding (at

semester end)

Educational

effect number


F1 PEK_W01

PEK_W02

Final test

F2 PEK_U01

PEK_U02

PEK_K01

1. Evaluation of theoretical preparation and evaluation of report

of each lab problem

2. Proficiency check in solving tasks in thermoregulation

P = F1 lecture

P = F2 laboratory – average of partial marks


PRIMARY LITERATURE:

[1] Nowakowski A. (red.), Postępy termografii - aplikacje medyczne, Gdańsk 2001

[2] Poczopko P., Ciepło a życie. Zarys termofizjologii zwierząt, PWN, Warszawa 1990

[3] Traczyk T., Fizjologia człowieka, PZWL, Warszawa 2000


[1] Cena K., Clark J. A., Bioengineering, Thermal Physiology and Comfort, Wroclaw Technical

University, Elsevier Scientific Publishing 1980

[2] Modelowanie numeryczne pól temperatury, praca zbiorowa, WNT, Warszawa 1992


Dr hab. Krystian Kubica

[email protected]


Measurements of Thermal Quantities








applicable)**

Subject



number***

PEK_W01 (knowledge) K11BM_W09_S2EME C1, C2 Lec1-Lec15 N1, N2

PEK_W02 K11BM_W09_S2EME C1, C2 Lec1-Lec15 N1, N2

PEK_U01 (skills) K11BM_U14_S2EME C2 Lab1-Lab5 N3, N4

PEK_U02 K11BM_U16_S2EME C2 Lab1-Lab5 N3, N4

PEK_K01 (competences) K11BM_K01 C1, C2 Lab1-Lab5 N3, N4



Zał. nr 4 do ZW 64/2012


SUBJECT CARD

Name in Polish: MIKROKONTROLERY 2

Name in English: MICROCONTROLLERS 2





Subject code ETP 002025L




classes in University (ZZU) 30


student workload (CNPS) 90

Form of crediting

Examination

/crediting with

grade*


final course

Number of ECTS points

3


for practical (P) classes 3


for direct teacher-student contact

(BK) classes 2


PREREQUISITES RELATING TO KNOWLEDGE, SKILLS AND OTHER COMPETENCES 1. Basic knowledge of digital electronic circuits (logical gates, flip-flops, registers, multiplexers,

counters). E.g., Introduction to electrical engineering and electronics 1 (the lecture course ETP

2001W and the classes course ETP 2001C), Introduction to electrical engineering and

electronics 2 (the laboratory course ETP 2003L).

2. Basic knowledge of and basic skills in C programming language, e.g., Programming languages

(both the lecture course: INP2003W and the laboratory one: INP2003L)

3. Completion of Microcontrollers 1 (both the lecture course ETP 2004W and the laboratory one ETP

2004L)

SUBJECT OBJECTIVES C1. Acquiring of extended knowledge of the resources of typical microcontroller and of possibilities of

their practical application

C2. Knowledge expansion and skills development at programming techniques both in assembler and C

languages and also at using of some exemplary programming environment.



PEK_W01 has expanded knowledge of the structure of a typical microcontroller especially

regarding to its peripheral elements

relating to skills:

PEK_U01 is able to write and practically debug extended programs in assembler and C languages.

PEK_U02 is able to divide a complex programming task into parts and practically build a structured

multilevel program

PEK_U03 without help is able to find and eliminate errors in the programs being prepared

PEK_U04 is able to elaborate a proper documentation of the prepared program


PEK_K01 is able to retrieve information from literature, also in foreign languages.

PEK_K02 is able to anticipate many-sided effects of her/his decisions and activities.

PROGRAMME CONTENT


of hours

Lab 1

Elaboration of the expanded program controlling an exemplary measuring

instrument: preliminary assumptions, a state diagram, an algorithm, a code of the

program, a debugging procedure

3x2

Lab 2 Count of events and time intervals; microcontroller counters/timers 2

Lab 3 Practical use of timers 2x2

Lab 4 An interrupts system of the controller 2

Lab 5 Practical use of interrupts. 2x2

Lab 6 Some selected aspect of microcontroller programming in C language: libraries and

compiler options 2

Lab 7 Microcontroller programming in C language: a practical training 3x2

Lab 8 A selected subsystem of data transfer: its structure, protocol and practical use 3

Tests in the course of a semester 1

Total hours 30

TEACHING TOOLS USED

N1. The elements of the traditional lecture are introduced during laboratories

N2. Data sheets and application notes prepared by the manufacturer of the used microcontroller

N3. In the laboratory: the microcontroller evaluation boards together with exemplary peripheral

elements fixed on them, and also PC computers with the appropriate tool programs installed.

N4. Short written tests in the course of a semester. Individual discussions with students concerning the

instructed tasks.

N5. Work with the software.





end)

Educational effect number Way of evaluating of educational effect

achievement

F1 PEK_W01

PEK_U01 Short written tests during laboratories

F2 PEK_U02-PEK_U04

PEK_K01,PEK_K02

Individual discussions with students, completing

each particular programming task

P- Laboratory: the marks obtained for tests and for the discussions completing each particular

programming task

PRIMARY AND SECONDARY LITERATURE:

PRIMARY LITERATURE:

[1] Baranowski R., Mikrokontrolery AVR Atmega w praktyce. Wyd. BTC, Warszawa 2005.

[2] Doliński J., Mikrokontrolery AVR w praktyce., Wyd. BTC, Warszawa 2003.

[3] Pawluczuk A., Sztuka programowania mikrokontrolerów AVR. Podstawy. Wyd. BTC,

Warszawa2006.

[4] Pawluczuk A., Sztuka programowania mikrokontrolerów AVR. Przykłady. Wyd. BTC, Warszawa

2007.


[1] [Data sheet by Atmel:] 8-bit Microcontroller with 64/128K Bytes of ISP Flash and USB

Controller. AT90USB646, AT90USB647, AT90USB1286, AT90USB1287. [Document no:]

7593G–AVR–03/08 [from:] www.atmel.com.

[2] [Data sheet by Atmel:] 8-bit AVR Instruction Set. [Document no:] 0856E-AVR-11/05 [from:]

www.atmel.com.

[3] [Development environment:] AVR Studio 4.19 [from:] www.atmel.com.

[4] Pełka R., Mikrokontrolery: architektura, programowanie, zastosowania. WKŁ, Warszawa 1999.


Grzegorz Smołalski; [email protected]





MATRIX OF CORRELATION BETWEEN EDUCATIONAL EFFECTS FOR SUBJECT:

Microcontrollers 2

AND EDUCATIONAL EFFECTS FOR MAIN FIELD OF STUDY: Biomedical Engineering

AND SPECIALIZATION: Medical Electronics

Subject educational

effect





applicable)**

Subject


content***

Teaching tool

number***

PEK_W01

(knowledge) K1IBM_W09_S2EME C1 Lab2-Lab5 N1-N4

PEK_U01

(skills) K1IBM_U16_S2EME C2 Lab1-Lab7 N1-N5

PEK_U02 K1IBM_U07 C2 Lab1, Lab6 N1-N5

PEK_U03 K1IBM_U08 C2 Lab1-Lab8 N1-N5

PEK_U04 K1IBM_U07 C2 Lab1 N1-N4

PEK_K01

(social competences) K1IBM_K01 C1, C2

Lab2, Lab4,

Lab6, Lab8 N1-N4

PEK_K02 K1IBM_K02 C2 Lab1 N1-N4



Zał. nr 4 do ZW 64/2012


SUBJECT CARD

Name in Polish UKŁADY ELEKTRONICZNE 2

Name in English ELECTRONIC CIRCUITS 2





Subject code ETP002026L, ETP002050P



Number of hours of


University (ZZU)

45 30

Number of hours of


(CNPS)

90 90


crediting with

grade*

Examination /

crediting with

grade*

Examination /

crediting with

grade*

Examination /

crediting with

grade*

Examination /

crediting with

grade*




including number of


(P) classes 3 3

including number of



(BK) classes

2 2



1. Basic knowledge and skills in electrical engineering and electronics, electronic

instrumentation and measurements (lecture, classes and lab – at level as in courses ETP 2001W,

ETP2001C, ETP 2003L). 2. Passed at least one of the two forms of the subject Electronic circuits 1 (lecture or classes,

course code ETP002024) . \

SUBJECT OBJECTIVES C1 Consolidation of the fundamental knowledge and practical skills in electronics,

particularly in electronic circuits, realized on the basis of semiconductor devices, also

including integrated circuits.

C2 Consolidation of known practical skills and acquisition of new skills related to

measurements of electronic systems and specifying the properties of simple electronic

circuits.

C3 Practical consolidation of skills related to basics of design of simple electronic circuits,

composed of semiconductor devices (including integrated circuits).

C4 The acquisition of practical skills in preparation of technical documentation of simple

electronic circuits, constructed on the basis of semiconductor devices (including

integrated circuits).



PEK_W01 Knows and understands the basic principles of operation of semiconductor electronic

circuits and understands their relationship to the real electronic circuits

PEK_W02 Knows and understands the basic limitations arising from properties of real electronic

elements from which simple electronic circuits are built

relating to skills:

PEK_U01 Has a well-established skills in acquiring literature, information from databases and other

sources of basic information about electronic components used to build a simple

semiconductor electronic circuits

PEK_U02 Knows how to solve engineering problem of designing semiconductor electronic circuits,

can design simple electronic systems composed of semiconductor devices (including

integrated circuits)

PEK_U03 Can prepare written report documenting the implementation of the given engineering

problem (at basic level)

PEK_U04 Can plan and carry out measurements of basic parameters of a simple semiconductor

electronic circuits.


PEK_K01 Know the limitations of my own knowledge and understands the need for further education

PEK_K02 Can independently retrieve information from the literature about electronics, also in foreign

languages

PEK_K03 Is aware of the social and professional role of graduate of the Wroclaw University of

technology

PROGRAMME CONTENT


of hours

Lab 1 Introduction, conditions of grade assessment, lab regulations, safety regulations.

Repertory:

a) electronic systems; analog circuits, basic properties, methods of analysis and

synthesis of electronic circuits.

b) electronic components used in electronic circuits - types, basic properties of

elements (including frequency properties).

Test written work (10 min)

3

Lab 2 Test written work (10 minutes).

The PN junction - semiconductor diode. The characteristics of ideal diode.

Operating point on characteristics of diode in a simple circuit. Analytical methods

for determining the operating point and the graphical method. Measurement of the

I/V characteristics of diode for small currents range (from dozens of nA). The I/V

characteristics of the diode in a half-logarithmic scale - estimating the value of the

Is current and resistance of diode.

3


The BJT transistor as a double configuration of two PN junctions. Family of

characteristics of the transistor. Determination of four – element parameters of the

transistor on the base of measured characteristics. The transistor as a four – terminal

element (equivalent model of BJT transistor ) - part one

3


The BJT transistor as a double configuration of two PN junctions. Family of

characteristics of the transistor. Determination of four – element parameters of the

transistor on the base of measured characteristics. The transistor as a four – terminal

element (equivalent model of the BJT transistor ) - part two.

3

Lab 5 Testowa praca pisemna (10min).

Podstawowe układy pracy tranzystora BJT. Układy OE, OC, układ ze sprzężeniem

w emiterze. Polaryzacja obwodu bazy.

Statyczna prosta pracy, stałoprądowy punkt pracy tranzystora BJT

- część pierwsza

Test written work (10 minutes).

Basic operating circuits of the BJT transistor: the common emitter and common

collector circuits . The circuit with the emitter feedback. The biasing of the base.

The DC operating point of the BJT transistor - part one.

3


Basic operating circuits of the BJT transistor: the common emitter and the

common collector circuits . The biasing of the base. The DC operating point of

the BJT transistor - part two.

3



common collector circuits - operation in alternating signals mode. Operation in

dynamic conditions, operating point of the transistor. Features of the circuits.

3



common collector circuits operation with alternating signals. Operation in

dynamic conditions, operating point of the transistor. The one – stage balancing

transistor amplifier circuit.

3


Low power supply circuits. Capacitive smoothing filters. Investigation of basic

features.

3


Integrated voltage stabilizers. The parametric stabilizers (measurements and

examining the properties of the stabilizers).Voltage stabilization systems based on

IC regulators of 78xx series.

3


Integrated operational amplifier circuits - part one. Basic configurations (the

inverting amplifier, summing amplifier)

3

Lab1 2 Integrated operational amplifier circuits - part two. Differentiator, integrator, active

filters. 3

Lab 13 Integrated operational amplifier circuits - part three. Generators. 3


Individual problem to be solved. Before the classes, participants in the laboratory

training draw the number of exercise, which they are obliged to realize for

evaluation.

3

Lab 15 The supplementary term. Grade assessment. 3

Total hours 45


of hours

Proj 1 Discussion of conditions for grade assessment of the subject. Delivering project

No 1 (Design of the transformer low power supply (up to 150 VA).

The overview of project No. 1 – demands on preparation of documentation of the

project.

2

Proj 2 Overview of project No. 1- continuation. Indications on using the information

from datasheets of electronic components 2

Proj 3 Project No. 1 - continuation. Discussing problems related to project No. 1.

Practical work – assembling the real circuit. 2

Proj 4 Project No. 1-continuation. Discussing problems related to project No. 1. Practical

work – assembling the real circuit. 2

Proj 5 Collecting the reports on the No. 1 projects. Delivering project No 2 (A single-

stage transistor amplifier). A brief overview of the project No 2. 2





Proj 8 Collecting the reports on the No. 2 projects. Delivering project No 3 (The input

and output stages to amplifier circuit that have been implemented in the project No

2). Discussing problems related to project No. 3.

2







Proj 13 Collecting the reports on the No. 3 projects. Delivering project No 4 (The

electronic circuit designed on the base of operational IC amplifier). A brief

overview of the project.

2

Proj 14 Project No. 4 - continuation. Discussing problems related to project No. 4. 2

Proj 15 Collecting the reports on the No. 4 projects. 2

Total hours 30

TEACHING TOOLS USED

N1. Blackboard and chalk – discussing of class problems using the traditional method.

N2. Training sets to lab exercises (1-8).

N3. Sets of laboratory electronic measuring equipment (Hamer)

N4. Analog and digital oscilloscopes - (both 2-channel oscilloscopes).

N5. Universal multimeters (Metex).

N6. Complete special connecting cables

N7. Computer with software: text editor, spreadsheet and Internet access.

N8. Short written works – tests used during the laboratory training.

N9. Blackboard and chalk – discussing of problems related to individual projects using the

traditional method.

N10. Catalogue data and datasheets of semiconductor devices and electronic components

available in the form of directories and websites of manufacturers of electronic components.


Evaluation (F –

forming (during

semester), P –

concluding (at

semester end)


F1 PEK_W01

PEK_W02

Evaluation of short written tests

F2 PEK_U01

PEK_U02

PEK_U03

PEK_U04

Evaluation of short written tests

F3 PEK_U01

PEK_U02

PEK_U03

PEK_U04

PEK_K01

PEK_K02

PEK_K03

The assessment of reports on lab training

F4 PEK_U01

PEK_U02

PEK_U03

PEK_U04

PEK_K01

PEK_K02

Evaluation of design works on the base of the

presented documentation of the projects

P = (F1, F2, F3) lab – evaluation on the base of F1, F2, F3

P = F4 project – average of F4 grades


PRIMARY LITERATURE:

[1] Borkowski A.: Zasilanie urządzeń elektronicznych, WKŁ, Warszawa 1990.

[2] Golde W., Śliwa L., Wzmacniacze operacyjne i ich zastosowania. Cz.1. Podstawy teoretyczne,

WNT, Warszawa 1982

[3] Horowitz P., Hill W., Sztuka elektroniki, Cz.1-2, WKŁ, Warszawa 2009.

[4] Kulka Z., Nadachowski M., Wzmacniacze operacyjne i ich zastosowania. WKŁ, Warszawa 1974.

[5] Kulka Z., Nadachowski M., Wzmacniacze operacyjne i ich zastosowania. Cz.2. Realizacje

praktyczne, WNT, Warszawa 1982.

[6] Lecturer’s own materials.

[7] Materiały z wykładu i ćwiczeń z kursu Układy elektroniczne 1 - wykład i ćwiczenia rachunkowe.



Dr inż. Tomasz Grysiński

[email protected]



Electronic Circuits 2









Subject



number***

PEK_W01 (knowledge) K1IBM_W09_S2EME C1-C4 La1 –La15

Proj1 – Proj15

N1-N10

PEK_W02 K1IBM_W09_S2EME C1-C4 La1 –La15

Proj1 – Proj15

N1-N10

PEK_U01 (skills) K1IBM_U01 C1-C4 La1 –La15 N1-N10

PEK_U02 K1IBM_U15_S2EME C1-C4 La1 –La15

Proj1 – Proj15

N1-N10

PEK_U03 K1IBM_U03 C1-C4 La1 –La15 N1-N10

PEK_U04 K1IBM_U15_S2EME C1-C4 La1 –La15 N1-N10

PEK_K01 (competences) K1IBM_K01 C1-C4 La1 –La15

Proj1 – Proj15

N1-N8

PEK_K02 K1IBM_K01 C1-C4 La1 –La15

Proj1 – Proj15

N1-N8

PEK_K03 K1IBM_K07 C1-C4 La1 –La15

Proj1 – Proj15

N1-N8



Zał. nr 4 do ZW 64/2012


SUBJECT CARD

Name in Polish SYSTEMY POMIAROWO- DIAGNOSTYCZNE

Name in English MEASURING AND DIAGMOSTIC SYSTEMS





Subject code ETP002028W, ETP002028L, ETP002028P



Number of hours of


University (ZZU)

30

45

15

Number of hours of


(CNPS)

90

90

60


crediting with

grade*

Examination /

crediting with

grade*

Examination /

crediting with

grade*

Examination /

crediting with

grade*

Examination /

crediting with

grade*



Number of ECTS points 3 2 2

including number of


(P) classes

2

2

including number of



(BK) classes

2

1,5

1



1. Ability to programme in structured languages (e.g. INP2005W)

2. Fundamental knowledge of the structure of microcontrollers (e.g. ETP002004W)

3. Fundamental knowledge of the structure and functions of electronic medical equipment

(e.g.ETP002013W) \

SUBJECT OBJECTIVES C1 Gaining knowledge on the structure, properties, areas of application and programming of measuring

systems C2 Gaining knowledge of transmission, acquisition and processing of measurement data

C3 Gaining knowledge of programming virtual instruments and measuring systems using integrated

graphic programming environment



PEK_W01 Possesses knowledge of the structure, properties and applications of biomedical

measuring and diagnostic systems

PEK_W02 Possesses fundamental knowledge of wired and wireless interfaces and protocols

used in measuring systems

relating to skills:

PEK_U01 Is able to select and communicate elements of a measuring system

PEK_U02 Is able to assess basic properties and functionality of a measuring system.

PEK_U03 Is able to create an algorithm for realizing a measuring task

PEK_U04 Is able to apply simple protocols and measuring interfaces

PEK_U05 Is able to create software for virtual appliances and measuring systems


PEK_K01 Develops competences of team cooperation and improving methods of designing a

strategy aiming at solving a task assigned to a group.

PROGRAMME CONTENT


of hours

Lec 1 The aim and scope of the lecture, basic notions, structure and tasks of

Measuring and Diagnostic Systems (MDS), examples of applications of MDS

2

Lec 2 Introduction to digital communication and interfaces in MDS, configurations

and topologies, organization of communication within MDS with examples

2

Lec 3 Wired measuring interfaces part 1: standards, parameters, the physical layer

2

Lec 4 Wired measuring interfaces part 2: designing, electronic modules and

transceivers, applications with examples

2

Lec 5 Distributed measurement systems. Communication protocols in MDS.

Measurement systems in a computer network

2

Lec 6 Measurement systems with a radio connection and measurement systems in

mobile telecommunications

2

Lec 7 Microcontrollers in MDS. Peripheral systems, parameters, integration,

configuration

2

Lec 8 Virtual measuring instruments part 1: integrated programming environments,

methods of realization of basic programming structures and data organization

2

Lec 9 Virtual measuring instruments part 2: examples of realization of control and

measurement tasks, user interface, management of communication with

measuring instruments, standard libraries and instrument drivers

2

Lec 10 Data acquisition modules, cards and systems. Parameters, standards,

examples.

2

Lec 11 Analog to digital converters: types, parameters, interfaces, examples,

integration with MDS. Demultiplication and switching of signals.

2

Lec 12 Examples of applications of MDS in biomedical filed. Software and hardware

solutions.

2

Lec 13 Methods of data reduction for diagnostic purposes in MDS - principal

component analysis (PCA)

2

Lec 14 Diagnostics in biomedical MDS – expert systems 2

Lec 15 Basic methods of machine learning in MDS 2

Total hours 30

Form of classes – laboratory Number

of hours

Lab 1 Introduction to virtual instruments programming. Fundamentals of

programming in Labview using “G” language. Introduction to measuring

interfaces and drivers in LabView

4,5

Lab 2 Application and operation of measuring instruments with a series interface

(which do not have a dedicated driver). Creation and implementation of

software for a virtual thermometer.

4,5

Lab 3 Application, configuration and operation of measuring cards with USB

interface (which have a dedicated driver). Realization of a measurement

task using a measuring card

4,5

Lab 4 Creating a control panel for a measuring system with an access over

network

4,5

Lab 5 Realization of a distributed measuring system using communication in

mobile phone network. Operation of GSM terminals and transmitting

measurement results to mobile GSM devices.

4,5

Lab 6 Communication within a measuring system using RS485 interface.

Implementation of higher layers of communication protocol for a measuring

system.

4,5

Lab 7 Application of multifunctional microcontroller modules / measuring cards

in measuring systems. Configuration, interface operation and realization of

a simple measuring task

4,5

Lab 8 Neural networks in biomedical diagnostics 4,5

Lab 9 PCA reduction and its influence on diagnostics 4,5

Lab 10 Extra classes for resitting tests and making up for absences 4,5

Total hours 45

Form of classes – project Number

of hours

Proj 1 Creating algorithms and block diagrams for tasks to be realized in

laboratory classes

6

Proj 2 Creating interfaces of operational panels for measuring systems and virtual

devices

5

Proj 3 Creating the application layer of communication protocol for a measuring

system

4

Total hours

15

TEACHING TOOLS USED


N2. Laboratory presentation

N3. Experiments (in laboratory)

N4. Working with software


Evaluation (F

– forming

(during

semester), P

– concluding

(at semester

end)

Educational effect


F1 PEK_U01PEK_U02

PEK_U04, PEK_U05

PEK_K01

Tasks connected with operating, programming,

configuration and realization of elements of measuring-

diagnostic systems and virtual devices

F2 PEK_U02, PEK_U03

PEK_U04

Tasks / Assignments concerning creating algorithms and

designing, comparison and organization of elements of

measuring systems

P1 PEK_W01-PEK_W02 Lecture – exam mark

P2 As for F1 Laboratory – average of marks from assignments

P3 As for F2 Project – average of marks from assignments


PRIMARY LITERATURE:

[1] Instrukcje, normy i noty aplikacyjne

[2] Nawrocki W., Komputerowe systemy pomiarowe, WKŁ, Warszawa 2006

[3] Nawrocki W., Rozproszone systemy pomiarowe, WKŁ, Warszawa 2006

[4] Jurkowski A., Komputerowe systemy pomiarowe - ćwiczenia laboratoryjne, WPP, Gliwice 2007

[5] Koronacki J., Ćwik J., Statystyczne systemy uczące się, EXIT, Warszawa 2008

[6] Nałęcz M., Systemy komputerowe i teleinformatyczne w służbie zdrowia, EXIT, Warszawa 2004

[7] Tadeusiewicz R., Sieci Neuronowe, Akad. Ofic. Wyd., Warszawa 1993


[1] [1] Simmonds A., Wprowadzenie do transmisji danych, WKŁ, Warszawa 1999

[2] Jakubiec, J., Roj J., Pomiarowe przetwarzanie próbkujące, WPŚ, Gliwice 2000

[3] Gruca M., Miernictwo i systemy pomiarowe, EU, Częstochowa 2008

[4] Kitchin C., Wzmacniacze operacyjne i pomiarowe – przewodnik projektanta, BTC, Legionowo 2009

[5] Kester W., Przetworniki A/C i C/A (AD) - teoria i praktyka, BTC, Legionowo 2012

[6] Osowski S., Sieci neuronowe w ujęciu algorytmicznym, WNT, Warszawa 1996



[email protected]



Measuring and Diagnostic Systems








applicable)**

Subject



number***

PEK_W01 K1IBM_W09_S2EME C1 Lec1-15 N1

PEK_W02 K1IBM_W09_S2EME C2 Lec 2-12 N1

PEK_U01 K1IBM_U14_S2EME C1-C3 Lab 1-10 N2-N4

PEK_U02 K1IBM_U13_S2EME C1-C3 Lab 1-10,

Proj 1-3

N2-N4

PEK_U03 K1IMB_U16_S2EME C1-C3 Lab 1-10,

Proj 1-3

N2-N4

PEK_U04 K1IMB_U16_S2EME C1-C3 Lab 1-10,

Proj 1-3

N2-N4

PEK_U05 K1IBM_U16_S2EME C1-C3 Lab 1-10 N2-N4

PEK_K01

(competences) K1IBM_K03 C1-C3 Lab 1-10 N3-N4



Zał. nr 4 do ZW 64/2012


SUBJECT CARD

Name in Polish ZASADY KONSTRUKCJI APARATURY ELEKTRONICZNEJ 1

Name in English PRINCIPLES OF DESIGN OF ELECTRONIC

INSTRUMENTATION 1





Subject code ETP002030W



Number of hours of


University (ZZU)

30

Number of hours of


(CNPS)

90


crediting with

grade*

Examination /

crediting with

grade*

Examination /

crediting with

grade*

Examination /

crediting with

grade*

Examination /

crediting with

grade*




including number of


(P) classes

including number of



(BK) classes

2



1. Completed at least one form of the course Electronics 1 (ETP2024) (a lecture or classes)

2. Completed course Fundamentals of electrical engineering and electronics 1" ETP2001 (lecture

and classes)

3. Completed course Fundamentals of electrical engineering and electronics 2" ETP2003 (lab)

4. Completed course Metrology (lecture) \

SUBJECT OBJECTIVES C1 The acquisition of basic knowledge about the process of design of electronic equipment

C2 The acquisition of basic knowledge on the exchange of heat in electronic devices

C3 The acquisition of basic knowledge about construction and principle of operation of electronic

equipment (at the level of functional blocks)

C4. The acquisition of basic knowledge of electronic equipment structure (in terms of basic functional

systems of the apparatus, used electronic components and electromechanical and mechanical

design principles)



PEK_W01 Knows and understands the basic principles of design of electronic equipment

PEK_W02 Has a basic knowledge of structure of electronic equipment (at the level of circuit

block diagrams).

…

relating to skills:

PEK_U01 Can obtained from the literature, databases and other sources of basic information

about electronic components and electromechanical apparatus design applied to. Is able

to put into practice the information obtained.

PEK_U02 Can design a basic function blocks simple electronic apparatus. At the basic level

can develop documentation for implementation of engineering tasks.

…


PEK_K01 Know the limitations of own knowledge and understands the need for further

training.

PEK_K02 Is aware of social and professional role of engineer.

PROGRAMME CONTENT


of hours

Lec 1 Introductory information, the conditions of subject grade assessment. Introduction

to the design of electronic medical equipment, general rules for construction and

design

2

Lec 2 The general principles and steps in the process of design and construction. The role

of the technical staff, the partitioning of tasks and principles of teamwork 2

Lec 3 General rules for design documentation. Types of design documents. The technical

documentation as a part of project, the general criteria for the evaluation of

electronic devices

2

Lec 4 Heat dissipation in electronic devices, the need for heat dissipation, the theoretical

basis for heat exchange. Practical ways of heat dissipation, examplesof heat

dissipation design examples

2

Lec 5 Biomedical electrodes and their properties 2

Lec 6 Biomedical signals, their measurements and amplifying 2

Lec 7 Functional blocks of the apparatus 2

Lec 8 Components, electronic, electrical, electro-mechanical and mechanical used in

electronic instrumentation 2

Lec 9 Galvanic connections and separated galvanic connections. Rules for the montage

of electronic systems. 2

Lec 10 Printed circuit board. Mass connections and grounding. Zeroing. Mechanical

assembly. 2

Lec11 Disturbances (noise) in the instrumentation. Types of disturbances. Methods of

limiting the emergence and spread of radiated and conducted disturbances.

Filtration and shielding .

2

Lec 12 Electromagnetic radiation resulting from human activities, technical and natural 2

electromagnetic environment of the Earth.

Lec 13 Ergonomy as an aspect of design. 2

Lec 14 Resistance of the instrumentation to technical and climate changes. 2

Lec 15 The role, tasks and responsibilities of construction designer. The zero term exam. 2

Total hours 30

TEACHING TOOLS USED

N1. The lecture -the traditional method.

N2. Elements of multimedia presentation illustrating the issues discussed during the lecture.

N3. Computer and software.





end)

Educational effect


F1 PEK_W01

PEK_W02

PEK_U01

PEK_U02

Score of the exam

P = F1 Score of the exam


PRIMARY LITERATURE:


[2] Kijak J. (red.), Konstruowanie urządzeń elektronicznych, WNT, Warszawa 1975

[3] Kisiel R., Podstawy technologii dla elektroników. Wyd. BTC, 2005.



[5] Kuta S., Elementy i układy elektroniczne, Cz.1, Uczelniane Wydawnictwo Naukowo-Dydaktyczne,

Kraków, 2001.

[6] Rymarski Z., Materiałoznawstwo I konstrukcja urządzeń elektronicznych. Wydawnictwo Polit.

Śląskiej, Gliwice 2000.

[7] Spiralski L., (red.), Zakłócenia w aparaturze elektronicznej, Radioelektronik, Warszawa 1999.

[8] Tietze U., Schenk Ch., Układy półprzewodnikowe WNT, Warszawa 2009.


[1] Katalogi firmowe

[2] Strony internetowe (wskazane przez prowadzącego),

[3] Wybrane artykuły z periodyków technicznych: Przegląd Elektrotechniczny, Elektronika,

Elektronika dla wszystkich



[email protected]



Principles of Design of Electronic Instrumentation 1









Subject


content*** Teaching

tool

number***

PEK_W01 (knowledge) K1IBM_W09_S2EME C1, C2, C3, C4 Lec1 – Lec15 N1, N2, N3

PEK_W02 K1IBM_W09_S2EME C1, C2, C3, C4 Lec1 – Lec15 N1, N2, N3

PEK_U01 (skills) K1IBM_U01 C1, C2, C3, C4 Lec1 – Lec15 N1, N2, N3

PEK_U02 K1IBM_U16_S2EME C1, C2, C3, C4 Lec1 – Lec15 N1, N2, N3

PEK_K01 (competences) K1IBM_K01 C1, C2, C3, C4 Lec1 – Lec15 N1, N2, N3

PEK_K02 K1IBM_K07 C1, C2, C3, C4 Lec1 – Lec15 N1, N2, N3



Zał. nr 4 do ZW 64/2012


SUBJECT CARD

Name in Polish ZASADY KONSTRUKCJI APARATURY

ELEKTRONICZNEJ 2

Name in English PRINCIPLES OF DESIGN OF ELECTRONIC

INSTRUMENTATION 2





Subject code ETP002031L, ETP002031P



Number of hours of


University (ZZU)

30 15

Number of hours of


(CNPS)

60 30


crediting with

grade*

Examination /

crediting with

grade*

Examination /

crediting with

grade*

Examination /

crediting with

grade*

Examination /

crediting with

grade*




including number of


(P) classes 2 1

including number of



(BK) classes

1,5 0,8



1. Basic knowledge of the principles of construction of the electronic circuits and electronic systems.

2. Practical skills in electronic circuits acquired in the laboratory and design of electronic

circuits. \

SUBJECT OBJECTIVES C1 The acquisition of basic skills of practical design of simple electronic instrumentation.

C2 The acquisition of basic practical skills in preparation of a simplified documentation of a design

C3 The acquisition of basic skills in the range of assembling electronic circuits.

C4 Preparing to work in a design team.



PEK_W01 Has a basic knowledge of problems related to the design of a simple electronic

instrumentation

PEK_W02 Has a basic knowledge in preparing simplified documentation of electronic

instrumentation

relating to skills:

PEK_U01 Can obtain from the literature, databases and other sources of basic information

concerning issues related to the design process of electronic constructions

PEK_U02 Has basic practical skills in design of a simple electronic instrumentation

PEK_U03 Has basic practical skills in the preparation of a simplified design documentation.

PEK_U04 Can prepare a presentation of the results of the realization of a given engineering

task

PEK_U05 Has the ability of self-study


PEK_K01 Knows the limitations of own knowledge and understands the need for further

training

PEK_K02 Is aware of the social and professional role of engineer

PEK_K03 Is able to work individually and in a team in a work on the solution of given task

PROGRAMME CONTENT

Form of classes - lab Number

of hours

Lab 1 An overview of the conditions of grade assessment. Repetition and supplementing

the information provided in the lecture about the design process.

Test 1.

3

Lab 2 The investigation of simple electromechanical components and specifying their

characteristics (transformer, relay, electromechanical switches, mono-stable, bi-

stable, multi-position, etc.). The design of the given switching sequence on the

basis of multi-position switches - partial project 1.

Test 2.

3

Lab 3 Development of simplified mechanical documentation for housing of electronic

circuit (draw up a simplified technical drawing, dimensioning). Design of layout

and fixing in housing for circuit from partial project 1- partial project 2.

Test 3.

3

Lab 4 Measurements of thermal characteristics of heat sinks (determination of the

thermal resistance).

Test 4.

3

Lab 5 Shielding and filtration. Study of suppression by the screening metal barrier for

magnetic component in the low frequency range.

Test 5.

3

Lab 6 Practical design work and assembling of simple electronics realized individually

by each participant of the laboratory - part 1 3


by each participant of the laboratory - part 2 3


by each participant laboratory - part 3 3

Lab 9 Realizing mounted systems individually, perform basic measurements in order to

determine properties of the assembled and operating electronic circuit - part 4 3

Lab 10 The supplementary term. Delivery of documentation of project and realized

circuit. Grade assessment. 3

Total hours 30


of hours

Proj 1 An overview of the conditions of grade assessment of the project. The draw for

the themes of the projects (project is realized by a team of two persons). The

project involves issues starting from electronic market inspection to submitting

simplified documentation of a simple electronic instrument.

1,5

Proj 2 Meeting and discussion of project schedules (each team's schedule to a given

theme). Discussing the problems of design and construction reported by individual

project teams.

1,5

Proj 3 Discussing the problems of design and construction reported by individual project

teams. 1,5


teams. 1,5


teams. 1,5


teams. 1,5


teams. 1,5


teams. 1.5

Proj 9 Collecting the design documentation prepared by the teams. 1,5

Proj10 A summary of design classes. Grade assessment. 1,5

Total hours 15

TEACHING TOOLS USED

N1. Blackboard and chalk – design classes and laboratory carried out by the use of traditional method

N2. Educational hardware support to design classes and laboratory

N3. Computer and software, Internet


Evaluation (F –

forming (during

semester), P –

Educational effect


concluding (at

semester end)

F1 PEK_W01

PEK_W02

Tests

F2 PEK_U02

PEK_U03

PEK_U04

PEK_U05

PEK_K01

PEK_K02

Evaluation of partial projects

F3 PEK_U01

PEK_U02

PEK_U03

PEK_U04

Evaluation of the practical work concerning designed

circuit

F4 PEK_U04

PEK_U05

Evaluation of reports

F5 PEK_U01

PEK_U02

PEK_U03

PEK_U04

PEK_U05

PEK_K01

PEK_K02

PEK_K03

Final evaluation of the project

P – evaluation of laboratory- the final assessment results from F1, F2, F3, F4

P – evaluation of the project – evaluation of F5


PRIMARY LITERATURE:

[1] [2Horowitz P., Hill W., Sztuka elektroniki, Cz.1-2, WKŁ, Warszawa 2009.

[2] Kijak J., (red.), Konstruowanie urządzeń elektronicznych, WNT, Warszawa 1975

[3] Kisiel R., Podstawy technologii dla elektroników. Wyd.BTC, 2005.



[5] Kuta S., Elementy i układy elektroniczne, Cz.1, Kraków, Uczelniane Wydawnictwo Naukowo-

Dydaktyczne, Kraków 2001.

[6] Materiały z wykładu z kursu „Zasady konstrukcji aparatury 1”

[7] Rymarski Z., Materiałoznawstwo I konstrukcja urządzeń elektronicznych. Wyd. Polit. Śl., Gliwice

2000.

[8] Spiralski L., Zakłócenia w aparaturze elektronicznej, Wyd. Radioelektronik, Warszawa 1999.

[9] Tietze U., Schenk Ch: Układy półprzewodnikowe WNT, Warszawa 2009.


[1] Katalogi firmowe

[2] Materiały własne prowadzącego zajęcia.

[3] Strony internetowe (wskazane przez prowadzącego),

[4] Wybrane artykuły z periodyków technicznych: Przegląd Elektrotechniczny, Elektronika,

Elektronika dla wszystkich



[email protected]



Principles of Design of Electronic Instrumentation 2








applicable)**

Subject



number***

PEK_W01 (knowledge) K1IBM_W09_S2EME C1- C4 La1 – La15

Pr1 - Pr7

N1, N2, N3

PEK_W02 K1IBM_ W11_S2EME C1- C4 La1 – La15

Pr1 - Pr7

N1, N2, N3

PEK_U01 (skills) K1IBM_U01 C1- C4 La1 – La15

Pr1 - Pr7

N1, N2, N3

PEK_U02 K1IBM_U16_S2EME C1- C4 La1 – La15

Pr1 - Pr7

N1, N2, N3

PEK_U03 K1IBM_U14_S2EME C1- C4 La1 – La15

Pr1 - Pr7

N1, N2, N3

PEK_U04 K1IBM_U04 C1- C4 La1 – La15

Pr1 - Pr7

N1, N2, N3

PEK_U05 K1IBM_U05 C1- C4 La1 – La15

Pr1 - Pr7

N1, N2, N3

PEK_K01 (competences) K1IBM_K01 C4 La1 – La15

Pr1 - Pr7

N1, N2, N3

PEK_K02 K1IBM_K07 C4 La1 – La15

Pr1 - Pr

N1, N2, N3

PEK_K03 K1IBM_K03 C4 La1 – La15

Pr1 - Pr7

N1, N2, N3



Zał. nr 4 do ZW 64/2012


SUBJECT CARD

Name in Polish BIOLOGIA Z ELEMENTAMI MIKROBIOLOGII

Name in English BIOLOGY WITH ELEMENTS OF MICROBIOLOGY


Specialization (if applicable): MEDICAL ELECTRONIC, BIOMEDICAL OPTICS,







Number of hours of


University (ZZU)

30

Number of hours of


(CNPS)

90


crediting with

grade*

Examination /

crediting with

grade*

Examination /

crediting with

grade*

Examination /

crediting with

grade*

Examination /

crediting with

grade*




including number of


(P) classes

including number of



(BK) classes

2



1. General knowledge of biology on secondary school level \

SUBJECT OBJECTIVES

C1 Acquisition of basic knowledge about the biology of eukaryotic and prokaryotic cells on the basis

for further education in the field of: biophysics, biochemistry and physiology



PEK_W01 has a structured, theoretically founded a general knowledge from the biology of

eukaryotic and prokaryotic cells, has knowledge in the field of occupational health and

safety in microbiological laboratories

relating to skills:

PEK_U01 can correctly describe the organization and control of the processes at the cellular

level, can apply, on the basic level, the rights used to description of physiological

phenomena at the level of cells and tissues


PEK_K01 knows the limits of his own knowledge and understands the need for further

education

PROGRAMME CONTENT


of hours

Lec 1 Diversity do life- the need of taxonomy 2

Lec 2 Biology as a scientific discipline 2

Lec 3 Microscopic techniques review- capabilities of application in biological

researches

2

Lec 4 Electron microscope laboratory virtual visit 2

Lec 5 The cell- the basic unit of life (plant, animal, bacteria) 2

Lec 6 Cellular cycle – regulation and control 2

Lec 7 Mechanisms of intercellular signaling 2

Lec 8 Stem cells the modern medicine hope 2

Lec 9 Tumor changes 2

Lec 10 Apoptosis 2

Lec 11 Cellular and tissue cultures 2

Lec 12 Microbiological laboratory virtual visit 2

Lec 13 Bacteria in human life 2

Lec 14 Capabilities of antibacterial and antiviral new medicines searches 2

Lec 15 Final test 2

Total hours 30

TEACHING TOOLS USED







end)

Educational effect

number


F1 PEK_W01

PEK_U01

PEK_K01

Colloquium

C = F1


PRIMARY LITERATURE:

[1] Alberts B., Bray D., Hopkin K., Johnson A., Lewis J., Raff M., Roberts K., Walter P.,

Podstawy biologii komórki,PWN, Warszawa 2005

[2] Libudzisz Z. (red), Kowal K., Żakowska Z., Mikrobiologia techniczna. Mikroorganizmy i

środowiska ich występowania. PWN, Warszawa 2007


[1] Solomon E. P., Berg L., Martin D., Villee C. Biologia. MULTICO Oficyna Wydawnicza,

Warszawa 2000



[email protected]


Biology with Elements of Microbiology



AND SPECIALIZATION Medical Electronic, Biomedical Optics, Biomechanical

Engineering






Subject

objectives***

Programme

content***

Teaching

tool

number***

PEK_W01 (knowledge) K11BM_W02 C1 Lec1-Lec15 N1,N2

PEK_U01 (skills) K11BM_U09 C1 Lec1-Lec15 N1,N2

PEK_K01 (competences) K11BM_K01 C1 Lec1-Lec15 N1,N2



Zał. nr 4 do ZW 64/2012

FACULTY: FUNDAMENTAL PROBLEMS OF TECHNOLOGY

SUBJECT CARD

Name in Polish CYFROWE PRZETWARZANIE SYGNAŁÓW

Name in English DIGITAL SIGNAL PROCESSING


Specialization (if applicable): BIOMECHANICAL ENGINEERING,

MEDICAL ELECTRONICS,

BIOMEDICAL OPTICS




Group of courses NO


Number of hours of


University (ZZU)

30 15

Number of hours of


(CNPS)

90 30

Form of crediting Examination Examination /

crediting with

grade*

crediting with

grade

Examination /

crediting with

grade*

Examination /

crediting with

grade*




including number of


(P) classes

1

including number of



(BK) classes

2 0,8



1. General knowledge and skills in mathematics at level equivalent to the course of Mathematical

Analysis 2 (e.g. MAP001156) – including functional analysis, complex numbers, elements of statistics. \

SUBJECT OBJECTIVES

C1 The aim of the course is to present the knowledge in the range of basic theory of signals,

characterization of deterministic and random signals, methods of signal analysis; continuous and

discrete transformations, also with relations to description of linear systems using models with

continuous or discrete time.

C2 Developing skills to apply algorithms, methods and techniques of digital signal processing to

solve simple problems of signal analysis and simulation for a wide variety of signals.



PEK_W01 knows and understands methods of characterization of signals with respect to

their properties; distinguishes between different classes of signals, is able to choose

suitable method of description and analysis of a given signal

PEK_W02 knows general concepts of signal processing, signal transformations and specific

methods of the DSP, knows their theoretical background and area of applications

relating to skills:

PEK_U01 is able to make correct identification of problems in the domain of signal

processing, is able to apply digital methods and algorithms to characterize and analyze

signals and use them in computer simulation and modeling related to specified signals,

uses appropriate software packet, correctly interprets results of computer experiments

PEK_U02 has ability to get required information about DSP problem from reliable sources

and can put the information into practice


PEK_K01 has attitude to solve simple problems in the DSP showing individual approach

PROGRAMME CONTENT


of hours

Lec 1 Programme of lecture, conditions of grade assessment. Classification of signals.

Models of signals. Parameters of deterministic signals.

2

Lec 2 Basic theory of signals, signal space. Sampling of signals. Digital representations of

continuous signals. Discretisation errors.

2

Lec 3 Frequency analysis of deterministic signals. Fourier series and Fourier transform. 2

Lec 4 Discrete Fourier Transform (DFT). Basic properties, applications. FFT algorithm. 2

Lec 5 Application of window functions in spectral analysis. Examples of windowing

functions. Examples of spectrum analysis.

2

Lec 6 Laplace transform and Z transform. Properties, examples, applications. 2

Lec 7 Z transform versus Fourier transform and Laplace transform. Linear systems with

continuous time. Linear systems with discrete time.

2

Lec 8 Digital filters. FIR and IIR filters, examples, analysis, transfer function, zeros and

poles of transfer function. Frequency characteristics.

2

Lec 9 Correlation functions – auto and cross-correlation functions of deterministic

signals. Spectral power density.

2

Lec 10 Random signals, stochastic processes. Statistics of stochastic process. Stationary

and ergodic signals.

2

Lec 11 Digital methods of spectral power density function estimation. Interpretation of

power spectral density. Periodogram. Welch’ method.

2

Lec 12 Passing of stochastic signal through linear system. Power spectral density

functions. Correlation functions.

2

Lec 13 Modeling of stochastic processes. AR, MA, ARMA models. 2

Lec 14 Adaptive filtration. Concept, algorithms, examples. 2

Lec 15 Technical aspects of DSP. DSP processors. Summary. 2

Total hours 30

Form of classes - laboratory Number of

hours

Lab 1 Introduction. Methods of generating of discrete signals, matrix representation of

discrete signals, parameters of periodic signals.

2

Lab 2 Discrete random signals, models and parameters. Periodic (sinusoidal) signals with

additive noise. Signal -to- noise ratio.

2

Lab 3 Frequency analysis of discrete periodic signals. DFT, amplitude and phase

spectrum.

2

Lab 4 Signal sampling, non - synchronous sampling and sampling errors. Window

functions. DFT of windowed signals.

2

Lab 5 Digital FIR and IIR filters. Transfer function. Frequency and time characterization

of filters. Examples of standard filters.

2

Lab 6 Random signals.. Passing of random signals by discrete linear filters. Correlation

functions. Transfer function.

2

Lab 7 Deterministic signals with additive noise. Power spectrum, AR modeling. 2

Lab 8 Complementary work, grade assessment. 1

Total hours 15

TEACHING TOOLS USED

N1. Lecture – computer presentation.

N2. Traditional lecture.

N3. Simple problems solving (during lecture)

N4. Computer and dedicated software for laboratory training

N5. Short problems for solving during lab

N6. Written reports of laboratory work.





end)

Educational effect

number


F1 PEK_W01

PEK_W02

1. Examination

2. Presence at lectures (max. 10%)

F2 PEK_U01

PEK_U02

PEK_K01

1. Short written test problems

2. Written reports from laboratory work

P = F1 – lecture

P = F2 – lab - on basis on average of partial grades


PRIMARY LITERATURE:

[1] Zieliński T.P., Cyfrowe przetwarzanie sygnałów, WKŁ, Warszawa, 2005, 2009

[2] Lyons R.G., Wprowadzenie do cyfrowego przetwarzania sygnałów, WKŁ, Warszawa 1999

[3] Oppenheim A.V., Schafer R.W., Cyfrowe przetwarzanie sygnałów, WKŁ, Warszawa 1979


[1] Bendat J.S., Piersol A.G., Metody analizy i pomiaru sygnałów losowych, PWN, Warszawa 1976

[2] Szabatin J., Podstawy teorii sygnałów, WKŁ, Warszawa 2000


Dr inż. Janusz Ociepka

[email protected]



Digital Signal Processing


Biomedical Engineering AND SPECIALIZATION Biomechanical Engineering, Medical Electronics,

Biomedical Optics





applicable)**

Subject

objectives***

Programme

content***

Teaching tool

number***

PEK_W01 (knowledge) K1IBM_W03 C1 Lec1-Lec15 N1-N3


PEK_U01 (skills) K1IBM_U09 C2 Lab1- Lab8 N4-N6

PEK_U02 K1IBM_U07 C2 Lab1- Lab8 N4-N6

PEK_K01 (competences) K1IBM_K01 C1, C2 Lab1- Lab8 N6



Zał. nr 4 do ZW 64/2012


SUBJECT CARD

Name in Polish UKŁADY ELEKTRONICZNE 1

Name in English ELECTRONIC CIRCUITS 1





Subject code ETP002043W, ETP002024C



Number of hours of


University (ZZU)

30 15

Number of hours of


(CNPS)

120 60


crediting with

grade*

Examination /

crediting with

grade*

Examination /

crediting with

grade*

Examination /

crediting with

grade*

Examination /

crediting with

grade*




including number of


(P) classes

2

including number of



(BK) classes

2 1



1. Basic knowledge and skills of fundamentals of electric engineering and electronics.

2. Basic knowledge of measurements and instrumentation. \

SUBJECT OBJECTIVES C1 Getting a basic knowledge of theory of simple electronic circuits, containing semiconductor

devices, including operating principles and design methods. C2 The acquisition of basic skills for the analysis and practical design of simple electronic circuits,

composed of semiconductor devices.



PEK_W01 Knows and understands the basic principles of operation of analog and digital

electronic circuits

PEK_W02 Has a basic knowledge of simple analog and digital electronic circuits, constructed

on the basis of semiconductor devices

relating to skills:

PEK_U01 Can retrieve basic information about electronic components used to build a simple

semiconductor electronic circuits from literature, databases and other sources

PEK_U02 Is able to draw conclusions in the domain of simple electronic circuits

PEK_U03 Can solve simple engineering problems related to the electronic circuits containing

semiconductor elements



education

PEK_K02 Can independently search for information in the literature, also in foreign languages

PROGRAMME CONTENT


of hours

Lec 1 The introduction, conditions for grade assessment. Electronic circuits; analog, digital,

basic characteristics, methods of analysis and synthesis of electronic circuits.

Electronic components used in electronic circuits - types, structures, working

principles, basic properties and parameters.

2

Lec 2 PN junction - semiconductor diode. Power supply circuits. Schemes, the operating

principles. Transformers, low power rectifiers, capacitive filters . 2

Lec 3 The BJT transistor as a configuration of double PN junctions. Amplifying

mechanism of the BJT transistor. Transistor as an element of amplifying circuits.

Types of transistors, their parameters and properties. Transistor as a four-port element,

characteristics of transistor. Operating point of the transistor.

2

Lec 4 Basic BJT transistor operating circuits. OE , OB, OC circuits. Properties, basic

applications. 2

Lec 5 Basic BJT transistor operating circuits. OE, OB, OC configurations , basic

applications – continued. Field-effect transistor - principle of operation , basic

circuits, OS, OG configurations - analogies to the circuits with BJT transistors.

2

Lec 6 The operating point of the transistor - continued. Static and dynamic operating

characteristics. 2

Lec 7 The choice of operating point of transistor in an amplifying circuit for the given gain

and maximizing output signal of the transistor stage. Calculation examples. 3

Lec 8 Multistage transistor amplifiers, connection between stages, DC amplifiers. 1

Lec 9 DC amplifiers - continued. Differential amplifier. Schematics, the principle of

operation, properties. 2

Lec 10 Current and voltage sources. 2

Lec 11 Basic voltage and current stabilization circuits, linear stabilisers. Integrated circuit

voltage regulators. 2

Lec12 Operational amplifiers. Properties, basic circuits. 2

Lec13 Operational amplifiers. Application - Part 1 2

Lec 14 Operational amplifiers. Application - Part 2 2

Lec 15 The principle of generation of analog periodic signals. Basic oscillator circuits.

The first exam term.

1

1

Total hours 30


of hours

Cl 1 Basic laws of electrical engineering, electronic passive components equivalent

models, impedance, frequency effects on the properties of passive components -

repertory.

1

Cl 2 Test 1. (problems: the law of electrical engineering, components, impedance,

frequency effects on the components of impedance)

Impedance, admittance, voltage and current resonance, resonant circuits; impedance

of serial and parallel connections of passive elements - extension of material from the

course Fundamentals of electrical engineering and electronics

1

Cl 3 Test 2. (problems: the laws of electrical engineering, electrical passive components,

impedance, resonance circuit)

Rectifier systems, properties, smoothing filters, transformer - calculations

1

Cl 4 Test 3. (transformer rectifying circuits, low power supply circuits).

Smoothing filters in supply circuits – continued. Transistor as an electronic switch,

characteristics, operating point. Transistor as regulating element in stabilizer circuits.

Examples of calculations.

1

Cl 5 Test 4. (characteristics of the BJT, static operating point of BJT)

The BJT transistor; OE, OB, OC circuits, operating point, static operating

characteristics, design of simple transistor biasing circuits.

1

Cl 6 Test 5. (characteristics of the BJT, static operating point of BJT)

The BJT transistor; OE, OB, OC circuits, operating point, static operating

characteristics, design of simple biasing circuits – problems for calculations

1

Cl 7 Test 6. ( BJT biasing, static operating point).

Static operating characteristics –continued. Operation in dynamic conditions, gain of

the transistor amplifying stage. Frequency properties of a simple amplifying transistor

stage.

1

Cl 8 Test 7. (Dynamic operation, effective gain of the transistor amplifying stage)

The differential amplifier circuit composed of the BJT transistors. Current source. 1

Cl 9 Test 8. (current sources).

Voltage stabilization systems, serial and parallel stabilizers. 1

Cl 10 Test 9. (voltage stabilization).

Operational amplifier, basic circuits with operational amplifiers, signal generation

circuits.

1

Cl 11 Test 10. (operational amplifiers – basic amplifying circuits).

Operational amplifier, basic operational amplifier circuits (continued), voltage and 1

current sources.

Cl 12 Test 11. (operational amplifier)

Operational amplifier, basic circuits with integrated amplifiers (continued), voltage

comparator, selective circuits based on IC operational amplifier. The electrometric

amplifier - basic properties

1

Cl 13 Test 12. (operational amplifier - various circuits)

Electrometric amplifier - basic properties. Repertory of problems discussed on the

classes.

1

Cl 14 Test 13.(test including the whole contents of the classes).

Field-effect transistor circuits - reference to the circuits with BJT transistors. 1

Cl 15 Test 14. Overview of previous tests. Repertory (continuation) Assessment exercises 1

Total hours 15

TEACHING TOOLS USED

N1. Lecture – traditional method

N2. Classes conducted by a traditional method

N3. Catalogue and datasheets of semiconductor and electronic components and devices

N4. Elements of multimedia presentation illustrating typical problems

N5. Short written tests – used for classes

N6. Simple home works - problems of electronic circuits to be solved individually

N7. Simple design problems to be solved individually.

N8. Computer and software




concluding (at semester end)

Educational


F1 PEK_W01

PEK_W02

1. Exam

F2 PEK_U01

PEK_U02

PEK_U03

PEK_K01

PEK_K02

1. Short written works – control tests

2. Simple problems from semiconductor

electronic circuits solved during classes and

outside the classes

P = F1 lecture

P = F2 classes - average from both elements of evaluation


PRIMARY LITERATURE:

[1] Borkowski A., Zasilanie urządzeń elektronicznych, WKŁ, Warszawa, 1990.

[2] Golde W., Śliwa L., Wzmacniacze operacyjne i ich zastosowania. Cz.1. Podstawy teoretyczne,

WNT, Warszawa 1982


[4] Kulka Z., Nadachowski M., Wzmacniacze operacyjne i ich zastosowania. WKŁ, Warszawa 1974.




[1] http://www.tubebooks.org/Books/electronic_amplifiers.pdf

http://www.tubebooks.org/Books/electronic_amplifiers.pdf

[2] Petit J., McWhorter M., Electronic Amplifier Circuits, 1961, 325 pages, www.tubebooks.org

[3] Wybrane artykuły z miesięcznika Elektronika

[4] Wybrane artykuły z miesięcznika Przegląd Elektrotechniczny



tomasz.grysiń[email protected]

http://www.tubebooks.org/Books/intro_electronic_amplifiers.pdf

http://www.tubebooks.org/

mailto:tomasz.grysiń[email protected]


Electronic Circuits 1




Subject educational






Subject



number***

PEK_W01

(knowledge) K1IBM_W09_S2EME C1 Lec1 – Lec15 N1, N4

PEK_W02 K1IBM_W09_S2EME C1 Lec1 – Lec15 N1, N4

PEK_U01 (skills) K1IBM_U01 C2 Cl1 – Cl5 N2 - N8

PEK_U02 K1IBM_U13_S2EME C2 Cl1 – Cl5 N2 - N8

PEK_U03 K1IBM_U16_S2EME C2 Cl1 – Cl5 N2 - N8


K1IBM_K01 C1, C2 Cl1 – Cl5 N1 - N8

PEK_K02 K1IBM_K01 C1, C2 Cl1 – Cl5 N1 - N8



Zał. nr 4 do ZW 64/2012


SUBJECT CARD

Name in Polish METROLOGIA

Name in English METROLOGY









Number of hours of


University (ZZU)

15

Number of hours of


(CNPS)

30


crediting with

grade*

Examination /

crediting with

grade*

Examination /

crediting with

grade*

Examination /

crediting with

grade*

Examination /

crediting with

grade*




including number of


(P) classes

including number of



(BK) classes

0,7



Physics at the level of secondary school. \

SUBJECT OBJECTIVES C1 Acquisition of basic knowledge about the legal metrology (measurement scales, units of measures,

standards), measuring instrumentation and measuring methods and techniques.

C2 Acquisition of basic skills in the range of selection of the measuring instrumentation (working

with catalogue cards), estimating the uncertainty of measurements, processing of measuring data,

reporting the results of measurements.



PEK_W01 Has ordered, based on theory knowledge covering the key problems relating to

the methods and techniques of measurements, uncertainty estimation and presentation

of results of measurements.

PEK_W02 Has a basic knowledge in the field of electronic properties measuring

instrumentation related to the measurements of both the electrical quantities (current,

voltage, resistance, signal parameters, impedances) as well as the basics of measuring

non-electrical quantities.

relating to skills:

PEK_U01 Can retrieve the basic information from literature, databases and other sources that

relates to properties of measuring instruments.

PEK_U02 Is able to deduce conclusions referring to the correct selection of the measuring

instrument and its impact on the uncertainty of measurement.



education.

PROGRAMME CONTENT


of hours

Lec 1 Introduction, the conditions of grade assessment. Definitions of

measurements and measuring scales. Physical measurables, units and

standards, international system of units SI, the basic and derived units,

prefixes.

2

Lec 2 Direct and indirect measuring methods-measurements of basic electrical

quantities (voltage, current, resistance, impedance, energy, power). The

methods of calculation of uncertainty of measurements using analog and

digital measuring instruments.

2

Lec 3 Electrical signals and their basic parameters. Analog and digital multimeters

and their parameters. 2

Lec 4 Visualization of signals and their parameters, analog and digital oscilloscope and

their parameters. Spectral analysis and spectrum analyzers. 2

Lec 5 Time and frequency measurements - methods and instruments. 2

Lec 6 Measurement methods: comparison at the same time, substitution, switching and

compensating methods, the differential and null methods. 2

Lec 7 Indirect measurements, methods for calculating measurement uncertainty, a

valid notation of result of measurement, the correct reporting of results of

measurements in the graphical and tabular forms.

2

Lec 8 Colloquium. 1

Total hours 15

TEACHING TOOLS USED

N1. The lecture is given as a combination of traditional method and elements of multimedia

presentations.

N2. Simple problems to solved in order to test understanding of procedures of estimation of

uncertainty of measurements.





end)

Educational effect


F1 PEK_W01

PEK_W02

Colloquium

F2 PEK_U01

PEK_U02

PEK_K01

Simple problems to solved at lecture

P – Lecture - evaluation of the colloquium and the average of the ratings of tests


PRIMARY LITERATURE:

[1] Chwaleba A., Poniński M., Siedlecki A., Metrologia elektryczna, WNT Warszawa 2007


[1] Olędzki J., Podstawy metrologii, Wyd. PW, Warszawa 2010


Dr inż. Barbara Juroszek

[email protected]



Metrology




Optics





applicable)**

Subject



number***

PEK_W01 (knowledge) K1IBM_W03 C1, C2 Wy1 –Wy7 N1-N2

PEK_W02 K1IBM_W03 C1, C2 Wy1 –Wy7 N1-N2

PEK_U01 (skills) K1IBM_U01 C1, C2 Wy1 –Wy7 N1-N2

PEK_U02 K1IBM_U01 C1, C2 Wy1 –Wy7 N1-N2

PEK_K01 (competences) K1IBM_K01 C1, C2 Wy1 –Wy7 N1-N2



Zał. nr 4 do ZW 64/2012


SUBJECT CARD

Name in Polish ELEKTRONICZNA APARATURA MEDYCZNA 2

Name in English ELECTROMEDICAL INSTRUMENTATION 2








Number of hours of


University (ZZU)

15

45

Number of hours of


(CNPS) 60

60


crediting with

grade*

Examination /

crediting with

grade*

Examination /

crediting with

grade*

Examination /

crediting with

grade*

Examination /

crediting with

grade*




2 including number of


(P) classes 2

including number of



(BK) classes

1

1,5



Passed course Electromedical instrumentation – lecture, laboratory . \

SUBJECT OBJECTIVES C1 Acquiring knowledge of principles of operation, construction and metrological features of

basic instruments for medical image diagnostics. Roentgenography.

C2 Study of the CT, NMR tomography.

C3 Skills in professional metrological tests of different electromedical instruments.



PEK_W01 Has basic knowledge about the role of ionizing radiation in medicine. Has

knowledge in the range of structure and features of x-ray equipment. Knows conditions

of safe work with x-ray equipment.

PEK_W02 Knows principle of operation, structure and capabilities of basic types of x-ray

tomographs.

PEK_W03 Has basic knowledge in range of principle of operation, structures and features of

MRI tomograph.

relating to skills:

PEK_U01 Is able to define conditions required for determining metrological parameters of

electromedical instruments, is able to select proper measuring equipment.

PEK_U02 Can evaluate performance and investigate the metrological parameters of

electromedical instruments, can correctly interpret obtained measuring results.


PEK_K01 Knows limitations of own knowledge and understands the need for further

education.

PEK_K02 Is able to formulate questions for deepening of his knowledge in a given topic.

PROGRAMME CONTENT


of hours

Lec 1 Bases of physical operations of x-ray equipment. 2

Lec 2 Structure of apparatus for x-ray diagnostics. 2

Lec 3 X-ray tomography. Structure. 2

Lec 4 Different kinds of x-ray tomograph. Bases of physical operations of MRI

tomography. 2

Lec 5 MRI tomograph. Structure. 2

Lec 6 Data processing in MRI tomograph. 3

Lec 7 Test 2

Total hours 15


of hours

Lab 1 Input to topic of laboratory. Accuracy identification of different

electromedical instruments. Using metrological data from different

catalogues. Practical evaluation of uncertainty.

3

Lab 2 Identification of block diagrams of different electromedical instruments. 3

Lab 3 High frequency electromagnetic fields - therapeutic instruments. Signal

parameters measurements. 3

Lab 4 Electromagnetic interferences in electromedical instruments. 3

Lab 5 Spectrophotometry – metrological tests. 3

Lab 6 DC- current, low-, medium- frequency therapeutic instruments. Signal

parameters measurements. 3

Lab 7 DC- current, low- and medium- frequency therapeutic instruments. Signal 3

parameters measurement. Signal spectrum analysis.

Lab 8 Rheography – instruments professional measurements. 3

Lab 9 Pneumotahometers. Identification of low resistance on spirometric

parameters influence. 3

Lab 10 Pneumotachometers. Metrological parameters measurement. 3

Lab 11 Audiometry – generator measurement. 3

Lab 12 Electrocardiography – filters testing. 3

Lab 13 ECG amplifier measurement. 3

Lab 14 Comparative tests of electromedical diagnostic instrument as blood pressure

measurement - example. 3

Lab 15 Repetition. 3

Total hours 45

TEACHING TOOLS USED

N1. Lecture.

N2. Materials in web-side: www.ibp.pwr.wroc.pl.

N3. Manuals of instruments being in Lab.

N4. Test in Lab.

N5. Report of Lab experiments.

N6. Consultations.


Evaluation (F –

forming (during

semester), P –

concluding (at

semester end)


F1 PEK_W01

PEK_W02

PEK_W03

1. Written test checking knowledge.

F2 PEK_U01

PEK_U02

PEK_K01

PEK_K02

1. Tests during lab.

2. Reports on lab experiments.

3. Evaluation the individual approach to the

performance of experiments.

P = F1 lecture – evaluation on base of test

P = F2 lab – average of tests and reports from experimental works



PRIMARY LITERATURE:

[1] Cierniak R, Tomografia komputerowa, Exit, Warszawa 2005.

[2] Feng DD (ed.), Biomedical information technology, Academic Press, London 2008.

[3] Hrynkiewicz A, Rokita E, Fizyczne metody badań, PWN, Warszawa 1999.

[4] Leszczyński S, Radiologia, PZWL, Warszawa 2001.

[5] Materiały do ćwiczeń laboratoryjnych z Aparatury Elektromedycznej umieszczone w zakładce: materiały dydaktyczne,

www.ibp.pwr.wroc.pl.

[6] Webster JG, Medical instrumentation, John Wiley & Sons, New York, 2007.


[1] Instrukcje obsługi oraz instrukcje serwisowe urządzeń elektromedycznych oraz sprzętu kontrolno-pomiarowego.

[2] Webster J.G., Bioinstrumentation. ed. Hoboken, John Wiley & Sons, London 2004.


Dr eng. Barbara Juroszek

[email protected]




Electromedical Instrumentation 2








applicable)**

Subject



number***

PEK_W01 (knowledge) K1IBM_W09_S2EME C1 Lec 1, Lec 2 N1

PEK_W02 K1IBM_W09_S2EME C2 Lec 3, Lec 4 N1

PEK_W03 K1IBM_W09_S2EME C2 Lec 5, Lec 6 N1

PEK_U01 (skills) K1IBM_U13_S2EME C3 Lab3-Lab14 N2, N6

PEK_U02 K1IBM_U15_S2EME C3 Lab3-Lab14 N2, N6

PEK_K01 (competences) K1IBM_K01 C1, C2, C3 Lec, Lab N1-N6

PEK_K02 K1IBM_K01 C1, C2, C3 Lec N1-N6



Zał. nr 4 do ZW 64/2012


SUBJECT CARD

Name in Polish OPTYCZNE CZUJNIKI CHEMICZNE I BIOSENSORY

Name in English OPTICAL CHEMICAL SENSORS AND BIOSENSORS


Specialization (if applicable): BIOMEDICAL OPTICS



Subject code ETP002049W, ETP002049P



Number of hours of


University (ZZU)

15 30

Number of hours of


(CNPS)

60 90


crediting with

grade*

Examination /

crediting with

grade*

Examination /

crediting with

grade*

Examination /

crediting with

grade*

Examination /

crediting with

grade*




including number of


(P) classes

3

including number of



(BK) classes

1 2



1. Basic knowledge in biophotonics, e.g. passed course Biophotonics (FTP002003)

\

SUBJECT OBJECTIVES C1 Knowledge about the optics, biochemistry and biophysics used in the design of optical

chemical sensors.

C2 Knowledge about the use and operation of the sensors and biosensors and non-electrical

measurements in biomedical engineering.

C3 Designing the optical chemical sensors with potential applications in medicine,

environmental protection and various industries.


relating to knowledge: PEK_W01 Has specific knowledge related to areas of Biomedical Optics, particularly in the field

of optical sensors and biosensors.

relating to skills: PEK_U01 Is able to design and realize simple device, object, system, process typical for

Biomedical Engineering, accordingly to given specifications, using suitable methods,

techniques and tools characteristic for Biomedical Optics.

relating to social competences: PEK_K01 Can properly identify priorities for implementation of self-defined or given tasks.

PROGRAMME CONTENT


of hours

Lec 1 Introduction and way of evaluation. 1

Lec 2 Basic information on sensors, sensor classification, definitions and primary

functions. Discussion of requirements set for contemporary optical chemical

sensors.

2

Lec 3 Optical fiber applications in sensor design. 2

Lec 4 Immobilization methods of detection particles. 2

Lec 5 Absorbance methods, examples and applications. 2

Lec 6 Luminescent methods, sample solutions and applications. 2

Lec 7 Biosensors: classification, sample solutions and applications. 2

Lec 8 Trends in sensors consrtuction. 2

Total hours 15


of hours

Proj 1 The students will be offered a number of proposed sensor systems which can

potentially be applied in medicine, environment protection and variety of

industries. Each proposal will include a solid rationale for building this kind

of sensors, as well as constraints it has to meet in real-world conditions.

2

Proj 2 Small teams will be created (2-3 persons each) with a task to design a

selected system (application, operation). The course participant will gain

experience in team-based design, as well as knowledge of operation and

application of biosensors.

14

Proj 3 Presentation of sensors design in a formalized way: discussion of

configuration, advantages and disadvantages of the proposed design,

overview of alternative solutions.

14

Total hours 30

TEACHING TOOLS USED

N1. Multimedia lecture.

N2. Computer presentation.

N3. Consultations.





end)

Educational effect


F1 PEK_W01 Final exam

F2 PEK_U01

PEK_K01

Project evaluation

P = F1 – lecture – final exam

P = F2 – project – project evaluation


PRIMARY LITERATURE:

[1] Ajit Sadana: Engineering biosensors: kinetics and design applications .Academic Press, San Diego

2002.

[2] Biocybernetyka i inżynieria biomedyczna 2000. Red. M. Nałęcz. Tom II Biopomiary. Red. W.

Torbicz, L. Filipczyński, R. Maniewski, M. Nałęcz, E. Stolarski. Akad. Ofic. Wyd. EXIT,

Warszawa 2001.

[3] Brian R. Eggins: Biosensors: an introduction. John Wiley & Sons, Chichester 1999.

[4] Brzózka Z., Wróblewski W.: Sensory chemiczne, Ofic. Wyd. PW, Warszawa 1999.

[5] Eggins B.R., Chemical sensors and biosensors. John Wiley & Sons, New York 2002.

[6] Francis T. S. Yu: Fiber optic sensors. Marcel Dekker, New York 2002.

[7] Handbook of biosensors and electronic noses. Medicine, food, and environment. Red. E. Kress-

Rogers, CRC Press, Boca Raton, 1997.

[8] Kęcki Z.: Podstawy spektroskopii molekularnej, PWN, Warszawa 1992.

[9] Paszyc S.: Podstawy fotochemii. PWN, Warszawa 1992.

[10] Problemy biocybernetyki i inżynierii biomedycznej. Red. M. Nałęcz. Tom II Biopomiary. Red.

L. Filipczyński i W. Torbicz, WKŁ, Warszawa 1990.

[11] Sensor technology handbook. Ed. in chief Jon. S. Wilson. Elsevier, Amsterdam 2005.


[1] Biosensors in the body: continuous in vivo monitoring. Ed. by David M. Fraser. John Wiley and

Sons, Chichester 1997.

[2] Commercial biosensors: applications to clinical, bioprocess, and environmental samples. Ed.

Graham Ramsay. John Wiley & Sons, New York 1998.

[3] Fizyczne metody badań w biologii, medycynie i ochronie środowiska. Red. A. Hrynkiewicz i E.

Rokita, PWN, Warszawa 1999.

[4] Principles of chemical and biological sensors. Ed. Dermond Diamond. John Wiley & Sons, New

York 1998


Agnieszka Ulatowska-Jarża

[email protected]



Optical Chemical Sensors and Biosensors AND EDUCATIONAL EFFECTS FOR MAIN FIELD OF STUDY


AND SPECIALIZATION Biomedical Optics





applicable)**

Subject



number***

PEK_W01 (knowledge) K1IBM_W09_S3OBI C1, C2 Lec1 - Lec8 N1, N3

PEK_U01 (skills) K1IBM_U16_S3OBI C3 Proj1 – Proj3 N2, N3

PEK_K01 (competences) K1IBM_K04 C3 Proj1 - Proj3 N2, N3



Zał. nr 4 do ZW 64/2012


SUBJECT CARD

Name in Polish POMIARY BIOIMPEDANCYJNE

Name in English BIOIMPEDANCE MEASUREMENTS








Number of hours of


University (ZZU)

15

Number of hours of


(CNPS)

30


crediting with

grade*

Examination /

crediting with

grade*

Examination /

crediting with

grade*

Examination /

crediting with

grade*

Examination /

crediting with

grade*




including number of


(P) classes

including number of



(BK) classes

0,7



Completed courses of Metrology and Electronic medical instrumentation \

SUBJECT OBJECTIVES C1 Acquiring knowledge on measurement methods, devices and the bioimpedance

measurement techniques.

C2 Acquiring knowledge about the methods of analysis of the results of specific

measurements.

C3 Acquiring knowledge of practical application of the bioimpedance measurements.



PEK_W01 Know and understand the physical basis of selected methods for bioimpedance

measuremens.

PEK_W02 Knows and understands the conditions of correct use of selected measuring devices.

PEK_W03 Has ordered, theoretically founded basic knowledge that allows the identification of

sources of measurement errors and correct use of equipment.

relating to skills:

PEK_U01 Can to acquire information from literature, databases and other sources, can

correctly interpret, select and combine the information obtained, it can be put into

practice acquired information (can independently determine the conditions of

measurement).


PEK_K01 It can make a critical self-assessment and practice learning process. Knows the

limits of his own knowledge and understands the need for further education.

PROGRAMME CONTENT


of hours

Lec 1 Background and introduction to the subject of lectures, requirements, pass.

Impedance models of the selected objects.

2

Lec 2 Duality of the models 2

Lec 3 Studies in the time domain and frequency domain 2

Lec 4 Identification algorithms 2

Lec 5 Measurements instrumentation, examples of equipment. Metrological

analysis of impedance measurements

2

Lec 6 The software used in the measurement analysis 2

Lec 7 Examples of applications: the test of the cell membranes, bacteriological

examination of the food, plethysmography, impedance cardiography

2

Lec 8 Test 1

Total hours 15

TEACHING TOOLS USED

N1. The board and the pen.

N2. The computer and software for multimedia presentations in the lecture.

N3. Datasheets devices.

N4. Simulation programs and training videos.





end)

Educational effect


F1 PEK_W01

PEK_W02

PEK_W03

PEK_U01

Mark from the test

PEK_K01

P = F1


PRIMARY LITERATURE:

[1] Baker L.E., Biomedical application of electrical impedance measurements, IEEE, NJ, 1994

[2] Bronzino, J.D., The biomedical engineering handbook, CRC Press, Boca Raton, 2000

[3] Holder D., Clinical and Physiological Appl. of Electrical Impedance Tomography, Taylor & Francis, NJ, 1993

[4] MacDonald J. R., Impedance Spectroscopy, Univ. of NC, NC USA, 1991


[1] The technical firm notes


Andrzej Hachoł,

e-mail: [email protected]



Bioimpedance Measurements AND EDUCATIONAL EFFECTS FOR MAIN FIELD OF STUDY







applicable)**

Subject



number***

PEK_W01 K1IBM_W09_S2EME C1, C2, C3 Wy1 - Wy8 N1, N2, N3

PEK_W02 K1IBM_W09_S2EME C1 Wy1 - Wy8 N1, N2, N3

PEK_W03 K1IBM_W11_S2EME C1 Wy1 - Wy8 N1, N2, N3

PEK_U01 K1IBM_U01 C2 Wy2 - Wy8 N1, N2, N3,

N4

PEK_K01 K1IBM_K01 C1 Wy1 - Wy8 N1, N2, N3



Zał. nr 4 do ZW 64/2012


SUBJECT CARD

Name in Polish WYBRANE PROBLEMY TECHNIKI MEDYCZNEJ

Name in English PROBLEMS OF BIOMEDICAL ENGINEERING









Number of hours of


University (ZZU) 15

Number of hours of


(CNPS) 30


crediting with

grade*

Examination /

crediting with

grade*

Examination /

crediting with

grade*

Examination /

crediting with

grade*

Examination /

crediting with

grade*




including number of


(P) classes

including number of



(BK) classes

0,8



None – introductory lecture assigned to 1st or 2

nd semester of studies

\

SUBJECT OBJECTIVES C1 The students become acquainted with the specificities of their future profession. Showing

the role of engineer in the biomedical engineering and tasks standing before him.

C2 Influence of different physical factors on human organism.



PEK_W01 Has basic knowledge concerning the specificity of investigated biomedical object l

PEK_W02 Has basic knowledge in a range of general basic features of instruments for medical

purposes. Has basic knowledge in a range of influence of various physical factors on

human organism.

relating to skills:

PEK_U01 Is able to get basic information from literature concerning electronic medical

instrumentation


PEK_K01 Knows limitations of personal knowledge and understands the need of further

education.

PROGRAMME CONTENT


of hours

Lec 1 Biomedical engineering –general questions. Tasks for future specialist – the

bioengineer. 2

Lec 2 Person – patient. Characteristics of investigated object. 2

Lec 3 The role of technique in medicine. The role of computer in medical technique. 2

Lec 4 Influence of electric current on human organism in the light of electric shock

safety. 2

Lec 5 Influence of physical factors on human organism. 3

Lec 6 Example of advanced techniques in medicine. 2

Lec 7 Test. 2

Total hours 15

TEACHING TOOLS USED

N1. Lecture.

N2. Consultations.





end)

Educational effect


F1 PEK_W01

PEK_W02

PEK_U01

Written final test checking knowledge.

P – lecture – evaluation on the base of final test.


PRIMARY LITERATURE:

[1] Bronzino J. D. (ed.), The biomedical engineering. Handbook. Boca Raton, CRC Press New York 1995.

[2] Pawlicki G., Fizyka medyczna. Akad. Ofic. Wyd. EXIT, Warszawa 2002.

[3] Pawlicki G., Podstawy inżynierii medycznej. Ofic. Wyd. Polit. Warsz. Warszawa 1997.

[4] Torbicz W., Biopomiary. Akad. Ofic. Wyd. EXIT, Warszawa 2001.

[5] Webster J.G., Bioinstrumentation. ed. Hoboken, John Wiley & Sons, London 2004.


[1] Darowski M., Sztuczne narządy. Akad. Ofic. Wyd. EXIT, Warszawa 2001.

[2] Dzierżykray-Rogalski T., Rytmy i antyrytmy biologiczne. WP Warszawa 1986.

[3] Normann R. A., Principles of bioinstrumentation. John Wiley & Sons, New York 1988.

[4] Tschimmel U., Cuda na sali operacyjnej. Ossolineum Wrocław 1991.


Dr eng. Barbara Juroszek

[email protected]



Problems of Biomedical Engineering



AND SPECIALIZATION Biomechanical Engineering, Biomedical Optics,

Medical Electronics






Subject



number***

PEK_W01 (knowledge) K1IBM_W03 C1, C2 Lec 1-Lec 7 N1, N2

PEK_W02 K1IBM_W04 C1, C2 Lec 1-Lec 7 N1, N2

PEK_U01 (skills) K1IBM_U01 C1, C2 Lec 1-Lec 7 N1, N2

PEK_K01 (competences) K1IBM_K01 C1, C2 Lec 1-Lec 7 N1, N2



Zał. nr 4 do ZW 64/2012


SUBJECT CARD

Name in Polish OPTYKA INŻYNIERSKA

Name in English ENGINEERING OPTICS






Subject code FTP 002001W, FTP 002094L



Number of hours of


University (ZZU) 30 15


student workload

(CNPS) 60 30


crediting with

grade*

Examination /

crediting with

grade*

Examination /

crediting with

grade*

Examination /

crediting with

grade*

Examination /

crediting with

grade*




including number of

ECTS points for

practical (P) classes 1

including number of



(BK) classes

1,5 0,7



1. Basic knowledge of the General Physics

2. Basic skills in differential and integral calculations as well as complex numbers.

3. Competences in getting through supplementary areas of knowledge and skills.

4. Organizational competences related to information convey. \

SUBJECT OBJECTIVES C1 Gain knowledge in the area of light interaction with the matter and basic optical properties of

materials. C2 Gain knowledge on basic laws and phenomena in geometrical and wave optics.

C3 Gain skills on influence of fundamental optical phenomena on functioning of optical and

optoelectronic devices.

C4 Gain skills on performing of measurements related to phenomena of geometrical and wave optics



PEK_W01 Possesses the knowledge on interaction of light with the matter and basic optical properties

of materials.

PEK_W02 Possesses the knowledge on basic laws and phenomena of geometrical and wave optics.

relating to skills:

PEK_U01 Is able to evaluate an influence of fundamental optical phenomena on functioning of optical

and optoelectronical devices.

PEK_U02 Is able to design and carry out physical experiments related to application of geometrical

and physical optics phenomena.

…


PEK_K01 Can cooperate in group in order to find optimal solution of problems.

PEK_K02 Is able to think creatively and independently.

PROGRAMME CONTENT


of hours

Lec 1 Organization affairs and introduction to optics. Historical background. Wave equation,

nature of electromagnetic (EM) wave, description of EM wave propagation, interaction

of light with matter, propagation of EM wave. Transmission and absorption. Wave and

light ray.

2

Lec 2 Fermat principle. Law of reflection and refraction. Refractive index, dispersion, optical

materials and their properties. Total internal reflection, prisms. Elements of atmospheric

optics - rainbow, solar hallo, mirages.

2

Lec 3 Measurements of refractive index. Refraction on single spherical surface. Thin lens -

imaging properties, thin lens formula. 2

Lec 4 Concave and convex mirror, imaging properties. Thick lens, principal planes, optical

power. System of thick lenses. 2

Lec 5 Aberrations of lens systems. Basic optical instruments, their construction and parameters.

Microscope and telescope, resolving power. Elements of gradient optics, selfoc

elements.

2

Lec 6 Photometry. Light sources and detectors. Photometric magnitudes and units. Black body

radiation. Plank distribution, Stefan-Boltzmann law and Wien rule, their applications -

thermovision

2

Lec 7 Optical system of the eye, tear film, cornea, crystalline lens, accommodation. Retina -

rods and cones, perception, fovea. Quality of vision, defects of vision. Eye movements

and their impact on visual process.

2

Lec 8 Interference of light, partial coherence 2

Lec 9 Interference of light reflected from plane-parallel plates and thin films, two-beam

interferometers 2

Lec 10 Multiple-beam interferometers, Fabry-Perot interferometer 2

Lec 11 Principle of operation of lasers, gas and semiconductor lasers, fundamental parameters 2

Lec 12 Diffraction of light , Huygens principle, Fraunhofer diffraction on silt and circular

aperture, diffraction gratings 2

Lec 13 Resolution of optical imaging systems, point spread function, optical transfer function 2

Lec 14 Polarization of light, description of polarization states, partial polarization 2

Lec 15 Reflection and refraction of light on boundary of two dielectrics, anisotropic media,

propagation of light in anisotropic media 2

Total hours 30


of hours

Lab 1 Examination of optical imaging systems 3

Lab 2 Measurements of objects size by diffractometric method. 3

Lab 3 Microscopic measurements and measurements of birefringent plates thickness by use of

interferometric method.

3

Lab 4 Measurement of refractive index using Pulfrich refractometer. 3

Lab 5 Compensation of back experiments appeared during semester 3

Total hours 15

TEACHING TOOLS USED

N1. Lecture with mulimedia presentations (Power Point), demonstrations and showing optical

phenomena.

N2. Laboratory exercises - performance and discussion of measurements. Processing of

measurements results and estimation of their uncertainties. Evaluation of reports from

performed laboratory measurements.

N3. Own work - individual studies concerning material presented during lectures.

N4. Own work - preparation of laboratory experiments and measurements.

N5. Consultations.

N6. Laboratory exercises - written tests.


Evaluation (F –

forming (during

semester), P –

concluding (at

semester end)

Educational


F1 PEK_U01

PEK_U02

PEK_K01

PEK_K02

Spoken answer and report from laboratory exercises.

F2 PEK_W01

PEK_W02

Written colloquium from the whole subject: 4 - 5 open

questions.

F3


PRIMARY LITERATURE:

[1] Meyer-Arendt J. R, Introduction to Classical and Modern Optics, Prentice Hall, New York 1972

[2] Hecht E., Optics, Pearson Education, 2008.


Born M., Wolf E., Principles of Optics. Cambridge University Press, 1999.

Saleh B.E., Teich M.C., Fundamentals of photonics, Wiley Series 2007

http://www.amazon.com/Bahaa-E.-A.-Saleh/e/B001IXMAPQ/ref=ntt_athr_dp_pel_1

http://www.amazon.com/s/ref=ntt_athr_dp_sr_2?_encoding=UTF8&field-author=Malvin%20Carl%20Teich&ie=UTF8&search-alias=books&sort=relevancerank


Prof. Henryk Kasprzak

[email protected]

Prof. Wacław Urbańczyk

[email protected]

Dr inż. Gabriela Statkiewicz-Barabach

[email protected]





Engineering Optics



AND SPECIALIZATION Medical Electronics, Biomedical, Optics, Biomechanical

Engineering





applicable)**

Subject



number***

PEK_W01 (knowledge) K1IBM_W03 C1, C2 Lec 1 - Lec15 N1, N3, N5

PEK_W02 K1IBM_W03 C1, C2 Lec 1 - Lec15 N1, N3, N5

PEK_U01 (skills) K1IBM_U08 C3, C4 Lab 1 - Lab 5 N2, N4, N5, N6

PEK_U02 K1IBM_U09 C3, C4 Lab1-Lab5 N2, N4, N5, N6

PEK_K01 (competences) K1IBM_K03 C3, C4 Lab 1 - Lab 5 N2, N4, N5, N6

PEK_K02 K1IBM_K06 C3, C4 Lab 1 - Lab 5 N2, N4, N5, N6



Zał. nr 4 do ZW 64/2012


SUBJECT CARD

Name in Polish PODSTAWY BIOFOTONIKI

Name in English BIOPHOTONICS






Subject code FTP002003W, FTP002003L, FTP002003S



Number of hours of


University (ZZU)

15 15 15

Number of hours of


(CNPS)

60 60 30


crediting with

grade*

Examination /

crediting with

grade*

Examination /

crediting with

grade*

Examination /

crediting with

grade*

Examination /

crediting with

grade*




including number of


(P) classes

2 1

including number of



(BK) classes

1 1 0.7


PREREQUISITES RELATING TO KNOWLEDGE, SKILLS AND OTHER COMPETENCES Basic knowledge, skills and competences in physics, e.g. completed courses: Physics 1.3A

(FZP001064), Physics 2.7 (FZP002001) \

SUBJECT OBJECTIVES C1 Basic knowledge of the photonics.

C2 Basic knowledge on the analysis of the observed phenomena.

C3 Solving basic technical and design when performing the tasks in the laboratory.



PEK_W01 Has ordered, theoretically based general knowledge of the most important scientific

fields of Biomedical Engineering, particularly fundamentals of biophotonics.

relating to skills:

PEK_U01 Is able to retrieve information from literature, databases, other suitable selected

source, also in English or other foreign language used in international

communications in the area of biofotonics; is able to integrate information

obtained, to make appropriate interpretations and make logical conclusions; is able

to formulate and prove his own opinions.

PEK_U02 Is able to: plan and realize experiments, including real measurements and computer

simulations, in the biophotonics area, correctly interpret obtained results, make

proven conclusions.

PEK_U03 Has the ability to prepare oral presentations on specific engineering topics of

biophotonics , in Polish or other foreign language.


PEK_K01 Is able to interact and work in a group, assuming different roles.

PROGRAMME CONTENT


of hours

Lec 1 Course assessment. Terms related to interaction of radiation with matter.

Parameters representative for the optical properties of various bodies.

2

Lec 2 Scattering (elastic, non-elastic, Mie). The diagnostic value of scattering.

Terms: scattering coefficient, scattering phase function, scattering

anisotropy coefficient, attenuation coefficient, average free path length,

albedo.

2

Lec 3 Light-tissue interaction. Phototherapy. 2

Lec 4 Effects of radiation on tissue – biochemical, thermal and ionization

effects. Photoablation.

2

Lec 5 Laser interstitial thermotherapy. Radiation dosimetry. Optical fiber

applicator designing for interstitial radiation.

2

Lec 6 Risks arising from exposure to laser radiation. 2

Lec 7 Photodynamic diagnostics and therapy – physical background and

applications.

2

Lec 8 Final test 1

Total hours 15


of hours

Lab 1 Portable spectrophotometer in on-line measurement 3

Lab 2 Optical microscopy application 3

Lab 3 Quantitative and quality parameters measurement of the object selected

from microphotographs

3

Lab 4 Laser interstitial thermotherapy – computer simulations 3

Lab 5 Transillumination as a diagnostic method in proximal interphalangeal

joints examination

3

Total hours 15

Form of classes - seminar Number

of hours

Sem 1 Introduction, course assessment 1

Sem 2 Electromagnetic waves, interaction of radiation with matter 2

Sem 3 Radiation sources and detectors 2

Sem 4 Optical fibers, lasers, displays 2

Sem 5 Optical tweezers versus optical microscopy 2

Sem 6 Transillumination, light-tissue interaction 2

Sem 7 Final test 2

Sem 8 Course summary 2

Total hours 15

TEACHING TOOLS USED


N2. Short test of knowledge

N3. Experimental work (laboratory)

N4. Computer presentation

N5. Consultations

N6. Developing written reports





end)

Educational effect


P1 PEK_W01

PEK_W02

Final test

P2 PEK_U02

PEK_K01

The mean value of the report notes

P3 PEK_U01

PEK_U03

Presentation (coefficient 1/3) and final test (coefficient

2/3)

P1 – lecture – Final test

P2 – laboratory – The mean value of the report notes

P3 – seminar – presentation (coefficient 1/3) and final test (coefficient 2/3)


PRIMARY LITERATURE:

[1] Amnon Yariv: Photonics: optical electronics in modern communications. Oxford University

Press, New York; Oxford 2007.

[2] Sharma K.K., Optics: principles and applications. Academic Press: Elsevier. Amsterdam 2006.

[3] Smith F.G., Terry A. King: Optics and Photonics. An Introduction. Jon Wiley & Sons, Chichester

2000.

[4] Tuan Vo-Dinh (ed.), Biomedical Photonic Handbook. CRC Press, Boca Raton, 2003.


[1] Jóźwicki R., Podstawy inżynierii fotonicznej. Ofic. Wyd. PW, Warszawa 2006.

[2] Meschede D., Optics, light and lasers: the practical approach to modern aspects of photonics and

laser physics. Wiley-VCH, Weincheim 2004.

[3] Prasad P.N., Introduction to biophotonics. John Wiley & Sons, Hoboken 2003.


dr hab. inż. Agnieszka Ulatowska-Jarża

[email protected]

dr inż. Iwona Hołowacz

[email protected]




Biophotonics AND EDUCATIONAL EFFECTS FOR MAIN FIELD OF STUDY


AND SPECIALIZATION Biomechanical Engineering, Medical Electronics,

Biomedical Optics





applicable)**

Subject



number***


PEK_U01 (skills) K1IBM_U01 C2 Sem1-Sem6 N4, N5

PEK_U02 K1IBM_U08 C3 Lab1-Lab5 N2, N3, N5

PEK_U03 K1IBM_U04 C2 Sem1-Sem6 N4, N5

PEK_K01 (competences) K1IBM_K03 C3 Lab1-Lab5 N2, N3, N5



Zał. nr 4 do ZW 64/2012


SUBJECT CARD

Name in Polish ŚWIATŁOWODY

Name in English OPTICAL FIBERS




Kind of subject: optional

Subject code FTP002005W, FTP002011L

Group of courses NO


Number of hours of


University (ZZU)

30 30

Number of hours of


(CNPS)

90 60


crediting with

grade*

Examination /

crediting with

grade*

Examination /

crediting with

grade*

Examination /

crediting with

grade*

Examination /

crediting with

grade*




including number of


(P) classes

2

including number of



(BK) classes

2 1,5


PREREQUISITES RELATED TO KNOWLEDGE, SKILLS AND OTHER COMPETENCES

1. Basic knowledge on wave optics and instrumental optics

2. Capabilities of conducting simple laboratory experiments, experimental data processing and

reporting

3. Capabilities of using simple optical instruments \

COURSE OBJECTIVES C1 Gaining knowledge on construction and operation principle of planar waveguides,

conventional optical fibers, specialty optical fibers, and microstructured optical fibers

C2. Gaining knowledge on fabrication technologies of optical fibers

C3 Gaining knowledge on fundamental parameters characterizing propagation properties of

planar and cylindrical waveguides

C4 Gaining knowledge on passive and active elements of optical fiber optical networks

C5 Gaining knowledge on applications of optical fibers in metrology

C6 Gaining knowledge on recent trends in development of optical fiber technology

C7 Gaining skills on literature studies and acquiring information on optical fibers


Related to knowledge:

PEK_W01 Inside knowledge on light propagation in planar and cylindrical waveguides

PEK_W02 Inside knowledge on applications of optical fibers in telecommunications

PEK_W03 Knowledge on passive and active elements of optical networks

PEK_W04 Knowledge on light sources used in fiber-optic systems

PEK_W05 Knowledge on applications of fiber-optic elements in telecommunication and

metrology

PEK_W06 Knowledge on specialty optical fibers

Related to skills:

PEK_U01 Ability of handling and connecting optical fibers

PEK_U02 Ability to plan and conduct experiments related to measurements of transmission

parameters of optical fibers

PEK_U03 Ability to evaluate an applicability of fiber-optic sensors to specific tasks.

PEK_U04 Ability to handling experimental equipment for characterization of optical fibers

Related to social competences:

PEK_K01 understanding the need for continuous learning, resulting from the necessity of

keeping up with the development of the fiber optic technology and exploring

independently the latest trends in the field.

PEK_K02 understanding the need of team interactions to enhance the ability of creative

problems solving

PROGRAMME CONTENT

Form of classes - lecture Number of hours

Lec 1 Maxwell’s equations, TE and TM waves, reflection and refraction on

boundary of two dielectrics , Fresnel reflection and transmission

coefficients

2

Lec 2 Total internal reflection, planar waveguide 2

Lec 3 Characteristic equation and modes in planar waveguide 2

Lec 4 Fabrication of optical fibers, losses in optical fibers 2

Lec 5 Cylindrical waveguide, solution of Maxwell’s equation in cylindrical

waveguides

2

Lec 6 Characteristic equation in cylindrical waveguides, weakly guiding

approximation

2

Lec 7 Hybrid modes and linearly polarized modes 2

Lec 8 Single-mode fiber 2

Lec 9 Dispersion in multimode and single-mode fibers 2

Lec 10 Light sources for applications in fiber-optic technology 2

Lec 11 Optical fibers for light generation and amplification 2

Lec 12 Connecting optical fibers 2

Lec 13 Elements of fiber-optic networks 2

Lec 14 Specialty fibers 2

Lec 15 Microstructured fibers 2

Total hours 30


hours

Lab 1 Introduction 3

Lab 2 Splicing of optical fibers 3

Lab 3 Measurements of refractive index profile in fiber preforms 3

Lab 4 Analysis of amplitude distribution in far field for single mode fiber 3

Lab 5 Spectral measurement of losses in optical fibers 3

Lab 6 Measurements of beat length in birefringent optical fibers 3

Lab 7 Characterization of fiber-optic couplers 3

Lab 8 Models of intensity and interferometric fiber-optic sensors 3

Lab 9 Characterization of polarimetric fiber-optic sensors 3

Lab 10 Supplementary classes 3

Total hours 30

TEACHING TOOLS USED

N1. Multimedia presentations

N2. Providing lecture notes

N3. Instructions for laboratory exercises

N4. Consultations


Evaluation (F –

forming (during

semester), P –

concluding (at

semester end)

Educational effect

number Way of evaluating educational effect

achievement

F1 PEK_U01,PEK_U02,

PEK_U03, PEK_U04,

PEK_K01, PEK_K02.

Oral response and reports from the laboratory

exercise

F2 PEK_W01,PEK_W02,

PEK_W03,PEK_W04,

PEK_W05,PEK_W06,

PEK_K01, PEK_K02.

Activity during the lectures and partial tests

F3 PEK_W01,PEK_W02,

PEK_W03,PEK_W04,

PEK_W05,PEK_W06,

PEK_W07;

PEK_K01, PEK_K02.

Final test, 6-8 open questions

P1 = average of F1

P2=F3, taking into account F2


PRIMARY LITERATURE:

1. M. Marciniak, Łączność Światłowodowa, WKŁ, 1998.

2. A. Majewski, Podstawy techniki światłowodowej: zagadnienia wybrane, Oficyna

Wydawnicza PW, 2000

3. J. Siuzdak, Wstęp do współczesnej telekomunikacji światłowodowej, Wydawnictwo

Komunikacji i Łączności. 1999.

4. B. Ziętek, Optoelektronika, Wydawnictwo Naukowe Uniwersytetu Mikołaja

Kopernika, 2011.


1. B. E. A. Saleh, M. C. Teich, Fundamentals of Photonics, Wiley Series 2007

2. A.Yariv, P. Yeh, Photonics: Optical Electronics in Modern Communications,

Oxford University Press, 2006.

3. A. Mendez, T. F. Morse, Specialty Optical Fibers Handbook, Academic Press,

2007.

4. Sh.Yin, P. B. Ruffin, F.T.S. Yu, Fiber Optic Sensors, CRC Press, 2008.


Prof. Wacław Urbańczyk ([email protected])

Dr inż. Tadeusz Martynkien ([email protected])






Optical Fibers









Subject

objectives**

*

Programme


number***

(knowledge)

PEK_W01- PEK_W06

K11BM_W09_S3OBI

C1-C7 Lec 1-Lec

15

N1, N3, N4

(skills)

PEK_U01 - PEK_U04

K11BM_U13_S3OBI

K11BM_U15_S3OBI

K11BM_U16_S3OBI

C1-C7 Lab 1-Lab

10

N2-N4

(competences)

PEK_K01

PEK_K02

K11BM_K01

K11BM_K03

C1-C7 Lab 1-Lab

10

N2-N4



Zał. nr 4 do ZW 64/2012


SUBJECT CARD

Name in Polish OPTYCZNA DIAGNOSTYKA MEDYCZNA

Name in English OPTICAL METHODS IN MEDICAL DIAGNOSTICS





Subject code FTP002006W, FTP002095L, FTP002095S



Number of hours of


University (ZZU)

15 30 15

Number of hours of


(CNPS)

60 60 30


crediting with

grade*

Examination /

crediting with

grade*

Examination /

crediting with

grade*

Examination /

crediting with

grade*

Examination /

crediting with

grade*




including number of


(P) classes

2

including number of



(BK) classes

1 1.5 0.6



Basic knowledge in lasers, e.g. from Lasers and their application in medicine \

SUBJECT OBJECTIVES C1 Knowledge of the application of modern methods of optical and optoelectronic devices in

medical diagnostics.

C2 Basic skills in the analysis and design of simple systems for medical diagnosis.

C3 Knowledge on the latest trends and various optical techniques used in medical diagnostics.



PEK1_W01 Has particular knowledge related to areas of Biomedical Optics, particularly in

the field of optical medical diagnostics.

relating to skills:

PEK1_U01 Is able to retrieve information from literature, databases, other suitable selected

source, also in English or other foreign language used in international

communications in the area of Biomedical Engineering; is able to integrate

information obtained, to make appropriate interpretations and make logical

conclusions; is able to formulate and prove his own opinions.

PEK1_U02 Has the ability to prepare oral presentations on specific engineering topics of

Biomedical Engineering, in Polish or other foreign language.

PEK1_U03 Is able to: plan and realize experiments, including real measurements and

computer simulations, correctly interpret obtained results, make proven

conclusions.


PEK1_K01 Can properly identify priorities for implementation of self-defined or given

tasks.

PROGRAMME CONTENT


of hours

Lec 1 Introduction to optical medical diagnostics. 1

Lec 2 Invasive and non-invasive methods – diagnostics methods classification. 1

Lec 3 Microscopic diagnostics. Specimen’s visualization methods. 4

Lec 4 Interferometric methods, optical coherent tomography (OCT), optical

biopsy.

2

Lec 5 Thermal imaging. 2

Lec6 Endoscopic diagnostics: endoscopic systems and their applications. 2

Lec7 Flow cytometry (FC), laser scanning cytometry (LSC), Image Stream

technology (IS).

2

Lec8 Photodynamic diagnostic method. 1

Total hours 15


of hours

Lab 1 Terms and conditions of work in laboratory and safety rules. Presentation of

the assessment method of the course.

1

Lab 2 Studies of fluorescence efficiency photosensitizers used in photodynamic

diagnosis depending on their concentration and pH of the solvent.

4

Lab 3 Spectroscopic studies of human skin and animal skins. 4

Lab 4 Analysis of changes in the state of polarization of the light transmitted

through biological tissue.

4

Lab 5 Transillumination in white light of the interphalangeal joints, image

analysis.

4

Lab 6 Imaging of animal tissues and human skin in polaryscopic system. 4

Lab 7 Computer analysis of fluorescent images of biological cells. 4

Lab 8 Use of Wood lamp in fluorescence diagnostics. 4

Lab 9 Course end. 1

Total hours 30


of hours

Sem 1 Introduction and the way of evaluation presentation. 1

Sem 2 Diagnosis of anatomical structures of the eye – optical coherent tomography

(OCT) versus photoacoustic methods. Diagnostics in near infrared radiation.

2

Sem 3 Optical holography and holographic endoscopy. Speckle phenomena. 2

Sem 4 Light scattering analysis in medical diagnostics tissues. Optical endoscopy

in the optical diagnostics. Adaptive optics and its use in the diagnosis of

eye.

2

Sem 5 Optically excited surface plasmon resonance. Laser induced breakdown

spectroscopy. Optical methods used in the microbial diagnostics.

2

Sem 6 Confocal microscopy. Optical tweezers. Multiphoton fluorescence. 2

Sem 7 The use of fluorescent markers in the diagnosis of cancer. Analysis of the

state of light polarization in medical diagnostics of the skin. Fluorescent

methods in skin medical diagnostics. Fluorescence Lifetime Imaging

Microscopy (FLIM).

2

Sem 8 Final test 1

Sem 9 Course summary 1

Total hours 15

TEACHING TOOLS USED


N2. Developing written reports.

N3. Short test of knowledge.

N4. Experimental work (laboratory).

N5. Computer presentation.

N6. Consultation.





end)

Educational effect

number


F1 PEK1_W01 Final exam

F2 PEK1_U03

PEK1_K01

The mean value of the report notes

F3 PEK1_U01

PEK1_U02

PEK1_K01

Presentation (coefficient 1/3) and final test (coefficient

2/3)

P1 – lecture – final exam

P2 – laboratory – the mean value of the report notes

P3 – seminar – presentation (coefficient 1/3) and final test (coefficient 2/3)


PRIMARY LITERATURE:

[1] Litwin J.A., Gajda M., Podstawy technik mikroskopowych. Podręcznik dla studentów i lekarzy,

Wydawnictwo Uniwersytetu Jagiellońskiego, Kraków 2011.

[2] Podbielska H. (ed.), Optyka biomedyczna: wybrane zagadnienia. Oficyna Wydawnicza

Politechniki Wrocławskiej, Wrocław 2011.

[3] Theodossiadis G., Niżankowska M.H. (ed.), Optyczna koherentna tomografia. Choroby siatkówki –

jaskra, Elsevier Urban&Partner, 2010.

[4] Więcek B., De Mey G., Termowizja w podczerwieni. Podstawy i zastosowania, PAK, Warszawa

2011.


[1] Tuan Vo-Dinh (ed.), Biomedical photonics handbook, CRC Press, 2003.

[2] Articles form international journals, e.g. Biomedical Optics, Medical Lasers Applications,

Engineering in Medicine and Biology Magazine, IEEE.


Agnieszka Ulatowska-Jarża

agnieszka.ulatowska-jarż[email protected]

Igor Buzalewicz

[email protected]

mailto:agnieszka.ulatowska-jarż[email protected]



Optical Methods in Medical Diagnostics AND EDUCATIONAL EFFECTS FOR MAIN FIELD OF STUDY








Subject



number***

PEK_W01 (knowledge) K1IBM_W09_S3OBI C1, C3 Lec1 – Lec8 N1, N6

PEK_U01 (skills) K1IBM_U01 C1, C2 Sem1 – Sem9 N3, N5, N6

PEK_U02 K1IBM_U04 C2 Sem1 – Sem9 N5, N6

PEK_U03 K1IBM_U08 C2 Lab1 – Lab9 N2, N3, N4, N6

PEK_K01 (competences) K1IBM_K04 C2, C3 Lab1 – Lab9 N2, N3, N4, N6



Zał. nr 4 do ZW 64/2012


SUBJECT CARD

Name in Polish OPTYKA FALOWA

Name in English WAVE OPTICS





Subject code FTP002009W, FTP002009C, FTP002009L

Group of courses NO


Number of hours of


University (ZZU)

30 15 30

Number of hours of


(CNPS)

90 30 60

Form of crediting credit with a

grade*

credit with a

grade*

credit with a

grade




including number of


(P) classes

0 1 2

including number of



(BK) classes

2 0,5 1



1. Basic knowledge of geometrical optics

2. The basic skills of differential calculus, integral calculus and complex numbers

3. Skills for reaching out to additional areas of knowledge and skills

4. Organizational competencies related to the transfer of information \

SUBJECT OBJECTIVES

C1 Acquisition of knowledge in the field of wave optics

C2 Acquisition of skills for calculating standard diffraction problems

C3 Acquisition of knowledge on the role of waves in optical instruments

C4 Learning to study literature and search of information on wave optics



PEK_W01 Student has structured, theoretically founded knowledge of diffraction theory for

understanding the fundamental optical phenomena

PEK_W02 Student has a basic knowledge of the theoretical underpinnings of the coherence

theory of light for understanding basic optical phenomena

PEK_W03 Student has an elementary knowledge of the vector diffraction theory and Gaussian

beams

relating to skills:

PEK_U01 Student is able to assess the impact of diffraction on the optical systems

PEK_U02 Student is able to plan and carry out a simple experiment in the field of wave optics


PEK_K01 understands the need for formulating and providing the public with information and

opinions on the performance of optics, can provide such information in a commonly

understood way, understands the need for dissemination of optics

PEK_K02 understands the need for continuous training, including self-teaching, knows and

understands the need to learn independently and in groups

PROGRAMME CONTENT


of hours

Lec 1 Introduction to wave optics, calculations using phasor, the definition of

wavefront, interference, interferometers

3

Lec 2 Diffractive elements: diffraction gratings, Fresnel lenses, thin layer, the

Rayleigh criterion

3

Lec 3 Scalar diffraction theory, approximation of the near and far field, the

function of transmittance

3

Lec 4 Optical filtering, imaging through the thin lens, Abbe theory of

microscopic imaging, optical correlation

4

Lec 5 The theory of diffraction in terms of a matrix and Gaussian beam

diffraction

4

Lec 6 The theory of temporal and spatial coherence, wave packets, stellar

interferometer, transfer functions

5

Lec 7 Holography, basics, applications, synthetic holograms thick holograms 3

Lec 8 Angular spectrum method, the field decomposition into plane waves,

evanescent waves

2

Lec 9 Elements of the vector diffraction theory, the imaging by the lens of large

aperture

2

Total hours 30


of hours

Cl Calculating the effects of wave interference and diffraction with the use

of the phasors

5

Cl 2 Evaluating simple diffraction problems with diffraction integrals in far

and near field approximations

3

Cl 3 Fourier Transform - calculation of simple problems in optics 4

Cl 4 Solving problems related to the theory of resolution 3

Total hours 15


of hours

Lab 1 Introduction to the lab 5

Lab 2 Far-field diffraction 5

Lab 3 Near-field diffraction 5

Lab 4 Diffraction by regular composed objects 5

Lab 5 Optical filtering 5

Lab 6 Optical transfer function 5

Total hours 30

TEACHING TOOLS USED

N1. Lecture - the traditional method

N2. Lectures available on the web

N3. Tutorials - traditional method

N4. Laboratory

N5. Consultation

N6. Self - mastery of the lecture, preparing for classes and lab






achievement

F1 PEK_U01 Oral response, colloquium

F2 PEK_U02

PEK_K02

Evaluation of laboratory exercises

F3 PEK_W01

PEK_W02

PEK_K01

Colloquium

P = F1 classes

P = F2 lab

P = F3 lecture


PRIMARY LITERATURE:

[1] Meyer-Arend J. R., Wstęp do optyki, PWN, Warszawa 1977

[2] Wilk I., Wilk P., Optyka fizyczna, część I - dyfrakcja światła, Oficyna Wydawnicza PWR, Wrocław 1995

[3] Szapiel S.,(red.), Laboratorium optyki falowej, Wydawnictwo Politechniki Warszawskiej, Warszawa 1985

[4] Parret G .B., Thompson B. J., Notatnik optyki fizycznej, Wydawnictwo Politechniki Wrocławskiej, Wrocław 1976

[5] Gniadek K., Optyczne przetwarzanie informacji, PWN, Warszawa 1992


[1] Crawford F.C., Fale, PWN, Warszawa

[2] Jóźwicki R., Teoria odwzorowania optycznego, PWN, Warszawa 1988

[3] Cathey W.T., Optyczne przetwarzanie informacji i holografia, PWN, Warszawa 1978


Dr hab. Jan Masajada, prof. PWr; [email protected]


Wave Optics


Biomedical Engineering AND SPECIALIZATION Biomedical Optics





applicable)**

Subject

objectives***

Programme

content***

Teaching tool

number***

PEK_W01 (wiedza) K1IBM_W03, K1IBM_W04,

K1IBM_W07 C1, C2, C3 W1, W2,

W3, W4,

W5, W8, Ć1,

Ć2, Ć3, Ć4

N1, N2, N3,

N5, N6

PEK_W02 K1IBM_W03, K1IBM_W04,

K1IBM_W07 C1, C2, C3 W1, W2,

W3, W4,

W5, W8, Ć1,

Ć2, Ć3, Ć4

N1, N2, N3,

N5, N6

PEK_W03 K1IBM_W03, K1IBM_W04 C1, C2, C3 W6, W7,

W8, Ć4, L6

N1, N2, N5, N6

PEK_U01 (umiejętności) K1IBM_U03, K1IBM_U08,

K1IBM_U09 C2, C3 L4,L2,Ć2,

Ć4

N3, N4, N5,

N6

PEK_U02 K1IBM_U04, K1IBM_U09,

K1IBM_U11, K1IBM_U13,

K1IBM_U30

C1, C3 W5,

L1,L3,L5,Ć2,

Ć4

N3, N4, N5, N6

PEK_K01 (kompetencje) K1IBM_K05, K1IBM_K07 C4 W6, W7,L4 N1, N4

PEK_K02 K1IBM_K02 C4 Ć4, W8, W9, N1, N6



1

Zał. nr 4 do ZW 64/2012


SUBJECT CARD

Name in Polish: OPTYKA INSTRUMENTALNA

Name in English: INSTRUMENTAL OPTICS


Specialization (if applicable): Biomedical Optics



Subject code FTP002010W



Number of hours of


University (ZZU)

30

Number of hours of


(CNPS)

60


crediting with

grade*

Examination /

crediting with

grade*

Examination /

crediting with

grade*

Examination /

crediting with

grade*

Examination /

crediting with

grade*




including number of


(P) classes

including number of



(BK) classes

1,5



1. Course FZP001064W Physics 1.3A

2. Course FZP002001W Physics 2.7

SUBJECT OBJECTIVES

C1 Knowledge of terns and definitions related to the instrumental optics

C2 Knowledge of construction and working principles of the optical elements

C3 Knowledge of design and operation principles of simple and advanced optical

instruments

2



PEK_W01 Student understands and knows fundamental terms and definitions related to the

instrumental optics and has detailed knowledge of optical elements.

PEK_W02 Student has ordered, theoretically based general knowledge of basic optical

instruments, as well as advanced optical devices

PROGRAMME CONTENT


Lec 1 Syllabus and course requirements. Introduction to instrumental

optics. Basic terns and definitions related to instrumental optics. 2

Lec 2 Optical aberrations 2

Lec 3 Reflective prisms – part 1 2

Lec 4 Reflective prisms - part 2, dispersive prisms. 2

Lec 5 Wedges, flat-parrallel plate, diffraction gratings, mirrors. 2

Lec 6 Refracting plate, thin lenses. 2

Lec 7 Thick lenses 2

Lec 8 Objectives – part 1 2

Lec 9 Objectives – part 2 1

Lec 9 Mid-term test 1

Lec 10 Basic optical instruments: magnifier, collimators, projectors. 2

Lec 11 Binoculars, telescopes. 2

Lec 12 Telescopic devices. 2

Lec 13 Optical measuring instruments. 2

Lec 14 Optical microscopes – basic definitions, microscope components. 2

Lec 15 Optical microscopes 1

Lec 15 Final test 1

Total hours 30

TEACHING TOOLS USED

N1 Multimedia lecture

N2 Consultations


Evaluation (F –

forming (during

semester), P –


end)

Educational effect


F1 PEK _W01

PEK_W02

Mid-term and final test

P1 lecture – Student is obliged to pass both tests. Final grade is calculated as an arithmetic mean of

grades from tests rounded down.

3


PRIMARY LITERATURE:

[1] Ratajczyk F. Instrumenty optyczne, Oficyna Wydawnicza PWR, Wrocław, 2005

[2] Nowak J., Zając M., Optyka, kurs elementarny, Oficyna Wydawnicza PWR, Wrocław,

1998

[3] Jóźwicki R, Optyka instrumentalna, WNT, Warszawa, 1970

SECONDARY LITERATURE: [1] Tatarczyk J., Elementy optyki instrumentalnej i fizjologicznej, Wydawnictwo AGH,

Kraków, 1994

[2] Bartkowska J., Bartkowski Z., Bodnar Z., Gutkowski T., Sidorowicz A., Wagnerowski

T., Podstawy optyki instrumentalnej, Państwowe Wydawnictwa Techniczne, Warszawa,

1957

[3] Chalecki J., Przyrządy optyczne – konstrukcja mechanizmów, WNT, Warszawa, 1979


Joanna Bauer-Matuła

[email protected]



Instrumental Optics



Subject

educational

effect





Subject



number***

PEK_W01

(knowledge) K1IBM_W09_S3OBI C1, C2 Lec1 - Lec9 N1, N2

PEK_W02 K1IBM_W09_S3OBI C3 Lec10 - Lec15 N1, N2



Zał. nr 4 do ZW 64/2012


SUBJECT CARD

Name in Polish SEMINARIUM DYPLOMOWE

Name in English DIPLOMA SEMINAR






Subject code ETP002012S



Number of hours of


University (ZZU)

30

Number of hours of


(CNPS)

60


crediting with

grade*

Examination /

crediting with

grade*

Examination /

crediting with

grade*

Examination /

crediting with

grade*

Examination /

crediting with

grade*




including number of


(P) classes

2

including number of



(BK) classes

1


PREREQUISITES RELATING TO KNOWLEDGE, SKILLS AND OTHER COMPETENCES 1. The student has ordered basic knowledge in his specialization. He has completed all the courses

required and has the ECTS point deficit not more than the threshold value determined in the rules

of studying.

2. The student has established skills in his specialization, including the skills characteristic for

engineering approach.

3. The student is prepared to work independently.

\

SUBJECT OBJECTIVES C1 Learn how to discuss the problem of specialization in the field of biomedical engineering,

including the use of sources of literature in foreign languages.

C2 Deepening skills to present their achievements.

C3 Expanding knowledge within the specialization.

C4 Improving social skills of working with a group and a sense of own value.



PEK_W01 Has knowledge of trends and development in the field of specialization in

biomedical engineering

PEK_W02 Has ordered general knowledge in the field of biomedical engineering

relating to skills:

PEK_U01 the ability to present issues in biomedical engineering

PEK_U02 It can acquire and integrate information from a variety of sources of biomedical

engineering

PEK_U03 Can take part in the discussion, to properly formulate opinions, can present the results of

their own work presentations relating to social competences:

PEK_K01 Appreciate and apply the ethical principles in the field of intellectual activity

PEK_K02 Can formulate opinions on topics related to the biomedical engineering , is aware of social

and professional role of graduate of Wroclaw University of Technology.

PROGRAMME CONTENT


of hours

Se1-

Se15

Presentations of studies realized by students on current scientific achievements in

the field of biomedical engineering in the range of selected specialization.

The presentations of the students of developed problems with thesis.

30

Total hours 30

TEACHING TOOLS USED

N1. Computer and software for multimedia presentations.

N2. Materials for discussion on the presented topics

N3. Individual presentations on topics of biomedical engineering


Evaluation (F –

forming (during

semester), P –

concluding (at

semester end)

Educational effect


F1 PEK_W01

PEK_W02

PEK_U01

PEK_U02

PEK_U03

PEK_K01

PEK_K02

1. Evaluation of the presentation

2. Evaluation of the activity in the discussion

3. Assessment of the degree of involvement in the work

of the group.

P = F1


PRIMARY LITERATURE:

[1] [2] [3] SECONDARY LITERATURE:

[1]



Diploma Seminar AND EDUCATIONAL EFFECTS FOR MAIN FIELD OF STUDY



Optics





applicable)**

Subject



number***

PEK_W01 (knowledge) K1IBM_W10_S1BIN

K1IBM_W10_S2EME

K1IBM_W10_S1OBI

C3 Se1-Se15 N1, N2

PEK_W02 K1IBM_W03 C3 Se1-Se15 N1, N2

PEK_U01 (skills) K1IBM_U04 C1, C2 Se1-Se15 N1, N2

PEK_U02 K1IBM_U01 C1, C2 Se1-Se15 N1, N2

PEK_U03 K1IBM_U02 C1, C2 Se1-Se15 N1, N2

PEK_K01 (competences) K1IBM_K05 C1, C2, C4 Se1-Se15 N1, N2

PEK_K02 K1IBM_K07 C1, C2, C4 Se1-Se15 N1, N2



Zał. nr 4 do ZW 64/2012


SUBJECT CARD

Name in Polish POMIARY OPTYCZNE 1

Name in English OPTICAL MEASUREMENTS 1








Number of hours of


University (ZZU)

30

Number of hours of


(CNPS)

60


crediting with

grade*

Examination /

crediting with

grade*

Examination /

crediting with

grade*

Examination /

crediting with

grade*

Examination /

crediting with

grade*




including number of


(P) classes

including number of



(BK) classes

1



1. Basic knowledge of the nature of light and how to describe the propagation of light through

optical systems (KNOWLEDGE).

2. Knowledge of the basic concepts and models of geometrical optics, the ability to calculate

simple optical parameters (zoom, image position) (KNOWLEDGE, SKILLS).

3. Basics of optical components and devices: lens, prism, lens, telescope, microscope

(KNOWLEDGE).

4. Basic information on the account uncertainties in the physical measurements

(KNOWLEDGE, SKILLS). \

SUBJECT OBJECTIVES C1 Familiarize students with the design and function of optical devices used in optical

measurements.

C2 Presentation of the methods used for measuring the most important parameters of optical

glass - including the refractive index and the dispersion.

C3 Demonstrate and compare the methods used to measure parameters of the optical

components - lenses, the radii of curvature and angle wedges (prisms).

C4 Identification and classification of methods used to measure the most important parameters

of optical systems - focal length, angle breaking, flatness, parallelism.

C5 Explanation of how to determine the finished optical systems depending on the application.



PEK_W01 Enhanced knowledge of the construction, operation, and basic applications of

optical instruments (magnifying glass, telescope, microscope).

PEK_W02 Detailed, theoretically underpinned knowledge of the construction, operation and

use of basic measuring instruments (collimator, autocollimation telescope,

autocollimation microscope, goniometer).

PEK_W03 Theoretically underpinned knowledge about the structure and properties of optical

glass and measuring the basic parameters (homogeneity, streakiness, bubbles,

birefringence, absorption).

PEK_W04 Detailed, theoretically underpinned knowledge about the different methods of

measuring the refractive index of the glass and its dispersion.

PEK_W05 Detailed, theoretically underpinned knowledge of the basic parameters of the

measuring optical system components – radius of curvature of lenses, prisms, breaking

angles and wedges, flatness and plane-parallel plate.

PEK_W06 Detailed, theoretically underpinned knowledge on the measurement of focal length

and focal length of the optical system front and the location of points and planes of

nodes, major.

PEK_W07 Theoretically underpinned knowledge on measurement and evaluation of the

quality parameters of optical instruments – magnification, resolving power, eccentricity,

parallel binocular system, sprains, quality and accuracy of scales.

relating to skills:

PEK_U01 Ability to evaluate the usefulness of known methods and measurement techniques to

the specific task of a practical nature, and choosing the right tools and methods of

measurement.

PEK_U02 Ability to evaluate the measurement uncertainty of the techniques of measuring and

sizing measuring system for minimizing the measurement uncertainties.


PEK_K01 Understand the need for continuous self-study, resulting from the need to keep up

with the development of measurement techniques and the need for self-learning of the

latest trends in the field.

PEK_K02 Ability to set priorities in the implementation of the measuring task and determine

the sequence of execution of the corresponding phases.

PROGRAMME CONTENT


of hours

Lec 1 The program of the course, provided literature, terms of consultation, the

method of assessment.

Repertory of optics and geometrical optics:

3

- Dual nature of light and geometrical approach;

- Interaction of light with matter (the term dielectric constant);

- The concept of refractive index and dispersion;

- Basic concepts and models of geometrical optics: optical axis, focus and

focal length, lens design and structural design lenses, zoom, principal planes

and nodal iris, pupil and gaps.

Lec 2 Repertory - a simple optical instruments - definitions, diagrams, principles of

operation:

- Magnifier;

- Telescope (types of telescopes);

- Microscope (types of light microscopy, Abbe diffraction theory, the concept

of resolution).

Eye: the optical system of the eye, retinal structure, depth of field, resolution,

sensitivity, perception of contrasts.

The concept of parallax.

The criteria of resolution.

Eye: the optical system of the eye, retinal structure, depth of field, resolution,

sensitivity, perception of contrasts.

The concept of parallax.

The criteria of resolution.

3

Lec 3 Instruments and instrument components used in optical measurements:

- Collimators (regular and wide, set to infinity (autocollimation, observing very

distant point, the method of the Pentagon and the telescope, the method of

three collimators);

- Telescopes (like Kepler) astronomical, autocollimation;

- Microscopes (Measuring);

- Glasses micrometers (helical, spiral);

- Focal plate;

- Tests of resolution;

- Goniometer;

- Ancillary testing instruments: spirit levels, prisms (pentagonal), magnifiers,

dynameters, optical bench.

3

Lec 4 Measurement of the refractive index based on Snell's laws:

- Spectrometric method: Fraunhofer ,Rydberg-Martens, perpendicular beam

entering and leaving the prism, Abbe, Kohlrausch, Wollaston, Wollaston-

Kohlrausch;

- Refractometers: Pulfrich, Abbe, Bodnar.

3

Lec 5 Measurement of the refractive index - cont.:

Basic measurements of interference, interferometers.

- Interference method: the method Obreimowa; interferometers: Rayleigh,

Jamin, Mach-Zehnder; de Chaulnes method, immersion method (microscopy);

- Measurement of the refractive index of optical components.

3

Lec 6 Glass: definition, production, basic optical parameters and methods of

measurement: Checking homogeneity of streaks and bubbles in the glass;

birefringence measurement, measurement of the absorption coefficient.

3

Lec 7 Measurement of the optical components:

- measurements of radii of curvature of lenses (spherometry: ring, sensor,

Moffit, a prism and tangential spherical surfaces; ophtalmometer;

autocollimation methods, methods autocollimation, checking interference)

3

- measurement of large radius of curvature (Shadow method of Foucault),

measuring a very large radius of curvature (astronomical optics);

- Testing flatness testing flat-parallel plates;

- Measurement of dihedral angles on the goniometer (wedges and prisms);

- Measurement of eccentricity lenses.

Lec 8 Measurement of focal length of the optical system:

- The concept of focal length and focal length of the front;

- Measurement of the front lens with a collimator, collimator and a

microscope;

- Measurements based on the determination of focal position of the image

point on the axis of the system;

- Measurements at a fixed focal distance image of the object (using Bessel);

- Focal measurements based on Newton's formula;

- The Erfle’s measurement method;

- Measurement focus using the well-known;

- Determining focal length by measuring the transverse magnification in one

and two dimensions;

- Measurement with a key focus of a known angle deviation;

- Focus on the goniometer measurement;

- Measurement of focal Hartmann, Porro and Abbe’s methods;

- Calculate the lens focal length microscope;

- Measuring systems telephotography using optics and collimator;

- Measurement of negative focal length of optical systems;

- Measurements of focal length mirrors;

- Determining the position of the main points and nodal (Abbe and Hartmann

methods).

3

Lec 9 Methods for testing of optical instruments:

- Measurements of magnification: a magnifying glass, microscope optics,

- Diaphragm (aperture) in optical instruments;

- Measurements of the field of vision: a magnifying glass and microscope,

spotting scopes;

- Measurement of the imaging field of view telescopes;

- Measurements of the pupils (Ramsden dynameter);

- Measurement of the numerical aperture of microscopes lenses

- Measurement of parallax positions;

- Measurements of twisting the image;

- Checking the pitch of instruments;

- Checking the parallelism of the axis of binocular instruments;

- Checking the resolving power of telescopes, cameras and microscopic lenses.

3


Total hours 30

TEACHING TOOLS USED

N1. A multimedia presentation (PowerPoint).

N2. Show simple elements of optics (lenses, prisms, magnifying glass).

N3. Questions that probe students' knowledge in the field of geometrical optics.

N4. Consultations.

N5. Self - study and exam preparation


Evaluation (F –

forming (during

semester), P –

concluding (at

semester end)


F1 PEK_W01

PEK_W02

The repertory quiz in the field of optics,

geometrical optics and simple optical instruments.

P PEK_W01- PEK_W07

PEK_U01

PEK_U02

PEK_K01

PEK_K02

Final test of the whole material: 5-7 "open"

questions on the description of selected methods of

measurement and maintenance. For example, a list

of all known methods of measuring the size of an

assessment of their applicability and measurement

uncertainties.


PRIMARY LITERATURE:

[1] Bodnar Z., Podstawy optyki instrumentalnej, 1957.

[2] Hanc T., Pomiary optyczne, PWT, Warszawa 1959.

[3] Ratajczyk F., Instrumenty optyczne, Ofic. Wyd. PWr, Wrocław 2002.


[1] Jóźwicki R., Optyka instrumentalna, WNT, Warszawa 1970.

[2] Tatarczyk J., Elementy optyki instrumentalnej i fizjologicznej, Wyd. AGH, Karków, 1994.

[3] Nowak J., Zając M., Optyka, kurs elementarny, Ofic. Wyd. PWr, Wrocław 1998.


Dr hab. inż. Władysław A. Woźniak

[email protected]



Optical Measurements 1




Subject educational

effect Correlation between subject educational

effect and educational effects defined for

main field of study and specialization (if

applicable)**

Subject



number***

PEK_W01

(wiedza)

K1IBM_W09_S3OBI C1 Lec1, Lec2

N1-N5

PEK_W02 K1IBM_W09_S3OBI C1 Lec3, Lec4 N1, N4, N5

PEK_W03 K1IBM_W09_S3OBI C2 Lec6 N1, N4, N5

PEK_W04 K1IBM_W09_S3OBI C2 Lec4, Lec5 N1, N4, N5




PEK_U01

(umiejętności)

K1IBM_U15_S3OBI C2-C5 Lec4, Lec5

Lec7 Lec9

N1, N4, N5

PEK_U02 K1IBM_U08 C2-C5 Lec4, Lec5

Lec7 Lec9

N1, N4, N5

PEK_K01

(kompetencje)

K1IBM_K01 C2-C5 Lec1 Lec10

N1-N5

PEK_K02 K1IBM_K04 C2-C5 Lec1 Lec10 N1-N5



Zał. nr 4 do ZW 64/2012


SUBJECT CARD

Name in Polish BIOFIZYKA

Name in English BIOPHYSICS


Specialization (if applicable): MEDICAL ELECTRONICS, BIOMEDICAL OPTICS,




Subject code FTP002032W, FTP002002L, FTP002002C



Number of hours of


University (ZZU)

15 15 15

Number of hours of


(CNPS)

60 30 60


crediting with

grade*

Examination /

crediting with

grade*

Examination /

crediting with

grade*

Examination /

crediting with

grade*

Examination /

crediting with

grade*




including number of


(P) classes

1 2

including number of



(BK) classes

1 0,7 1



1. General knowledge of physics and physics and chemistry of materials. \

SUBJECT OBJECTIVES

C1 The aim of the course is to constitute foundations for further studies of physiology, biosensors,

biospectroscopy and for modeling of basic biophysical phenomena.



PEK_W01 has a structured, theoretically founded general knowledge covering key issues in the

field of biophysics of biological systems, has expertise in the field of occupational

health and safety

relating to skills:

PEK_U01 properly and effectively understands the rules and laws of biophysics for qualitative

and quantitative analysis of practical engineering problems in the field of biophysical

aspects of biotechnology

PEK_U02 can correctly and efficiently solve simple biophysical and biomedical problems, can

correctly interpret the obtained results of the measurements during the experiment and

evaluate their credibility


PEK_K01 can work in a team, is aware of the responsibility for collaborative tasks

PROGRAMME CONTENT


of hours

Lec 1 Biological membranes, model lipid membranes, experiments and theory 2

Lec 2 The basis of thermodynamics, Gibbs free energy, enthalpy and entropy in

physicochemical description in cellular processes.

2

Lec 3 Diffusion, osmosis, the Nernst equilibrium. 2

Lec 4 Membrane transport. 2

Lec 5 Filtration, ultrafiltration, Kedem-Katchalski ‘s equation 2

Lec 6 Ion channels, selectivity and the gate mechanism, selectivity. Biophysics of

nerve cell membranes

2

Lec 7 Influence of the electric and magnetic field on living cells 2

Lec 8 Final test 1

Total hours 15


of hours

Cl 1 List 1: Flow of the ideal fluid 3

Cl 2 List 2: Flow of the viscous fluid 3

Cl 3 List 3: Work, energy and power in biological systems 3

Cl 4 List 4: Thermodynamics of biological systems 3

Cl 5 List 5: Analysis of similarity 3

Total hours 15


of hours

Lab 1 Introduction (the laboratory regulations, discussion on the theory of

measurement errors)

3

Lab 2 Measurements of the Nernst potential 3

Lab 3 Dialysis 3

Lab 4 Examination of the kinetics of release from ointment 3

Lab 5 Studies of the mechanisms of adsorption on activated carbon 3

Total hours 15

TEACHING TOOLS USED



N3. Class

N4. Laboratory





end)

Educational

effect number


F1 PEK_W01

PEK_K01

Final test

F2 PEK_W01

PEK_U01

PEK_U02

Evaluation of theoretical preparation and evaluation

of report of each exercise

F3 PEK_U01 Proficiency check in solving tasks in biophysics

P = F1 lecture

P = F2 lab

P = F3 classes


PRIMARY LITERATURE:

[1] Jaroszyk F., Biofizyka, PZWL, Warszawa 2008

[2] Jóźwiak Z., Bartosz G., Biofizyka. Wybrane zagadnienia wraz z ćwiczeniami. PWN,

Warszawa, 2005

[3] Miękisz S., Hendrich A., Wybrane zagadnienia z biofizyki, Wyd. AM, Wrocław, 1996


[1] Bray D., Hopkin K., Johnson A. i in., Podstawy biologii komórki, PWN, Warszawa 2005

[2] Dołowy K., Szewczyk A., Pikuła S., Błony biologiczne. Śląsk, 2003

[3] Traczyk Z., Trzebski A., Fizjologia człowieka z elementami fizjologii stosowanej

i klinicznej, PZWL, Warszawa 2004



[email protected]


Biophysics



AND SPECIALIZATION Medical Electronics, Biomedical Optics, Biomechanical

Engineering





applicable)**

Subject

objectives**

*

Programme

content***

Teaching tool

number***

PEK_W01 (knowledge) K11BM_W03 C1 Lec1 - Lec8 N1, N2

PEK_U01 (skills) K11BM_U09 C1 Lab1 - Lab5 N4

PEK_U02 K11BM_U08 C1 Cl1 - Cl5 N3

PEK_K01 (competences) K11BM_K01 C1 Lec1 - Lec8 N1, N2



Zał. nr 4 do ZW 64/2012


SUBJECT CARD

Name in Polish PRAKTYKA KIERUNKOWA

Name in English PROFESSIONAL TRAINING






Subject code ETP002051Q



Number of hours of


University (ZZU)

Number of hours of


(CNPS)

160


crediting with

grade*

Examination /

crediting with

grade*

Examination /

crediting with

grade*

Examination /

crediting with

grade*

Examination /

crediting with

grade*




including number of


(P) classes

6

including number of



(BK) classes



The basic theoretical knowledge and skills in the area of Biomedical Engineering in accordance

with the requirements of the program of the 1st level studies, in particular for the

specializations: Biomechanical Engineering, Medical Electronics and Biomedical Optics. \

SUBJECT OBJECTIVES C1 The goal of the practice is to familiarize students with the practical aspects of the Biomedical

Engineering studies of the first degree, getting acquainted with practical aspects of the activities and

functioning of firms and institutions professionally operating in the health care area, in respect of the

related specializations areas of studies, in particular Biomechanical Engineering, Medical

Electronics and Biomedical Optics.


relating to skills:

PEK_U01 Is actively involved in the process of operation of the firm or institution t in which the

practice is carried out, as far as relevant for the student position, knows and understands the

scope of the establishment, in which realizes the practice, understands how it is functioning. PEK_U02 Observes the regulations of health and safety of work and legal rules obligatory in

the work plant.


PEK_K01 Is able to work in a team, can determine his position in the staff, can actively participate in

the life of the cell of establishment. PEK_K02 Can undertake entrepreneurial activities in his field of work.

Form of classes - practice Number

of hours

Prac 1 During the practice the student should know the obligations of employees of similar

degree of education, take part in the tasks carried out in the establishment of work, its

organization, activities, technologies, processes, procedures, and facilities.

160

Total hours 160

TEACHING TOOLS USED

N1. Student work under the supervision of a supervisor in place of practice.

N2. Verification /evaluation of practice diary log.

N3. Evaluation of report on the practice.


Evaluation (F –

forming (during

semester), P –

concluding (at

semester end)

Educational


F1 PEK_U01

PEK_U02

PEK_K01

PEK_K02

After the end of the practice student delivers written report that

includes: practice period, the name and address of the establishment

(firm or institution), the characteristics of its business, brief

descriptions of the technologies, processes, objects that are carried out

during practice, a description of the work carried out: the project type,

used equipment, special issues of safety and health regulations in the

plant, etc. The student also presents the official diary of practice,

containing detailed records documenting the course of practice. The

report on the practice should be certified by the Department of labor,

the stamp of the company and its address data, personal data of

supervisor of practices on the part of the plant, and the name of the

person certifying.

In the case of students who were employed in the establishment

(company) within the framework of the employment relationship or

legal civil contract the practice credit may be done on the basis of a

certificate of the responsibilities entrusted to the student and drawn up

by the employer.

P - evaluation of final report from the practice


PRIMARY LITERATURE:

[1]


[1]


The representative of the Dean for student practices.


Professional Training




Optics





applicable)**

Subject



number***

PEK_U01 (skills) K1IBM_U02 C1 Prac1 N2, N3

PEK_U02 K1IBM_U11 C1 Prac1 N2, N3

PEK_K01 (competences) K1IBM_K03 C1 Prac1 N2, N3

PEK_K02 K1IBM_K06 C1 Prac1 N1, N2



Zał. nr 4 do ZW 64/2012


SUBJECT CARD

Name in Polish PRACA DYPLOMOWA (INŻYNIERSKA)

Name in English ENGINEERING THESIS (FOR ENGINEER DEGREE)






Subject code FTP002080D



Number of hours of


University (ZZU)

30

Number of hours of


(CNPS)

450


crediting with

grade*

Examination /

crediting with

grade*

Examination /

crediting with

grade*

Examination /

crediting with

grade*

Examination /

crediting with

grade*




including number of


(P) classes

15

including number of



(BK) classes

1



The course Engineering thesis (for engineer degree) is realized in the last semester of 1st

level study, the student may enroll for a course only in situations where the planned deficit of

the ECTS points after diploma semester is zero. The task for a project is individually given for

each student and requires approval of the Department Council. To carry out the work the

student proceeds received in the Dean's office of thesis topic, signed by the teacher and the

student. \

SUBJECT OBJECTIVES C1 Independent solution chosen by the student tasks of a technical problem. During the

implementation of the student extends and deepens their expertise through independent

literature search on a particular topic, search for different methods of solving the problem,

making a critical assessment of methods and analyzed to choose the best method with the

existing restrictions.

C2 Gaining of practical skills through independent design, realization of a technical device or

measuring instrumentation, performing the checking measurements and verification of

the results obtained.

C3 The written part of the thesis documenting the entire process of independent student

activities is the main factor of the formal assessment. Editorial skills through independent

design, construction equipment or measuring stand, to perform measurements of the

control and verification of the results.



PEK_W01 Has a structured knowledge in the field of biomedical engineering, associated with

the selected specialization , knows how to apply the knowledge acquired during his

studies to further education in the field of biomedical engineering.

relating to skills:

PEK_U01 Is able to apply the knowledge acquired during his studies to further education in

the field of biomedical engineering, is able to collect, analyze, and interpret the

information needed to solve the specific problem of biomedical engineering.

PEK_U02 Is able to present issues of biomedical engineering, including in the form of a

computer presentation.

PEK_U03 Can prepare the development in the form of a report which meets the imposed

quality requirements. PEK_U04 Can take into consideration the system and non-technical aspects in realization of

engineering problems.



training, can accurately formulate questions about the given projects, deepening their

own understanding of the topic or find the missing elements of reasoning.

PEK_K02 Understands and appreciates the importance of intellectual fairness in his activities

or other people; works ethically.

PEK_K03 Can think and act in an entrepreneurial way.

PROGRAMME CONTENT


of hours

Proj 1 The course is held at the personalized care of a supervisor approved by the Faculty

Council; detailed tasks and content are subject to individual arrangements in the

relationship supervisor – student.

450

Total hours 450

TEACHING TOOLS USED

N1. A computer with the appropriate software for the simulation and analysis of the collected

test results.

N2. Experimental and laboratory work.

N3. A written report on the development of engineering.


Evaluation (F – Educational effect


forming (during

semester), P –

concluding (at

semester end)

F1 PEK_W01

PEK_U01 - PEK_U03

PEK_K01 - PEK_K03

1. Assessment of methodology of solving the problem on a

technical engineering.

2. Quality assessment of the implementation of the

experimental-design or project.

3. The assessment of final report.

P = F1 – Evaluation of final report by the supervisor and the reviewer.


PRIMARY LITERATURE:

The kernel literature sources are defined by the supervisor. Other sources are selected by the student,

resulting from the analysis of the literature on the topic.



Dr hab. Marta Kopaczynska

[email protected]



Engineering Thesis AND EDUCATIONAL EFFECTS FOR MAIN FIELD OF STUDY



Optics





applicable)**

Subject



number***

PEK_W01 (knowledge) K1IBM_W03 C1-C3 Proj1 N1-N3


K1IBM_U02

C1, C2 Proj1 N2, N3

PEK_U02 K1IBM_U04 C1-C3 Proj1 N2, N3

PEK_U03 K1IBM_U03 C3 Proj1 N3

PEK_U04 K1IBM_U10 C3 Proj1 N3

PEK_K01 (competences) K1IBM_K01 C1, C2 Proj1 N1

PEK_K02 K1IBM_K05 C1-C3 Proj1 N1, N2

PEK_K03 K1IBM_K06 C1, C2 Proj1 N1, N2



1

Zał. nr 4 do ZW 64/2012


SUBJECT CARD

Name in Polish ANALIZA DANYCH SPEKTROSKOPOWYCH

Name in English ANALYSIS OF SPECTROSCOPIC DATA





Subject code FTP002096W, FTP002096L, FTP002096P

Group of courses NO

Lecture Classes Laboratory Project Seminar Number of hours of


University (ZZU) 15 15 30


student workload (CNPS) 30 60 60

Form of crediting Crediting

with grade Crediting

with grade Crediting

with grade

For group of courses mark

(X) final course

Number of ECTS points 1 2 2 including number of ECTS

points for practical (P) classes 2 2



contact (BK) classes 0,6 1 1,5



1. Fundamental knowledge and skills in Physical chemistry.

2. Fundamental knowledge and skills in Chemical and physical methods of measurement.

SUBJECT OBJECTIVES

Teaching fundamentals of:

C1 Application of biospectroscopy in the biological and medical analysis and in diagnostics.

C2 Application of computer techniques in the analysis of spectroscopic data used in

biomedical engineering.

C3 Methods of elaboration and interpretation of spectra.

2


Relating to knowledge:

PEK_W01 knows theoretical fundamentals of biospectroscopy and computer analysis

of spectroscopic data.

PEK_W02 has knowledge of determining principle spectral parameters and using computer

algorithms for basic characterization of spectra.

Relating to skills:

PEK_U01 can present selected issues of application of spectroscopy in biomedical

engineering

PEK_U02 can prepare written elaborations on problems in the field of biospectroscopy,

compare and interpret experimental results, can prepare and give oral presentation

on specific topic of biospectroscopy on the basis of scientific article.

PEK_U03 can perform basic computer analysis of spectroscopic data.

Relating to social competences:

PEK_K01 can work in a team, is able to take a responsibility for his own work.

PROGRAMME CONTENT


of hours

Lec 1 Introduction to spectroscopic analysis. Basic concepts and definitions

for spectroscopy. Role and division of spectroscopy. 2

Lec 2

Molecule energy and vibrational spectrum. Types and energy of oscillations.

Schematic formation of spectrum. Spectral parameters on the example

of the infrared spectrum.

2

Lec 3 Raman spectrometry, the theoretical background. Computer algorithms

of spectroscopic data evaluation. Complementarity of IR and Raman spectra. 2

Lec 4 Differential spectrophotometry. Derivative spectrophotometry. 2

Lec 5 Methods of spectra smoothing. The problem of background and its

correction. Calculator of spectroscopic data. 2

Lec 6 The problem of overlapping bands. Convolution and deconvolution

of spectroscopic data. Filtration. 2

Lec 7

Analysis of single and multiple component systems. Comparison

of theoretical and experimental data and their interpretation. Precision

and accuracy of results.

2

Lec 8 Written test. 1

Total hours 15


of hours

La1 Introductory class. Getting to know the laboratory regulations. Introduction

to the software for the analysis of spectroscopic data. 1

La2 Data import and export. Visualization of individual experimental data. 1

La3 The basic tools for the calculation of spectral parameters. The calculation

of the parameters in exemplary data. Band assignments. 1

La4 Calculation of experimental data derivatives. Analysis of the data obtained. 1

3

Band assignments.

La5 Methods of spectroscopic data smoothing. Problems arising from improper

use of data analysis functions. 1

La6 Filtration of spectroscopic data. 1

La7 The problem of background and its correction. Problems arising from poor

background correction. 1

La8 The mathematical algorithms used to analyze the data (matrix converter).

Differential spectra. 1

La9 Visualization of multiple experimental data. The selection of ranges.

Graphic description. 1

La10 The problem of overlapping bands. Convolution and deconvolution. 1

La11 Interpolation and approximation. 1

La12 Analysis of single component systems. 1

La13 Analysis of multi component systems. 1

La14 Comparison of theoretical and experimental data. Precision and accuracy

determination. 1

La15 Presentation of completed tasks and discussion. 1

Total hours 15


of hours

Pr1 Theoretical introduction to biospectroscopy (fundamental laws). 2

Pr2 Determination of the spectral absorption bands. 2

Pr3 Deconvolution of spectra of multi component systems. 2

Pr4 Quantitative analysis spectroscopy (graphical analysis), checking the Beer-

Lambert law, analysis of deviations from the law. 2

Pr5 Calculation of physical parameters related to the Beer-Lambert law

(mathematical analysis). 2

Pr6 Study of the solvation effects. 2

Pr7 Analysis of the growth of the cell line (multiple component systems). 2

Pr8 Spectrophotometric titration. 2

Pr9 Effect of physical factors on tissue components. 2

Pr10 Interpretation of spectrum of an unknown substance – identification of

substance. 2

Pr11 The fluorescence of biological systems: native and modified. 2

Pr12 Presentations of individual projects in the field of spectroscopic data

analysis in biology, medicine, and diagnostics. 6 Pr13

Pr14

Pr15 Discussion on the presentation of completed projects. Summary

of biospectroscopy importance in biomedical engineering. 2

Total hours 30

TEACHING TOOLS USED

N1. Lecture: multimedia lecture.

N2. Lecture: a set of problems to write on (written test).

4

N3. Laboratory: written or oral testing of knowledge.

N4. Project: tasks to perform in teams.

N5. Project: multimedia presentation of a scientific paper.


Lecture




end)

Educational effect

number


F1 PEK_W01

PEK_W02

Written test.

P = F1


Laboratory

F1-F12 PEK_W01

PEK_U04

Exercises performed during laboratory,

classes and tests of knowledge. P = (F1+…+F12)/12


Project

F1-F10 PEK_W01

PEK_U01

PEK_U02

PEK_K01

Projects carried out in teams in the class.

F11 PEK_U03 Individual, short multimedia presentations

on a given topic using the technique

of spectral analysis of biological samples

or medical diagnosis. P = 3/7((F1+…+F10)/10) + 4/7(F11)


PRIMARY LITERATURE:

[1] Kęcki Z., Podstawy spektroskopii molekularnej, PWN, Warszawa 1998.

[2] Twardowski J., Anzenbacher P., Spektroskopia Ramana i podczerwieni w biologii, PWN,

Warszawa 1988.

[3] Hrynkiewicz A.Z., Rokita E. (red.), Fizyczne metody badań w biologii, medycynie i

ochronie środowiska, PWN, Warszawa, 1999.

[4] Spectroscopic data from the current literature on the basis of articles in English.


[1] Twardowski J., Biospektroskopia, PWN, Warszawa 1990.

[2] Clark R.J., Hester R.E. (ed.), Biomedical application of spectroscopy, John Wiley & Sons,

Chichester, 1996.


dr inż. Sylwia Olsztyńska-Janus, [email protected]


5

MATRIX OF CORRELATION BETWEEN EDUCATIONAL EFFECT FOR SUBJECT

Analysis of Spectroscopic Data




Subject

educational

effect





Subject

objectives***

Programme

content***

Teaching tool

number***

(knowledge)

PEK_W01 K1IBM_W09_S3OBI C1-C3 Lec1-Lec7 N1-N2

PEK_W02 K1IBM_W11_S3OBI C1-C3 Lec1-Lec7 N1-N2 (skills)

PEK_U01 K1IBM_U03

C1 Pr1-Pr11

La1-La13

N3-N5

PEK_U02 K1IBM_U03 C1-C3 Pr1-Pr11 N3-N5 PEK_U03 K1IBM_U15_S3OBI C1-C3 La1-La13

Pr1-Pr11

N3-N5

(competences)

PEK_K01 K1IBM_K03 C1-C3 Pr1-Pr11

La1 - La15

N3-N5



Zał. nr 4 do ZW 64/2012


SUBJECT CARD

Name in Polish ZASADY REDAGOWANIA OPRACOWAŃ I PRAC NAUKOWYCH

Name in English PRINCIPLES OF EDITING OF STUDIES AND

SCIENTIFIC WORKS


Specialization (if applicable): BIOMEDICAL OPTICS, MEDICAL ELECTRONICS,




Subject code FTP002098P



Number of hours of


University (ZZU)

15

Number of hours of


(CNPS)

30


crediting with

grade*

Examination /

crediting with

grade*

Examination /

crediting with

grade*

Examination /

crediting with

grade*

Examination /

crediting with

grade*




including number of


(P) classes

1

including number of



(BK) classes

0,6



1. Completed course: Information Technology (INP001112) \

SUBJECT OBJECTIVES C1 Ability to editing engineering thesis

C2 Ability to self-search the scientific literature and knowledge of the use of source materials


relating to skills:

PEK_U01 is able to develop a scientific text, correct constructed of engineering documentation

PEK_U02 is able to choose the scientific literature in the field of the problem, it can integrate

the knowledge of the problem under consideration


PEK_K01 understands the need for proper formulation of opinions, shall endeavor to provide

this information in a meaningful way

PROGRAMME CONTENT

Form of classes - project Number of hours

Proj1 Introduction 2

Proj2 Construction of scientific papers written 2

Proj3 Work plan 2

Proj4 Editorial rules 2

Proj5 Preparation of figures, tables, graphs, diagrams 2

Proj6 References, abbreviations, quotes 2

Proj7 Rules bibliographic traditional and electronic documents 2

Proj8 Presentation of work 1

Total hours 15

TEACHING TOOLS USED


N2. Computer and internet





end)

Educational effect


F1 PEK_U01

PEK_U02

PEK_K01

Evaluation of the parts of the project

C - the average of the ratings of the work and the evaluation of the final presentation


PRIMARY LITERATURE:

[1] Gambarelli G., Jak przygotować pracę dyplomową lub doktorską: wybór tematu, pisanie,

prezentowanie, publikowanie, Kraków 1996, 1998.

[2] Kozłowski R., Praktyczny sposób pisania prac dyplomowych. Z wykorzystaniem programu

komputerowego i Internetu, Warszawa 2009.

[3] Wolański A., Edycja tekstów. Praktyczny poradnik, Warszawa 2008


[1] Szmigielska T. U., Poradnik dla piszącego pracę dyplomową, Warszawa 2005.


Dr inż. Iwona Hołowacz [email protected]



Principles of Editing of Studies and Scientific Works



AND SPECIALIZATION Biomedical Optics, Medical Electronics, Biomechanical

Engineering






Subject



number***

PEK_U01 (skills) K1IBM_U03 C1, C2 Proj1- Proj8 N1, N2

PEK_U02 K1IBM_U01 C1, C2 Proj1- Proj8 N1, N2

PEK_K01 K1IBM_K07 C1, C2 Proj1- Proj8 N1, N2



1

Zał. nr 4 do ZW 64/2012


SUBJECT CARD

Name in Polish: KONSTRUKCJE I POMIARY OPTYCZNE

Name in English: OPTICAL INSTRUMENTS

AND MEASUREMENTS





Subject code FTP002016L



Number of hours of


University (ZZU)

45

Number of hours of


(CNPS)

90


crediting with

grade*

Examination /

crediting with

grade*

Examination /

crediting with

grade*

Examination /

crediting with

grade*

Examination /

crediting with

grade*




including number of


(P) classes

3

including number of



(BK) classes

2,5



1. Course FZP002001L Physics 2.7

SUBJECT OBJECTIVES

C1 Ability to practical use of the optical elements and simple instruments

C2 Ability of practical use of routine methods and tools that can be employed to solve

simple problems, typical for optics

2


relating to skills:

PEK_U01 Student has the ability to practical use of the optical elements and knows

experimental methods for measuring the optical elements basic parameters

PEK_U02 Student is able to use the simple optical instruments and apply them to solve

problems of practical nature, typical for optics.

PROGRAMME CONTENT


of hours

Lab1 Syllabus and course requirements 3

Lab2 Lenses – applications and measurement of selected parameters 1 3

Lab3 Lenses – applications and measurement of selected parameters 2 3

Lab4 Prisms - applications and measurement of selected parameters 1 3

Lab5 Prisms - applications and measurement of selected parameters 2 3

Lab6 Diffraction gratings - applications and measurement of selected

parameters 1 3

Lab7 Diffraction gratings - applications and measurement of selected

parameters 2 3

Lab8 Measurement of simple optical system parameters 3

Lab9 Spectrophotometer application 3

Lab10 Refractometer application 3

Lab11 Goniometer application 3

Lab12 Telescopic devices application 3

Lab13 Aberration measurements 3

Lab14 Rescheduling a missed laboratory 3

Lab15 Rescheduling a missed laboratory 3

Total hours 45

TEACHING TOOLS USED

N1 Developing written reports

N2 Experimetal work (laboratory)

N3 Short test of knowledge

N4 Consultations


Evaluation (F –

forming (during

semester), P –


end)

Educational effect


F1 PEK_U01

PEK_U02

1. Short tests of knowlede (O1)

2. Execution of scheduled tasks ( O2)

3. Laboratory reports (O3)

3

P1 laboratory – final grade is calculated as an arithmetic mean of grades O1- O3 and is rounded

down


PRIMARY LITERATURE:

[1] Ratajczyk F., Instrumenty optyczne, Oficyna Wydawnicza PWR, Wrocław, 2005

[2] Hanc T., Pomiary optyczne, Państwowe Wydawnictwa Techniczne, Warszawa, 1964

[3] Nowak J., Zając M., Optyka, kurs elementarny, Oficyna Wydawnicza PWR, Wrocław, 1998

SECONDARY LITERATURE: [1] Chalecki J., Przyrządy optyczne – konstrukcja mechanizmów, WNT, Warszawa, 1979

[2] Tatarczyk J., Elementy optyki instrumentalnej i fizjologicznej, Wydawnictwo AGH, Kraków,

1994.

[3] Bartkowska J., Bartkowski Z., Bodnar Z., Gutkowski T., Sidorowicz A., Wagnerowski T.,

Podstawy optyki instrumentalnej, Państwowe Wydawnictwa Techniczne, Warszawa, 1957


Joanna Bauer-Matuła

[email protected]



Optical Instruments and Measurements AND EDUCATIONAL EFFECTS FOR MAIN FIELD OF STUDY


Subject

educational

effect





Subject



number***

PEK_U01

(skills) K1IBM_U15_S3OBI C1, C2 Lab1 – Lab8 N1 - N4

PEK_U02 K1IBM_U15_S3OBI C1, C2 Lab9 – Lab15 N1 - N4



Zał. nr 4 do ZW 64/2012


SUBJECT CARD

Name in Polish METODY NUMERYCZNE W OPTYCE BIOMEDYCZNEJ

Name in English NUMERICAL METHODS IN BIOMEDICAL OPTICS





Subject code FTP002100L



Number of hours of


University (ZZU)

30

Number of hours of


(CNPS)

90


crediting with

grade*

Examination /

crediting with

grade*

Examination /

crediting with

grade*

Examination /

crediting with

grade*

Examination /

crediting with

grade*




including number of


(P) classes

3

including number of



(BK) classes

2



1. Completed course: Engineering Optics Optyka inżynierska (FTP002001W)

SUBJECT OBJECTIVES C1 Obtaining basic knowledge of numerical analysis of light propagation in classical optical

systems used in biomedical optics, laser beam propagation, modeling examples of biological

objects, numerical analysis of light diffraction and selected algorithms that can be used in laser

biomedicine

C2 The acquisition of basic skills in the development of algorithms for computing environment

for selected applications in biomedical optics



PEK_W01 knows fundamental methods, techniques, tools and materials that are used in solutions of

basic problems in the field of Biomedical Optics

relating to skills:

PEK_U01 is able to use for formulation and solution of engineering problems analytic methods,

simulations and experiments PEK_U02 is able to: plan and realize experiments, including real measurements and computer

simulations, correctly interpret obtained results, make proven conclusions


PEK_K01 can properly identify priorities for implementation of self-defined or given tasks


hours

Lab 1 Introduction to computational environment 2

Lab 2 Matrix methods in paraxial optics 1 2

Lab 3 Matrix methods in paraxial optics 1 2

Lab 4 The propagation of laser beam for application in laser biomedicine 1 3

Lab 5 The propagation of laser beam for application in laser biomedicine 2 2

Lab 6 Examples of numerical analysis of the diffraction of light in biomedical

optics 1

3

Lab 7 Examples of numerical analysis of the diffraction of light in biomedical

optics 2

2

Lab 8 Selected numerical algorithms for biomedical laser 3

Lab 9 The algorithms used in digital holographic microscopy 3

Lab 10 Numerical modeling of biological objects 1 2

Lab 11 Numerical modeling of biological objects 2 2

Lab 12 Colloquium 2

Lab 13 Corrective colloquium 2

Total hours 30

TEACHING TOOLS USED

N1. Work with software in computer lab

N2. Short test of knowledge

N3. Consultations





end)

Educational effect


F1 PEK_W01

PEK_U01

PEK_U02

1. Colloquium in the form of

programming tasks from the scope of

the course issues for self-development

PEK_K01 in the classroom

2. Short essays - tests

P = F1 Laboratory - assessment based on the sum of points obtained from the test and short essays


PRIMARY LITERATURE:

[1] J.D. Schmidt, „Numerical simulation of optical wave propagation”, SPIE Press, 2010

[2] T.Ch. Poon, T. Kim, „Engineering Optics with MATLAB”, World Scientfic, 2007


[1] P. Rudra, „MATLAB dla naukowców i inżynierów”, PWN, 2010

[2] B. Mrozek, Z. Mrozek, „MATLAB i Simulink. Poradnik użytkownika”, Helion, 2010


IGOR BUZALEWICZ, [email protected]


Numerical Methods in Biomedical Optics








applicable)**

Subject



number***

PEK_W01 (knowledge) K1IBM_W11_S3OBI C1, C2 La1-11 N1-3

PEK_U01 (skills) K1IBM_U09 C1, C2 La1-11 N1-3

PEK_U02 K1IBM_U08 C1, C2 La1-11 N1-3

PEK_K01 (competences) K1IBM_K04 C1, C2 La1-11 N1-3



1

Zał. nr 4 do ZW 64/2012


SUBJECT CARD

Name in Polish: INTERFEROMETRIA I HOLOGRAFIA

Name in English: INTERFEROMETRY AND HOLOGRAPHY





Subject code FTP 005312W, FTP 005312L

Group of courses NO


Number of hours of


University (ZZU)

30 30

Number of hours of


(CNPS)

90 90


crediting with

grade*

Examination /

crediting with

grade*

Examination /

crediting with

grade*

Examination /

crediting with

grade*

Examination /

crediting with

grade*




including number of


(P) classes

3

including number of



(BK) classes

2 2

*delete as applicable \

PREREQUISITES RELATED TO KNOWLEDGE, SKILLS AND OTHER COMPETENCES

1. Basic knowledge on geometrical optics

2. Basic knowledge on wave nature of light

3. Capabilities of conducting simple laboratory experiments, experimental data

processing and reporting

4. Capabilities of using simple optical instruments

COURSE OBJECTIVES C1 Gaining knowledge on applications of wave optics

C2 Gaining knowledge on light interference phenomenon

C3 Gaining knowledge on construction and operation principle of most important

interferometers

C4 Gaining knowledge on the methods of interferograms analysis

C5 Gaining knowledge on applications of light interference phenomenon in metrology

C6 Gaining knowledge on holographic registration and reconstruction

C7 Gaining knowledge on applications of holography in metrology

2


Related to knowledge:

PEK_W01 Detailed knowledge on two-wave and multiple-wave interference

PEK_W02 Detailed knowledge on spatial and temporal coherence

PEK_W03 Detailed knowledge on construction and operation principle of most import ant

interferometers

PEK_W04 Detailed knowledge on the methods of interferograms analysis

PEK_W05 Detailed knowledge on applications of interferometric methods in metrology

PEK_W06 Fundamental knowledge on holographic registration and re construction

PEK_W07 Fundamental knowledge on applications of holography in interferometry

Related to skills:

PEK_U01 Ability to plan and conduct experiments related to metrological applications of

light interference

PEK_U02 Ability to apply interferometric methods in metrology

PEK_U03 Ability to apply holographic methods in metrology

Related to social competences:

PEK_K01 understanding the need for continuous learning, resulting from the necessity of

keeping up with the development of interferometry and exploring independently the

latest trends in the field, like for example digital holography

PEK_K02 understanding the need of team interactions to enhance the ability of creative

problems solving

PROGRAMME CONTENT


of hours

Lec 1 History of development of optical interferometry 2

Lec 2 Interference of waves reflected from plane-parallel plate and thin films.

Fringes of equal thickness and equal inclination 2

Lec 3 Young experiment. Contrast of interference fringes. Coherence of light. 2

Lec 4 Multiple-wave interference. Fabry-Perot interferometer . 2

Lec 5 Two-beam interferometers 2

Lec 6 Analysis of interferograms, Fourier method and chase shirting method 2

Lec 7 Shearing type interferometers, fiber-optic interferometers 2

Lec 8 Low coherence interferometry, optical coherence tomography 2

Lec 9 Speckle effect, speckle interferometry, digital speckle interferometry 2

Lec 10 Moire fringes, moire interferometry 2

Lec 11 Grating interferometers, principle of operations and applications 2

Lec 12 Phase modulated interferometry, heterodyne and homodyne

interferometry 2

Lec 13 Fundamentals of optical holography 2

Lec 14 Registration and reconstruction of holograms of different types 2

Lec 15 Principle of holographic interferometry and its metrological applications 2

Total hours 30

3


of hours Lab 1 Introduction 2 Lab 2 Moire fringes: topographic measurements of optical surfaces 4 Lab 3 Measurements of surface shape Fizeau interferometr : determining e

curvature of optical lenses and deepness of scratches

4

Lab 4 Microinterferometric measurements of deepness of scratches and jumps 4 Lab 5 Measurements of wave aberrations of optical objectives using Twyman-

Green interferometer

4

Lab 6 Measurements of displacements using speckle interferometry 4 Lab 7 Measurements of deformations using holografic interferometry 4 Lab 8 Supplementary classes 4

Total hours 30

TEACHING TOOLS USED


N2. Instructions for laboratory exercises

N3. Consultations

N4. Students’ own work-preparation to laboratories and final test


Evaluation (F –

forming (during

semester), P –

concluding (at

semester end)

Educational effect

number Way of evaluating educational effect

achievement

F1 PEK_U01,PEK_U02,

PEK_U03, PEK_K01,

PEK_K02,

Oral response and reports from the

laboratory exercise

F2 PEK_W01,PEK_W02,

PEK_W03,PEK_W04,

PEK_W05,PEK_W06,

PEK_W07,PEK_K01,

PEK_K02

Activity during the lectures and partial

tests

F3 PEK_W01,PEK_W02,

PEK_W03,PEK_W04,

PEK_W05,PEK_W06,

PEK_W07,PEK_K01,

PEK_K02

Final test, 4-5 open questions

P1 = average of F1

P2=F3, taking into account F2

4


PRIMARY LITERATURE:

1. Patorski K., Kujawińska M., Sałbut L., Interferometria laserowa z automatyczną

analizą obrazu, 2005

2. Dubik B., Zając M., Elementy interferometrii, Oficyna Wydawnicza PWr 1998

3. Pluta M., Mikroskopia optyczna, PWN, 1982


1. Hariharan P., Optical Interferometry, Elsevier 2003

2. Saleh B. E. A., Teich M. C., Fundamentals of Photonics, Wiley Series 2007


Prof. Wacław Urbańczyk ([email protected])

Dr inż. Sławomir Drobczyński ([email protected])




MATRIX OF CORRELATION BETWEEN EDUCATIONAL EFFECTS FOR SUBJEC

Interferometry and Holography








specialization (if

applicable)**

Subject



number***

PEK_W01-PEK_W7

K1IBM_W09_S3OBI

C1, C2, C3, C4,

C5, C6, C7

Lec 1-Lec 15 N1, N3, N4

PEK_U01-PEK_U03

PEK_K01, PEK_K02 K1IBM_U15_S3OBI

K11BM_K01

K11BM_K03

C1, C2, C3, C4,

C5, C6, C7

Lab 1- Lab 8 N2, N3, N4

PEK_K01, PEK_K02 K11BM_K01

K11BM_K03

C1, C2, C3, C4,

C5, C6, C7

Lec1-Lec 15

Lab 1- Lab 8

N2, N3, N4



Zał. nr 4 do ZW 64/2012


SUBJECT CARD

Name in Polish LASERY I ICH ZASTOSOWANIA W MEDYCYNIE

Name in English LASERS AND THEIR APPLICATIONS IN MEDICINE


Specialization (if applicable): BIOMEDICAL OPTICS, MEDICAL ELECTRONICS,







Number of hours of


University (ZZU)

15

Number of hours of


(CNPS)

30


crediting with

grade*

Examination /

crediting with

grade*

Examination /

crediting with

grade*

Examination /

crediting with

grade*

Examination /

crediting with

grade*




including number of


(P) classes

including number of



(BK) classes

0,7



General knowledge of physics \

SUBJECT OBJECTIVES C1 Acquisition of basic knowledge about the mechanisms of laser action

C2 Acquisition of basic knowledge about the structure of lasers

C3 Acquisition of basic knowledge of the use of lasers in medicine



PEK_W01 has ordered construction of knowledge about lasers lasing excitation mechanisms

PEK_W02 has a basic general knowledge of the interaction of laser radiation with biological

structures

PEK_W03 know the different types of lasers in terms of their application in medicine

relating to skills:

PEK_U01 is able to retrieve information from literature on modern laser devices

PROGRAMME CONTENT


Lec 1 Introduction – laser radiation 2

Lec 2 Radiation mode, density modes 2

Lec 3 Interaction of laser light with matter 2

Lec 4 Conditions for obtaining laser radiation 2

Lec 5 Laser resonators 2

Lec 6 Laser safety 2

Lec 7 Application of laser 2

Lec 8 Test 1

Total hours 15

TEACHING TOOLS USED

N1.Traditional lecture






end)

Educational effect


F1 PEK_W01

PEK_W02

PEK_W03

PEK_U01

Test

P = F1c - evaluation of the test


PRIMARY LITERATURE:

[1] Abramczyk H., Wstęp do spektroskopii laserowej, PWN, Warszawa 2000

[2] Ziętek B., Lasery, Wyda. Nauk. UMK, Toruń 2008

[3] Berlien H.P., G. Muller, Applied laser medicine, Springer 2003

[4] Markolf H., Niemz: Laser-Tissue Interactions: Fundamentals and Applications; Springer, 2007


[1] Katzir A., Laser and optical fibers in medicine, Academic Press Inc. (1993).

[2] Prasad P.N., Introduction to biophotonics; John Wiley & Sons, Hoboken 2003

[3] Biomedical photonics handbook, Editor-in-chief Tuan Vo-Dinh. CRC Press, Boca Raton 2003

[4] Smith G.F., King T.A., Optics and Photonics. An Introduction. Jon Wiley & Sons, Chichester,

2000.


Dr inż. Iwona Hołowacz

[email protected]



Lasers and Their Applications in Medicine AND EDUCATIONAL EFFECTS FOR MAIN FIELD OF STUDY


AND SPECIALIZATION Biomedical Optics, Medical Electronics, Biomechanical

Engineering





applicable)**

Subject



number***

PEK_W01 (knowledge) K1IBM_W03 C1, C2 Lec1-Lec8 N1, N2

PEK_W02 K1IBM_W03 C1, C2 Lec1-Lec8 N1, N2


PEK_U01 (skills) K1IBM_U01 C1, C2, C3 Lec1-Lec8 N1, N2



1


SUBJECT CARD

Name in Polish FIZYKA 1.3A

Name in English PHYSICS 1.3A




Level and form of studies: 1st/ 2nd* level, full-time / part-time* Kind of subject: obligatory / optional / university-wide* Subject code FZP001064W, FZP001064C Group of courses YES /NO*

Lecture Classes Labs Project Seminar Number of hours of


University (ZZU) 45 30


student workload (CNPS) 150 60


crediting with

grade*

Examination /

crediting with

grade*


final course




classes 0 0



student contact (BK) classes 2 1,2



General knowledge and skills in Mathematics and Physics&Astronomy at a secondary school

graduation level.

SUBJECT OBJECTIVES

C1. Acquiring a basic knowledge, taking into account application aspects, of the following sections of the Classical Physics:

C1.1. Dynamics. C1.2. Gravitation field C1.3. Hydrostatics and hydrodynamics C1.4. Oscillations and wave motion. C1.5. Thermodynamics. C1.6. Electrostatics. C1.7. Electric DC.

C2. Acquiring basic desirable skills concerning the qualitative understanding/interpretation of the selected phenomena/processes and the quantitative analysis and solutions of the problems/ exercises connected with the above specified sections of Physics.

2

C3. Gaining and strengthening social skills including understanding the necessity of a lifetime learning process and abilities: (a) to inspire and organize the process of learning for others, (b) to cooperate and work in a team, (c) to think and act in a creative way, (d) to set clear priorities leading to the realization of tasks.



PEK_W01 – a student has a basic knowledge of the Newton’s laws of the translational and rotational motions, the methods of solving the equations of motions and an application of Newton's laws of motion in Physics and an engineering practice.

PEK_W02 – a student has the strengthened knowledge of the conservation laws of the mechanical energy, the linear momentum and the angular momentum, as well as the conditions for the correct application of above mentioned laws in Physics and an engineering practice.

PEK_W03 – a student has a consolidated knowledge of the gravitational fields (GF) peculiarities, the quantitative methods of the GF characterization and the body motion in GF description.

PEK_W04 – a student has an improved knowledge of the fluids statics and dynamics. PEK_W05 – a student knows the oscillatory and wave peculiarities, the qualitative and quanti-

tative methods to describe the oscillations, wave motion and the ultrasounds applications. PEK_W06 – a student knows and understands the foundations of the phenomenological

thermodynamics, has knowledge of the selected topics of the statistical thermodynamics and knows the application methods of this knowledge to analyze the thermodynamic pheno-mena and processes

PEK_W07 – a student has an improved knowledge of the electrostatics and the electric direct current (DC) peculiarities as well as the application methods of this knowledge to analyze the engineering problems.

Relating to skills:

PEK_U01 – a student is able to write an unassisted elaboration or give an oral statement correctly describing the topics concerning the knowledge specified in PEK_W01-PEK_W07.

PEK_U02 – a student can analyze qualitatively and quantitatively, and solve simple equations of the translational and rotational body motions.

PEK_U03 – a student correctly uses the conservation laws specified in PEK_W02 for analyzing and solving exercises and problems in Physics or an engineering practice.

PEK_U04 – a student has abilities to: a) describe qualitatively and quantitatively scalar and vector peculiarities of the weak gravitational field, b) to analyze the body motion in the gravitational field.

PEK_U05 – a student has skills to analyze and to solve questions concerning fluid mechanics. PEK_U06 – a student is able to: a) characterize qualitatively and quantitatively peculiarities of

oscillations and waves, b) describe the phenomenon and properties typical for oscillations and mechanical or acoustic waves, c) solve the exercises and problems concerning the vibrations and the wave motion.

3

PEK_U07 – a student can analyze qualitatively and quantitatively, and solve problems related to the phenomenological or the statistical thermodynamics.

PEK_U08 – a student has abilities to: a) characterize quantitatively the scalar and vector peculiarities of the electrostatic fields, b) analyze and solve exercises referring to the electrostatics and electric DC.


PEK_K01 – understands: (a) the necessity of a lifetime self-learning process and an improvement in skills in the knowledge enhancement, (b) an influence of discoveries and achievements in Physics onto the civilization progress; is able to inspire and organize the process of learning for others.

PEK_K02 – is able to cooperate and work in a team, taking different roles including the leader role; has an ability to use own skills, to work in a group or alone.

PEK_K03 – is able to think and act in a creative way and to set clear priorities leading to the realization of tasks.

PROGRAMME CONTENT


of hours

Lec 1 The course organisation rules. Methodology of Physics. 2

Lec 2 - 4 The Newton's laws of motion. 5

Lec 4 - 6 Work and energy. The mechanical energy conservation law. 5

Lec 7 - 8 Linear and angular momentum conservation laws. 4

Lec 9 Gravitation. 2

Lec 10 The fluid mechanics 2

Lec 11 - 14 Oscillations and wave motion. Acoustics. 8

Lec 15 - 18 Phenomenological thermodynamics with introduction to statistical thermodynamics.

8

Lec 19 - 21 Electrostatics. 6

Lec 22 - 23 Electric direct current (DC). 3

Total hours

45


of hours

Cl.1., 2.

The classes organization rules. An application of the Newton’s laws to a solution of equations of a motion. A determination of the time dependence of the kinematic and dynamic quantities in inertial and non-inertial reference frames.

4

Cl. 3. A practice in solving the selected problems concerning dynamics with the use of the: mechanical work, the kinetic energy, the potential energy and the conservation law of the mechanical energy.

2

Cl. 4. The problems analyzing and solving concerning the elastic and the non-elastic collisions using the conservation kinetic energy law and the

2

4

conservation linear momentum law.

Cl. 5., 6. The problems solving referring to the kinematics and dynamics of the circular motion of the rigid body with an application of the conservation law of the angular momentum.

3

Cl. 6.,7.,8.

The qualitative and quantitative analysis of the selected topics of the gravitational field (GF) concerning: a) a determination of GF (applying the Gauss’s theorem), the gravitational forces, the field intensity, the gravita-tional energy and the potential, b) the body motion in GF with the use of the conservation laws of the mechanical energy, the angular momentum and the Kepler’s laws. A problem solution related to the statics and dynamics of fluids and blood.

4

Cl. 8., 9. A practice in a problem solution concerning the simple harmonic and damped oscillation as well as the forced oscillation and the mechanical resonance.

3

Cl.10.,11., 12.

The problem solving concerning properties of the mechanical and the acoustic waves in particular connected with the energy transport via waves, the interference, the speed of the mechanical waves in fluids and solids, the standing waves (the sound sources), beats and the Doppler’s phenomenon.

5

Cl. 12., 13., 14.

The thermodynamic problem solving using the 1st and 2nd thermodynamic laws. In particular: a) calculations of the heat exchanged by a thermodynamic system (an ideal gas) with an environment, b) the work done by the ideal gas (IG) in quasi-static processes (isochoric, isobaric, isothermal, adiabatic), c) changes of the internal energy and the entropy of the IG in the above mentioned processes, d) the efficiency coefficient of the heat engines working in a direct and a reverse cycles (the cycle efficiency), e) the heat transported via thermal conduction.

4

Cl. 14., 15.

The problem solving concerning to the selected topics of the electrostatics field (EF) and the electric direct current. In particular a determination of: a) the vector (the field intensity) and scalar (the potential) characteristics of EF with the use of the Gauss’s theorem, b) the electrostatics forces, c) the potential energy, d) the electric capacity. The problem solving concerning of the electric direct current and the electric circuits.

3

Total hours 30

TEACHING TOOLS USED

N1. Traditional lectures aided with transparencies, slides presentations and demonstrations of physical laws and phenomena. N2. Student’s own work – individual studies and preparation of own exercises solutions or problems. N3. Classes (Cl.) – students’ presentations of own solutions of exercises or problems. N4. Cl. – students written short tests. N5. Cl. – e-tests organized by the Department of Distant Learning (http://www.dko.pwr.wroc.pl/)

5

N6. Portfolio – student’s own work – students portfolio with the documents confirming their personal activities, the achievements, the texts of the short tests with grades, the written and printed essays, the e-test scores, the notes from classes, lectures or consultations, the solution of exercises/problems, the electronics letters texts sent (received) via e-mail to (from) lecturer or academic teachers and other documents. N7. Consulting and e-mail N8. Student’s own work – individual studies and preparation for a final exam.


Evaluation (F – forming (during semester), P – concluding (at semester end)


F1 PEK_U01-PEK_U08,

PEK_K01-PEK_K03

The oral statements, the presentation own solution

during classes, written short tests,

e-tests, portfolio

F2 PEK_W01-PEK_W07;

PEK_K01-PEK_K03 The written exam

C = 0.8*F2 + 0,2*F1


PRIMARY LITERATURE:

[1] D. Halliday, R. Resnick, J. Walker, Podstawy fizyki, tomy 1.-3., Wydawnictwo Naukowe PWN, W- 2003; J. Walker, Podstawy fizyki. Zbiór zadań, PWN, Warszawa 2005 i 2011; the translation of D. Halliday, R. Resnick, J. Walker, Fundamentals of Physics, 6th edition published in 2001 by John Wiley & Sons Inc. [2] The e-tests available on-line from http://www.dko.pwr.wroc.pl – the web site of the Department of Distant Learning [3] W. Salejda – the texts of the written exam which have been organized in the past are available on the lecturer web site http://www.if.pwr.wroc.pl/~wsalejda/testy/

SECONDARY LITERATURE (IN ENGLISH):

[1] H.D. Young, R.A. Freedman, SEAR’S AND ZEMANSKY’S UNIVERSITY PHYSICS WITH MODERN PHYSICS, various editions (2000-2013). [2] D.C. Giancoli, Physics Principles with Applications, published by Addison-Wesley, various editions (2000-2013); Physics: Principles with Applications with MasteringPhysics, 6th edition published by Addison-Wesley 2009. [3] R.A. Serway, Physics for Scientists and Engineers with Modern Physics, various editions (2000-2013). [4] P.A. Tipler, G. Mosca, Physics for Scientists and Engineers, W. H. Freeman and Company, various editions (2003, 2007).

6

[5] Randall D. Knight, Physics for Scientists and Engineers: A Strategic Approach with

Modern Physics, 3th Edition, Addison-Wesley 2012.

SECONDARY LITERATURE (IN POLISH):

[1] I.W. Sawieliew, Wykłady z fizyki, tom 1. i 2., Wydawnictwa Naukowe PWN, W-wa, 2003. [2] W. Salejda, Fizyka a postęp cywilizacyjny, opracowanie dostępne w pliku do pobrania pod adresem http://www.if.pwr.wroc.pl/dokumenty/jkf/fizyka_a_postep_cywilizacyjny.pdf [3] W. Salejda, Metodologia fizyki, opracowanie dostępne w pliku do pobrania pod adresem

http://www.if.pwr.wroc.pl/dokumenty/jkf/metodologia_fizyki.pdf [4] K. Sierański, K. Jezierski, B. Kołodka, Wzory i prawa z objaśnieniami, cz. 1. i 2., Oficyna Wydawnicza SCRIPTA, Wrocław 2005; K. Sierański, J. Szatkowski, Wzory i prawa z

objaśnieniami, cz. 3., Oficyna Wydawnicza SCRIPTA, Wrocław 2008. [5] K. Jezierski, B. Kołodka, K. Sierański, Zadania z rozwiązaniami, cz. 1., i 2., in Polish, Oficyna Wydawnicza SCRIPTA, Wrocław 1999-2003. [6] Materiały do wykładów przekazane studentom przez wykładowcę. Teaching materials

transfered to students by lecterer/academic teacher.

[7] J. Massalski, M. Massalska, Fizyka dla inżynierów, cz. 1. i 2., WNT, Warszawa 2008. [8] J. Orear, Fizyka, tom 1. 2., WNT, Warszawa 2008. [9] Z. Kleszczewski, Fizyka klasyczna, Wyd. Politechniki Śląskiej, Gliwice 2001. [10] Witryna dydaktyczna Instytutu Fizyki PWr; http://www.if.pwr.wroc.pl/ [11] L. Jacak, Krótki wykład z fizyki ogólnej, Oficyna Wydawnicza PWr, Wrocław 2001; podręcznik dostępny na stronie Dolnośląskiej Biblioteki Cyfrowej. [12] W. Salejda, M.H. Tyc, Zbiór zadań z fizyki, Wrocław 2001 − podręcznik internetowy dostępny pod adresem http://www.if.pwr.wroc.pl/dokumenty/jkf/listamechanika.pdf. [13] W. Salejda, R. Poprawski, J. Misiewicz, L. Jacak, Fizyka dla wyższych szkół technicznych, Wrocław 2001; dostępny jest obecnie rozdział Termodynamika pod adresem: http://www.if.pwr.wroc.pl/dokumenty/podreczniki_elektroniczne/termodynamika.pdf.

SUBJECT SUPERVISOR (NAME AND SURNAME, E-MAIL ADDRESS) Włodzimierz Salejda, [email protected]

Karol Tarnowski, [email protected]

7

MATRIX OF CORRELATION BETWEEN EDUCATIONAL EFFECTS FOR SUBJECT Physics 1.3A AND EDUCATIONAL EFFECTS FOR MAIN FIELD OF STUDY Biomedical Engineering AND SPECIALIZATION Biomechanical Engineering,

Biomedical Optics, Medical Electronics







Subject


content***

Teaching

tool

number*

**

Knowledge

PEK_W01-PEK_W02

K1IBM_W01

C1.1, C3 Lec1- Lec8

N1, N6-N8

PEK_W03 C1.2, C3 Lec9. PEK_W04 C1.3, C3 Lec10. PEK_W05 C1.4, C3 Lec11- Lec14 PEK_W06 C1.5, C3 Lec 15- Lec 18 PEK_W07 C1.6, C3 Lec19- Lec 23

Skills

PEK_U01 K1IBM_U03 C1.1-C1.6,

C2, C3 Lect1- Lec 23 Cl 1 - Cl 15

N1, N2, N6 -N8

PEK_U02, PEK_U03

K1IBM_U09 C2, C3

Cl 1- Cl 6

N1 - N8 PEK_U04, PEK_U05

Cl 6 - Cl 8

PEK_U06 Cl 8 - Cl 12 PEK_U07 Cl 12- Cl 14 PEK_U08 Cl14, Cl 15

Social competences

PEK_K01 K1IBM_K01

C3 Lec1- Lec 2, Cl 1- Cl 15.

N1- N8 PEK_K02 K1IBM_K03

PEK_K03 K1IBM_K06



1


SUBJECT CARD

Name in Polish FIZYKA 2.7

Name in English PHYSICS 2.7


Specialization (if applicable): BIOMECHANICAL ENGINEERING,

BIOMEDICAL OPTICS,

MEDICAL ELECTRONICS

Level and form of studies: 1st/ 2nd* level, full-time / part-time* Kind of subject: obligatory / optional / university-wide* Subject code FZP002001W, FZP002001L

Group of courses YES /NO*



classes in University (ZZU) 30

45

Number of hours of total student

workload (CNPS) 120

90

Form of crediting

Examination /

crediting with

grade*

Examination /

crediting with

grade*


final course


3


points for practical (P) classes 1,5



contact (BK) classes

1,2

0,5


PREREQUISITES RELATING TO KNOWLEDGE, SKILLS AND OTHER COMPETENCES A student of the course has a knowledge acquired from the first courses of Mathematical Analysis, Algebra and Physics 1.3A. \

SUBJECT OBJECTIVES

C1. Acquiring a basic knowledge, taking into account the application aspects, from the

following sections of the Classical Electrodynamics:

C1.1. Magnetostatics

C1.2. The electromagnetic induction

C1.3. The Maxwell equations

C1.4. The electromagnetic waves

C2. Acquiring a basic knowledge, taking into account the application aspects, from the

following sections of the Modern Physics:

C2.1. The Special Theory of Relativity

C2.2. Quantum Physics

C2.3. Fundamentals of Solid State Physics

C2.4. Nuclear Physics

C2.5. Particle Physics and Astrophysics

2

C3. Acquiring a basic knowledge on the typical techniques and methods of the selected

physical quantities measurement.

C.4. Acquiring basic abilities of performing and analyzing results of the experimental

measurements:

C4.1. Planning and performing non-complex experiments in the Physics Laboratory (PL) (the

measurements of the selected physical quantities and an experimental verification of selected

laws/rules of physics by measurements of the appropriate physical quantities).

C4.2. The experimental data elaboration and the measurement uncertainties estimation rules.

C4.4. The preparation rules for working out the written report summarizing results of

measurements with the help of application software.

C5. Gaining and strengthening social skills including understanding the necessity of a lifetime

learning process and abilities: (a) to inspire and organize the process of learning for others, (b)

to cooperate and work in a team, (c) to think and act in a creative way, (d) to set clear priorities

leading to the realization of tasks.



PEK_W01 – a student has a consolidated knowledge of the magnetostatics, the electromagnetic

induction phenomenon and knows examples of an application of the magnetostatics laws

and the Faraday’s law in an engineering practice.

PEK_W02 – a student has a strengthened knowledge of Maxwell equations, the electro-

magnetic waves and metamaterials peculiarities; knows the application of this knowledge in

an engineering practice.

PEK_W03 – a student has a basic knowledge of the Special Theory of Relativity (STR) and its

applications for the relativistic kinematics, dynamics, and in the global positioning systems

(GPS).

PEK_W04 – a student has a consolidated knowledge of the Quantum Physics, the Atomic

Physics and the Solid State Physics; knows the application of this knowledge in an

engineering practice; knows also the physical principle interaction onto the selected

semiconductor devices implemented in the electronic and telecommunications products.

PEK_W05 – a student has a strengthened knowledge of the Nuclear Physics and understands

application examples; has a knowledge of the Elementary Particles and the Astrophysics.

PEK_W06 – a student knows: a) the occupational safety and health rules in force in Physics

Laboratory (PL), b) the methods of planning and performing simple and complex physics

quantities measurements, c) the methods of the measurement results elaboration, the

measurement uncertainties estimation, the performance rules of the written report aided with

application software (e.g. word processor, graphic programs, programming languages).

Relating to skills:

PEK_U01 – a student is able to write alone an elaboration or give the oral statement correctly

and concisely describing the topics concerning the knowledge specified in PEK_W01-

PEK_W05.

3

PEK_U02 – a student can apply a knowledge of the magnetostatics and the electromagnetic

induction to: a) the qualitative and quantitative characterization/explanation of selected

electromagnetic phenomena, b) solving of the standard exercises belonging to the

knowledge scope specified by PEK_W01.

PEK_U03 – a student has abilities to: a) the concisely and correctly explain the physical

meaning of the Maxwell equations, the characterize the electromagnetic waves and

metamaterials peculiarities and their applications, b) solving the standard exercises

concerning the scope defined by PEK_W02.

PEK_U04 – a student is able: a) to apply the knowledge of the Special Theory of Relativity

(STR) to the interpretations of the selected relativistic effects or phenomena, b) to explain

the need to apply implications of STR in the global positioning satellite systems (GPS), c)

to solve the standard exercises concerning the knowledge scope defined by PEK_W03.

PEK_U05 – a student has the skills to apply the knowledge of Modern Physics (Quantum

Physics, Atomic Physics and Solid State Physics) to: a) the qualitative and quantitative

interpretations of the selected phenomena and effects of Atomic Physics and Solid State

Physics, which occur at microscopic and nanoscopic scales, b) the explanation of the

selected electronic semiconductor device operation principle, c) the solving the standard

exercises belonging to the knowledge scope defined by PEK_W04.

PEK_U06 – a student is able to: a) concisely characterized and present the fundamental

Nuclear Physics phenomena and laws, b) present Standard Model of the Elementary

Particle, c) characterize properly the matter-type filling up The Universe, present and

justify a standard model of The Expanding Universe, d) solve the standard exercises

belonging to the knowledge scope defined by PEK_W05.

PEK_U07 – a student has abilities to: a) perform simple and complex measurements of

physical quantities using the measurement manual, set up safely an equipment in

Physics Laboratory, b) elaborate the measurement results, estimate the measurement

uncertainties, work up the written report with aid of software.


PEK_K01 – understands: (a) the necessity of a lifetime self-learning process and an

improvement in skills in the knowledge enhancement, (b) an influence of discoveries and

achievements in Physics onto the civilization progress; is able to inspire and organize the

process of learning for others.

PEK_K02 – is able to cooperate and work in a team, taking different roles including the leader

role; has an ability to use own skills, to work in a group or alone.

PEK_K03 – is able to think and act in a creative way and to set clear priorities leading to the

realization of tasks.

PROGRAMME CONTENT


of hours

Lec.1, 2 The curse organization rules. Mathematical tools for the vector field analysis. Magnetostatics. 4

Lec.3, 4 The electromagnetic induction and the Maxwell equations. 4

4

Lec.5, 6 The electromagnetic waves 4

Lec.7 The Special Theory of Relativity 2

Lec.8 - 12 Quantum Physics: Selected Topics 10

Lec.13 Solid State Physics: Selected Topics 2

Lec.14 Nuclear Physics: Selected Topics 2

Lec.15 Particle Physics and Astrophysics: Selected Topics. 2

Total hours 30

Form of classes – physics laboratory Number

of hours

Lab.1

Introductory classes – the classes organization rules. Students are familiarized with: a) the safety rules (a short health and safety training) and the laboratory regulations, b) requirements regarding the preparation of the written reports, c) the foundations of measurement uncertainties analysis d) the obligation of having the portfolio during classes in which the student collects documents confirming their personal activities, the achievements, the texts of short tests with received grades, the written reports or essays, classes, lectures or consultations notes, the electronics letters texts sent (received) via e-mail to (from) lecturer or academic teachers and other documents. Students carrying out and practice in performing the simple physical quantities measurements.

3

Lab.2

Students perform measurements with electric circuits based on analogue and digital instruments and work out the statistical analysis of obtained results of simple and complex measurements, estimate measurement uncertainties of experimentally obtained results, present the results of own measurements on graphs and elaborate individually, for the first time, a written report.

3

Lab.3

Two-student teams perform measurements of selected mechanical quantities and elaborate a written report, containing: a) a short description of main tasks of the measurements and experimental set up, b) measurement data, an accuracy of devices applied in measurements, results of the relevant additional calculations of physical quantities etc (data and all results of additional calculations are collected in tables), c) the calculated estimations of measurement uncertainties of the measured quantities, d) graphical presentation (if it is necessary) of experimental results with the measurement uncertainties drawn in graphs, e) final remarks and conclusions.

3

Lab.4 Student’s teams perform measurements of the selected mechanical quantities and elaborate a written report containing elements specified in description of the 3th lab. This remarks applies to the laboratory classes with the exception of 7th classes.

3

Lab.5 Student’s teams perform measurements of the selected thermodynamic quantities and elaborate a written report.

3

Lab.6 Student’s teams perform measurements of the selected thermodynamic quantities and elaborate a written report.

3

Lab.7

An assessment of the students reports worked out after performing 2-5 labs and delivered by student teams to an academic teacher or PhD student, who evaluates, in general, student skills to work out reports, to discuss uncertainties or mistakes detected in reports and give individual advices to student teams or individual student.

3

5

Lab.8 Students teams perform measurements of the selected electromagnetic quantities and elaborate a written report.

3

Lab.9 Students teams perform measurements of the selected electromagnetic quantities and elaborate a written report.

3

Lab.10 Students teams perform measurements of the selected optical quantities and elaborate a written report.

3

Lab.11 Students teams perform measurements of the selected optical quantities and elaborate a written report.

3

Lab.12 Students teams perform measurements of the selected quantum quantities and elaborate a written report.

3

Lab.13 Students teams perform measurements of the selected quantum quantities and elaborate a written report.

3

Lab.14 The supplementary classes in PL 3

Lab.15 The supplementary classes in PL and crediting 3

Total hours 45

The PhD students or the academic teachers select the laboratory task from the list available on the web page of PL http://www.if.pwr.wroc.pl/LPF (in Polish) and order the students to do it.

TEACHING TOOLS USED

N1. Traditional lectures aided with transparencies, slides presentations and demonstrations of physical laws and phenomena. N2. Student’s own work – individual studies and preparation to classes in the physics laboratory. N3. Classes in the physics laboratory (ClPL) – a two-student team performs measurements of simple and complex physics quantities. N4. ClPL – students oral short exam. N5. ClPL – students written short tests. N6. Consulting and e-mail. N7. Portfolio – student’s own work – students portfolio with the documents confirming their personal activities, the achievements, the texts of the short tests with grades, the written and printed essays, the e-test scores, the notes from classes, lectures or consultations, the solution of exercises/problems, the electronics letters texts sent (received) via e-mail to (from) lecturer or academic teachers and other documents. N8. Student’s own work – individual studies and preparation for the final exam.


Evaluation (F – forming (during semester), P –


Educational effect number


F1

PEK_U01 - PEK_U07; PEK_K01 - PEK_K03

The written short tests, the oral short exam – student’s answers to the academic teacher questions, the student’s performance measurements quality, the student’s reports, the portfolio contents and the quality of collected documents

F2

PEK_W01 - PEK_W06; PEK_K01 - PEK_K03

The written exam

P = 0,8*F2 + 0,2*F1

6


PRIMARY LITERATURE:

[1] David Halliday, Robert Resnick, Jearl Walker, Podstawy fizyki, tomy 1.÷5., Wydawnictwo

Naukowe PWN, Warszawa 2003; J. Walker, Podstawy fizyki. Zbiór zadań, PWN, Warszawa

2005 i 2011; the translation of D. Halliday, R. Resnick, J. Walker, Fundamentals of Physics, 6th

edition published in 2001 by John Wiley & Sons Inc.

[2] Paul A. Tipler, Ralph A. Llewellyn, Fizyka współczesna, Wydawnictwo Naukowe PWN,

Warszawa 2012; the translation of P. A. Tipler, R. A. Llewellyn, Modern Physics, 5th edition

published by W.H. Freeman and Company 2008.

[3] W. Salejda – the texts of the written exam which have been organized in the past are

available on the lecturer web site http://www.if.pwr.wroc.pl/~wsalejda/testy/

SECONDARY LITERATURE (IN ENGLISH):

[1] Young H. D., Freedman R. A., Sear’s and Zemansky’s University Physics with modern physics, various editions (2000-2013). [2] Giancoli D.C., Physics Principles with Applications, published by Addison-Wesley, various editions (2000-2013); Physics: Principles with Applications with Mastering Physics, 6th edition published by Addison-Wesley 2009. [3] Serway R. A., Physics for Scientists and Engineers with Modern Physics, various editions (2000-2013). [4] Tipler P. A., Mosca G., Physics for Scientists and Engineers, W. H. Freeman and Company, various editions (2003, 2007). [5] Knight R. D., Physics for Scientists and Engineers: A Strategic Approach with Modern Physics, 3th Edition, Addison-Wesley 2012. ADDITIONAL LITERATURE (IN POLISH):

[1] Sawieliew I. W., Wykłady z fizyki, tom 1. i 2., Wydawnictwa Naukowe PWN, Warszawa, 2003. [2] Poprawski R., Salejda W., Ćwiczenia laboratoryjne z fizyki, Cz. I-IV, Oficyna Wydawnicza PWr; wersja elektroniczna 5. wydania; cz. I. dostępna wraz z pozostałymi częściami na witrynie Dolnośląskiej Biblioteki Cyfrowej oraz na stronie internetowej LPF pod adresem http://www.if.pwr.wroc.pl/LPF, gdzie znajdują się: regulaminy: LPF i BHP, spis ćwiczeń, opisy ćwiczeń, instrukcje robocze, przykładowe sprawozdania i pomoce dydaktyczne. [3] Materiały do wykładów przekazane studentom przez wykładowcę. Teaching materials transferred to students by lecturer/academic teacher. [4] Massalski J., Massalska M., Fizyka dla inżynierów, cz. 1 i 2., WNT, Warszawa 2008. [5] Orear J., Fizyka, tom 1. 2., WNT, Warszawa 2008. [6] Kleszczewski Z., Fizyka klasyczna, Wyd. Politechniki Śląskiej, Gliwice 2001. [7] Sierański K., Jezierski K., Kołodka B., Wzory i prawa z objaśnieniami, cz. 1. i 2., Oficyna Wydawnicza SCRIPTA, Wrocław 2005; Sierański K., Szatkowski J., Wzory i prawa z objaśnieniami, cz. 3, Oficyna Wydawnicza SCRIPTA, Wrocław 2008. [8] Witryna dydaktyczna Instytutu Fizyki PWr; http://www.if.pwr.wroc.pl/

OPIEKUN PRZEDMIOTU (IMIĘ, NAZWISKO, ADRES E-MAIL)

Włodzimierz Salejda,[email protected] Karol Tarnowski, [email protected]

7


Physics 2.7 AND EDUCATIONAL EFFECTS FOR MAIN FIELD OF STUDY Biomedical

Engineering AND SPECIALIZATION Biomechanical Engineering,

Biomedical Optics, Medical Electronics

Subject

educational

effect





applicable)**

Subject

objectives**

*

Programme

content***

Teaching

tool

number***

Knowledge

PEK_W01-

PEK_W05 K1IBM_W01 C1, C2, C5 Lec1- Lec15 N1, N6, N8

PEK_W06 C3, C4 N2-N7

Skills

PEK_U01-

PEK_U07

K1IBM_U03

K1IBM_U08 C3, C4, C5 Lec.1- Lec.15 N2-N7

Social competences

PEK_K01 K1IBM_K01

C5 Lec.1- Lec.15,

Lab.1- Lab.15 N1-N8

PEK_K02 K1IBM_K03

PEK_K03 K1IBM_K06, K1IBM_K04



Zał. nr 4 do ZW 64/2012


SUBJECT CARD

Name in Polish TECHNOLOGIE INFORMACYJNE

Name in English INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY






Subject code INP001112W, INP001112L



Number of hours of


University (ZZU) 15

30

Number of hours of


(CNPS) 30

60


crediting with

grade*

Examination /

crediting with

grade*

Examination /

crediting with

grade*

Examination /

crediting with

grade*

Examination /

crediting with

grade*




including number of


(P) classes

2

including number of



(BK) classes

0,7

1,5



None \

SUBJECT OBJECTIVES C1 Getting the basic knowledge of basics of computer techniques, collecting and processing of

information and ensuring security in computer networks.

C2 The acquisition of basic skills in use of computer in the educational process and in the

work in accordance with the provisions of the ECDL.



PEK_W01 Knows and understands the basic terminology from the scope of the rules on the

functioning of the computer, computer networks

PEK_W02 Has a basic knowledge of encryption and encoding information, operating systems,

types of software, data structures, authorization of electronic documents

PEK_W03 Understands the need of respecting copyright law in terms of use of the software

packets

relating to skills:

PEK_U01 Can prepare correctly the computer stand up to work with it.

PEK_U02 Can run market software applications dedicated for word processing, spreadsheets

and databases. Knows how to solve own tasks related to word processing, spreadsheets

and databases.



education

PROGRAMME CONTENT


of hours

Lec 1 Introduction, the conditions of grade assessment. The development of information in

civilization. The concept of information, a measure of information, information

redundancy, information link and its parameters. The encoding of information.

Validation of control transmission and error correction.

2

Lec 2 The von Neumann architecture of computer. The central processing unit, memory,

buses, interfaces, peripherals. The CISC and RISC architectures. Programming

paradigms.

2

Lec 3 Operating systems. Memory management. Time-sharing systems. 2

Lec 4 The structure of the data, spreadsheets, word processing for office applications. 2

Lec 5 Introduction to databases. Relational databases. 2

Lec 6 Local computer networks, topology and extensive standards addressing. The TCP/IP

Protocol. The Internet layers. 2

Lec 7 Principles of data compression. Computer security, viruses, encrypting data in

computer networks. Electronic documents authentication, digital signature,

watermark.

2

Lec 8 Final test. 1

Total hours 15


of hours

Lab 1 Introduction to the course. Discussion of the topics. Specification of grade

assessment. Healthy working environment with computer. Selected legal issues, 2

copyright laws.

Lab 2 Text editor; getting help, main tools, templates, styles, page layout, formatting, page

numbering, file management. 2

Lab 3 Text editor; designing tables, editing mathematical formulae, tables of contents,

references, creating scientific documents, converting documents, security and

privacy documents.

2

Lab 4 Text editor; inserting a document resizing and moving images, graphics, charts. Mail

merge, printing, compression, and send the document electronically. Design project. 2

Lab 5 Spreadsheets, work with the application, the operations amounting to cells, rows,

columns. Sorting data, formatting cells. 2

Lab 6 Spreadsheets. Worksheet formatting. Working with worksheets in a workbook.

Creating mathematical formulas and functions. 2

Lab 7 Spreadsheets, charts and diagrams. Individual student project. 2

Lab 8 Databases, working with the application, creating and modifying tables, defining

the key relationships between the tables. 2

Lab 9 Databases, working with forms. Retrieving information from the database (the query

filters, sorting). 2

Lab 10 Database - own student’s project. 2

Lab 11 Management graphics, work with the application, creating a presentation, texts and

illustrations 2

Lab1 2 Management graphics, charts, diagrams, animations. 2

Lab 13 Management graphics, preparing a slide show. 2

Lab 14 Services in computer networking, antivirus protection. 2

Lab 15 Supplementary term. Grade assessment. 2

Total hours 30

TEACHING TOOLS USED

N1. The electronic audiovisual means, including multimedia projector, assisted by traditional means:

board and board pen.

N2. Literature in the electronic form available to students.

N3. Computer lab with software, equipped with individual position for each student.

N4. Elements of multimedia presentation illustrating the issues discussed during the lecture.

N5. Laboratory report documenting the skills mastered by the student during the course.

N6. Multimedia presentations prepared by the students.

N7. Final written test.


Evaluation (F –

forming (during

semester), P –

concluding (at

semester end)

Educational effect


F1 PEK_W01

PEK_W02

Evaluation of final test

F2 PEK_W03

PEK_U01

1. Evaluation of projects prepared by students in the form

of laboratory reports.

PEK_U02

PEK_K01

2. Evaluation of multimedia presentations is presented in

the classroom

P = F1 – lecture – evaluation of final test

P = F2 – lab – the average of the grades obtained in the course of the semester


PRIMARY LITERATURE:

[1] Brookshear J. G., Informatyka w ogólnym zarysie, WNT Warszawa 2003.

[2] Metzger P., Anatomia PC, Helion, Gliwice 2007.

[3] Sayood K., Kompresja danych-wprowadzenie.

[4] Tanenbaum A., Sieci komputerowe, Helion, Gliwice 2004


[1] Biernat J., Arytmetyka komputerów, Ofic. Wyd. PWr., Wrocław 2005.

[2] Kłopotek M., Inteligentne wyszukiwarki internetowe. Akad. Ofic. Wyd. 2001.


Dr inż. Stefan Giżewski

[email protected]



Information Technology AND EDUCATIONAL EFFECTS FOR MAIN FIELD OF STUDY



Optics





applicable)**

Subject



number***

PEK_W01 (knowledge) K1IBM_W03 C1, C2 Lec1, Lec2,

Lec6, Lec8

N1, N2, N4, N7


Lec7, Lec8

N1, N2, N3, N4,

N7


Lab1 - Lab15

N1, N2, N3, N4,

N7

PEK_U01 (skills) K1IBM_U07 C2 Lab1 N1, N3, N5, N6

PEK_U02 K1IBM_U07 C2 Lab2- Lab15 N1, N3, N5, N6

PEK_K01 (competences) K1IBM_K01 C1, C2 Lec1- Lec8,

Lab1-Lab15

N1, N3, N4



Zał. nr 4 do ZW 64/2012


SUBJECT CARD

Name in Polish JĘZYKI PROGRAMOWANIA

Name in English PROGRAMMING LANGUAGES









Number of hours of


University (ZZU) 15

30

Number of hours of


(CNPS) 30

60


crediting with

grade*

Examination /

crediting with

grade*

Examination /

crediting with

grade*

Examination /

crediting with

grade*

Examination /

crediting with

grade*




including number of


(P) classes

2

including number of



(BK) classes

0,7

1,5


PREREQUISITES RELATING TO KNOWLEDGE, SKILLS AND OTHER COMPETENCES Completed course Information technology (lecture and laboratory) \

SUBJECT OBJECTIVES C1 Learning of fundamentals of object- oriented programming methodology.

C2. Introduction to computer simulation of biophysical and biomedical problems



PEK_W01 Has a knowledge of object oriented programming methodology

relating to skills:

PEK_U01 Can analyze programs written accordingly to methodology based on object-

oriented programming

PEK_U02 Can create and run simple programs in Java

PEK_U03 Can carry out simple computer simulations of biophysical and biomedical problems, can

analyze and interpret the results

PEK_U04 Can create the project documentation


PEK_K01 Knows and applies the rules of team cooperation in software development

PROGRAMME CONTENT


of hours

Lec 1 An introduction to the Eclipse development environment. Declarations of

variables. The for loop. Simple arithmetic calculations. 2

Lec 2 Simple computer simulations. Logistic mapping, pseudo-random number generator.

If selection structures. Writing to a text file. A try-catch block. 2

Lec 3 Object-oriented programming. Classes and objects. Encapsulation. The return

and setting methods. 2

Lec 4 Constructors. Types of constructors. Creating arrays of objects. The use of arrays

in numeric calculations. Random walks on a plane. 2

Lec 5 Inheritance. Defining the constructors in the inherited classes. Overriding methods.

Polymorphism. Applets in Java. 2

Lec 6 Interfaces and abstract classes. 2D graphics in Java. Creating a user interface. 2

Lec 7 Overview of projects. 2

Lec 8 Written final test. 1

Total hours 15


of hours

Lab 1 Eclipse development environment. Program Hello. 2

Lab 2 Simple numerical computation using a for loop. 2

Lab 3 The use of a pseudo-random number generator. Creating a simple classes and their

methods. 2

Lab 4 Implementation of return and setting methods. Study of properties of the logistic

mapping. 2

Lab 5 Implementation of constructors. Using of random numbers generator to simulate

the random walk on the plane. The use of tables for the calculation of standard

deviation.

2

Lab 6 Creating a simple child classes. Principles for creating applets. 2D graphics. 2

Lab 7 Visualization of random walk using an applet. 2

Lab 8 Implementation of interfaces. Graphical user interface (Swing library) 2

Lab 9 Two-dimensional arrays. Implementation of complex numbers using classes. 2

Lab 10 Project 1. Julia and Mandelbrot sets. Part 1. 2

Lab 11 Implementation of the project 1. Part 2. Implementation of the user interface. 2

Lab 12 Animation and threads. Project 2. Optical illusions. Part 1. 2

Lab 13 Project 2. Optical illusions. Part 2. 2

Lab 14 Project 2. Optical illusions. Part 3. 2

Lab 15 Presentations of results of the project 2. Grading of the projects. 2

Total hours 30

TEACHING TOOLS USED

N1. Lecture - multimedia presentation.

N2. Lecture. Short written tests with along with presentation of the solutions.

N3. The laboratory task list

N4. Laboratory –analyzing solutions of problems from the list

N5. Laboratory - short tests

N6. The lab supported with a development environment Eclipse





end)

Educational effect


F1 PEK_W01

PEK_U02

Final test

F2 PEK_U02

PEK_U03

PEK_U04

PEK_K01

Programming project realized in groups

F3 PEK_U01

PEK_U02

PEK_U03

List of problems for independent implementation

F4 PEK_U01

PEK_U02

PEK_U03

Short tests on simple problems

P = F1 lecture

P = 0.3*F1 + 0.2*F2 + 0.25*F3 + 0.25*F4 laboratory


PRIMARY LITERATURE:

[1] Hortstman C.S., Cornell G., Java. Podstawy, Helion 2008


[1] Sierra K., Bates B., Rusz głową, Java. 2011


Dr hab. inż. Mirosław Łątka

[email protected]



Programming Languages AND EDUCATIONAL EFFECTS FOR MAIN FIELD OF STUDY



Optics

Subject educational





applicable)**

Subject



number***

PEK_W01

(knowledge) K1IBM_W03 C1, C2 Lec1-Lec7 N1, N2

PEK_U01 (skills) K1IBM_U08 C1, C2 La1-La8

Lec1-Lec7

N1-N6

PEK_U02 K1IBM_U08 C1, C2 Lab1-Lab7

Lec1-Lec7

N1-N6


Lec1-Lec7

N1-N6


Lec1-Lec7

N1-N6


K1IBM_K03 C1, C2 Lab1-Lab14

Lec1-Lec7

N2, N4, N6



Zał. nr 4 do ZW 64/2012


SUBJECT CARD

Name in Polish INFORMATYKA

Name in English INFORMATICS









Number of hours of


University (ZZU)

15 30

Number of hours of


(CNPS)

30 60


crediting with

grade*

Examination /

crediting with

grade*

Examination /

crediting with

grade*

Examination /

crediting with

grade*

Examination /

crediting with

grade*




including number of


(P) classes

2

including number of



(BK) classes

0,7 1,5



None

\

SUBJECT OBJECTIVES

C1 Obtaining basic knowledge in computer programming with a selected mathematical package for

programming and simulations.

C2 Obtaining competence in calculations, simulations, and visualization of non-complicated

biomedical problem.


relating to knowledge: PEK_W01 has basic knowledge of at least one software package for simulations

relating to skills: PEK_U01 is able to develop a specific program for effective numerical solution of simple biophysical

and biomedical problems

relating to social competences: PEK_K01 can formulate precisely problems needed for understanding the subject and finding missing

elements of reasoning

PROGRAMME CONTENT

Form of classes - lecture Number of

hours

Lec 1 Introduction to programming in Matlab. Features, aim and history of the

language. Additional packages (toolboxes). Rules of correct programing in

Matlab. Reserved names. Operations with vectors and matrices: entering

variables, import, export. Basic commands and functions, examples of

calculations.

1

Lec 2 Instructions. M-files: scripts and functions. Subfunctions and private functions. 2

Lec 3 Graphics and text. Plots and animations. Operations with strings. 2

Lec 4 Designing a graphical user interface (GUI) directly and with GUIDE.

Basic data analysis. Basic statistical calculations. Interpolation methods and

curve fitting.

2

Lec 5 Linear algebra problems and their solutions in Matlab. 2

Lec 6 Integration, differentiation and solution of differential equations in Matlab. 2

Lec 7 Object-Oriented Programming in Matlab 2

Test 2

Total hours 15


hours

Lab 1 Practical introduction to programming in Matlab – matrix based method.

Assignment of individual tasks for the second part of the course. 2

Lab 2 Programming scripts and functions, data import/export in simple computational

task. 2

Lab 3 Programming scripts and functions, import/export of data in simple

computational task – continued. 2

Lab 4 Programming scripts and functions, import/export of data in simple

computational task – continued 2. 2

Lab 5 Graphics and animations in Matlab. 2

Lab 6 Designing a graphical user interface (GUI) with Matlab tools. 2

Lab 7 Designing a graphical user interface (GUI) with Matlab tools – continued. 2

Lab 8 Solving linear algebra problems, interpolation and curve fitting. 2

Lab 9 Solving linear algebra problems, interpolation and curve fitting – continued. 2

Lab 10 Tools for collecting and analysing of biomedical signals. 2

Lab 11 Modelling dynamical, physiological processes. 2

Lab 12 Development of an individual task through modular extensions. 2

Lab 13 Development of an individual task through modular extensions– continued. 2

Lab 14 Presentation of the complete tasks and discussion. 2

Lab 15 Grading and supplementary class. 2

Total hours 30

TEACHING TOOLS USED


N2. Working with software

N3. Short tests

N4. Writing reports

N5. Consultations





end)

Educational effect

number


F1 PEK_W01 Test grade

F2 PEK_U01

PEK_K01

1. Short tests

2. Short project with report

P = F1 - lecture – test grade

P = F2 - laboratory – weighted average based on short tests and project with report


PRIMARY LITERATURE:

[1] Brzózka J., Dobroczyński L., Programowanie w Matlab, Mikom, Warszawa 1998

[2] Mrozek B., Mrozek Z., Matlab i Simulink. Poradnik użytkownika, Helion, Warszawa 2010


Dr hab. Eng. Małgorzata Kotulska, Prof. WRUT

[email protected]


Informatics AND EDUCATIONAL EFFECTS FOR MAIN FIELD OF STUDY



Engineering





applicable)**

Subject

objectives***

Programme

content***

Teaching tool

number***

PEK_W01 (knowledge) K1IBM_W03 C1, C2 Lec1-Lec7

Lab1-Lab14

N1-N5

PEK_U01 (skills) K1IBM_U08 C1, C2 Lab1-Lab14 N2-N5

PEK_K01 (competences) K1IBM_K04 C1, C2 Lec1-Lec7

Lab1-Lab14

N3, N4



Zał. nr 4 do ZW 64/2012


SUBJECT CARD

Name in Polish: GRAFIKA KOMPUTEROWA

Name in English: COMPUTER GRAPHICS






Subject code INP002006L



Number of hours of


University (ZZU)

15

Number of hours of


(CNPS)

30


crediting with

grade*

Examination /

crediting with

grade*

Examination /

crediting with

grade*

Examination /

crediting with

grade*

Examination /

crediting with

grade*




including number of


(P) classes

1

including number of



(BK) classes

0,7



Basic knowledge and skills in programming, e.g. as completed course Programming

Languages (course code INP002003) \

SUBJECT OBJECTIVES C1 Obtaining a basic knowledge of raster and vector graphics.

C2 Acquisition of basic skills in the field of raster image processing and creation of vector graphics.



PEK_W01 Knows and understands the methods of raster images representation and

processing including, among others, histograms and convolution filters.

PEK_W02 Has a basic knowledge of creation of objects of vector graphics and its

animation.

relating to skills:

PEK_U01 Can implement raster image processing algorithms in the chosen software

development environment. In particular, can align the histogram and apply the

convolution filter.

PEK_U02 Can implement application displaying a simple animation of the object of vector

graphics

PROGRAMME CONTENT


of hours

Lab 1 Discussion of the rules of assessment. Getting familiar with the

development environment. The creation of the first application with a

graphical interface.

2

Lab 2 The implementation of an application that allows to load, view and save a

raster image. Modification of raster image by the addition of simple

geometric figures.

2

Lab 3 Histogram equalization. 3

Lab 4 Convolution filters. 3

Lab 5 Getting familiar with the library functions that supports creation of vector

graphics. Display the vector object based on the known functions of the

library.

2

Lab 6 Implement a simple application showing the three-dimensional object

animation.

3

Total hours 15

TEACHING TOOLS USED

N1. Computer and software.

N2. Whiteboard and marker.

N3. Multimedia projector.

N4. Task list


Evaluation (F –

forming (during

semester), P –

concluding (at

semester end)

Educational effect


F1 PEK_W01

PEK_W02

PEK_U01

PEK_U02

Rating the solution of the task in the task list. Rating the

presentation of the solution.

Rating verbal answers to questions asked during the

presentation.

Rating the realization of asked modifications of the task.

P = F1


PRIMARY LITERATURE:

[1] Jankowski M., Elementy grafiki komputerowej, WNT, Warszawa 1990

[2] Teixeira de Sousa, B. M., Programowanie gier. Kompendium, Helion, Gliwice 2003

[3] Rychlicki-Kicior K., C# Tworzenie aplikacji graficznych w NET 3.0, Helion, Gliwice 2007


[1] Grębosz J., Symfonia C++ Standard. Tom 1-2, Kallimach, Kraków 1999


Dr inż. Marcin Masalski

[email protected]



Computer Graphics AND EDUCATIONAL EFFECTS FOR MAIN FIELD OF STUDY Biomedical Engineering


Engineering





applicable)**

Subject



number***

PEK_W01 (knowledge) K1IBM_W03 C1 Lab1-Lab4 N1-N4

PEK_W02 K1IBM_W03 C2 Lab1, Lab5,

Lab6

N1-N4

PEK_U01 (skills) K1IBM_U09 C1 Lab1-Lab4 N1-N4

PEK_U02 K1IBM_U09 C2 Lab1, Lab5,

Lab6

N1-N4



Zał. nr 4 do ZW 64/2012


SUBJECT CARD

Name in Polish: KOMPUTEROWE WSPOMAGANIE DZIAŁAŃ INŻYNIERSKICH

Name in English COMPUTER AIDED ELECTRONICS DESIGN

Main field of study BIOMEDICAL ENGINEERING

Specialization MEDICAL ELECTRONICS

Level and form of studies 1st/ 2nd* level, full-time / part-time*

Kind of subject obligatory / optional / university-wide*




Number of hours of


University (ZZU)

15

30

Number of hours of


(CNPS)

60

60


crediting with

grade*

Examination /

crediting with

grade*

Examination /

crediting with

grade*

Examination /

crediting with

grade*

Examination /

crediting with

grade*




including number of


(P) classes

2

including number of



(BK) classes

1

1,5



Basic ordered knowledge and skills in physics and fundamentals of electrical engineering and

electronics \

SUBJECT OBJECTIVES C1 Gain the basic knowledge about methods of the modeling of physical objects, the design and

analysis of the simple electric and electronic circuits in biomedical electronics.

C2 Acquisition of practical skills in computer modeling of physical objects and designing of simple

electrical circuits and electronic systems including biomedical electronics.

C3 Acquisition of practical skills of designing printed circuit boards for electronic circuits with a range

of electronics using computer support.



PEK_W01 has a basic knowledge about methods of the computer modeling of physical objects,

about the design and analysis of simple electronic circuits in the biomedical engineering.

PEK_W02 knows basic electric models of physical objects, simple electronic circuits used in

the biomedical engineering.

PEK_W03 familiar with the basic terms of electronic technology, familiar with selected software

packages computer aided electronics design, knows the optimization aspects in the

implementation of electronic circuits.

relating to skills:

PEK_U01 is able to model physical objects, design and analyze of simple electronic structures

PEK_U02 can apply the supporting software in the modeling of physical objects, design and

analysis of simple electronic circuits.

PEK_U03 can design a printed board circuit to a given electronics using the supporting software,

taking into consideration given constraints PEK_U04 can formulate conclusions resulting from computer laboratory works and prepare

written reports.


PEK_K01 is able to act effectively in the area of modeling of physical objects, the design and

analysis of simple electronic circuits.

PROGRAMME CONTENT


of hours

Lec 1 Modeling of physical objects as the systems of distributed parameters. 2

Lec 2 The finite element method, packages for the modeling. 2

Lec 3 Electric models (with lumped parameters) of physical objects.

Methods of identification of parameters of electric models with the access to

network nodes.

2

Lec 4 Methods of identification of parameters of electric models without the access

to network nodes.

2

Lec 5 The modern electronic technology, the fundamental technological limitations,

the automation of the design and manufacturing of electronic modules,

optimization problems.

2

Lec 6 Development packages to automate the design of electronic circuits. 2

Lec 7 Rules for the deployment of electronic components, constraints, architecture

of printed connections to create printed circuit boards. Supporting software

packages.

2

Lec 8 Test 1

Total hours 15


of hours

Lab 1 Practical getting to know the package for the field modeling

of physical objects with finite element method.

2

Lab 2 Design of the field model of the physical object - geometry of the model,

boundary conditions.

2

Lab 3 Analysis of the electric parameters of the designed model. 2

Lab 4 Practical getting to know the package for computer analysis of electric

parameters of the impedance network modeling physical objects.

2

Lab 5 Computer identification of parameters of the impedance network - analysis

with the access to network nodes.

2

Lab 6

Computer identification of parameters of the impedance network - analysis

without the access to network nodes.

2

Lab 7

Simulations of the influence of measuring uncertainties on results

of the identification.

2

Lab 8 Determination of frequency characteristics of an electronic circuit by

computer simulation method. Determination of parameters of characteristics.

2

Lab 9 Introduction to the EDA (Electronic Design Automation) packages. Creating

schematics of electronic circuits, validation, working with libraries.

2

Lab10 Designing electronic circuits - creating schematics in the EAGLE software -

working with libraries.

2

Lab 11 The use of the EAGLE in the design of printed circuit board (PCB) using

through hole technology (THT) based on a given schematics. Single-layer

and double layer PCB.

2

Lab12 The use of the EAGLE in the design of the printed circuit board using

surface-mount technology (SMT).

2

Lab 13 Hybrid printed circuit boards, optimization of PCB design. 2

Lab 14 Creating own libraries and library elements – individual functional project of

electronic element and its footprint.

2

Lab 15 An individual project. 2

Total hours 30

TEACHING TOOLS USED

N1. A traditional lecture.

N2. Multimedia presentation illustrating the lecture.

N3. A short written work used for laboratory classes.

N4. The computer and the software dedicated for laboratory classes.

N5. Catalog cards of manufacturers of electronic components (internet).

N6. Laboratory classes reports.





end)


achievement

F1 PEK_W01-PEK_W03 Test.

F2 PEK_U01 - PEK_U04

PEK_K01 1. A short written work – test.

2. Elaboration of the reports.

P = F1 lecture – evaluation of the test.

P = F2 laboratory classes - average ratings with tests and reports.


PRIMARY LITERATURE:

[1] Kącki E., Równania różniczkowe cząstkowe w zagadnieniach fizyki i techniki. Issue III WNT

Warsaw 1992.

[2] Kisiel R., Podstawy technologii montażu dla elektroników, BTC, Warsaw 2012.

[3] Silvester P., Ferrari R., Finite elements for electrical engineers, Cambridge University Press 1986.

[4] Wieczorek H., EAGLE – pierwsze kroki, BTC, Warsaw 2007.

[5] Zielonko R., Metody pomiarowo-diagnostyczne analogowych układów elektronicznych, WNT

Warsaw 1988


[1] Coombs C.F., Printed circuits handbook, McGraw-Hill, 2007.

[2] Operating manuals of computer packages.


Dr inż. Zdzisław Szczepanik,

[email protected]



Computer Aided Electronics Design AND EDUCATIONAL EFFECTS FOR MAIN FIELD OF STUDY







applicable)**

Subject


content*** Teaching

tool

number***

PEK_W01 (knowledge) K1IBM_W09_S2EME C1, C2 Lec1 – Lec7 N1-N2

PEK_W02 K1IBM_W09_S2EME C1, C2, C3 Lec1 – Lec7 N1-N2

PEK_W03 K1IBM_W09_S2EME C3 Lec1 – Lec7 N1-N2

PEK_U01 (skills) K1IBM_U16_S2EME C1, C2 Lab1 – Lab7 N3-N6

PEK_U02 K1IBM_U16_S2EME C1, C2, C3 Lab1 – Lab15 N3-N6

PEK_U03 K1IBM_U16_S2EME C3 Lab8 – Lab15 N3-N6

PEK_U04 K1IBM_U16_S2EME C2,C3 Lab1 – Lab15 N3-N6

PEK_K01 (competences) K1IBM_K04 C1, C2, C3 Lab1 – Lab15 N3-N6



Zał. nr 4 do ZW 64/2012


SUBJECT CARD

Name in Polish STATYSTYKA I RACHUNEK

PRAWDOPODOBIEŃSTWA

Name in English STATISTICS AND PROBABILITY THEORY






Subject code MAP003016W, MAP003016C



Number of hours of


University (ZZU)

30 30

Number of hours of


(CNPS)

90 60


crediting with

grade*

Examination /

crediting with

grade*

Examination /

crediting with

grade*

Examination /

crediting with

grade*

Examination /

crediting with

grade*




including number of


(P) classes

2

including number of



(BK) classes

1,5 1,5



1. The student knows and he is able to use the classic concepts and theorems of mathematical

analysis.

2. The student knows and he is able to use the classic concepts and theorems of algebra

SUBJECT OBJECTIVES

C1 Learning and acquiring skills to apply basic methods of descriptive and graphical analysis

of empirical data.

C2 Study of basic concepts of probability and its applications in mathematical modeling.

C3 Acquisition ability to create statistical models with the formulation of assumptions.

C4 Acquisition of skills matching procedures and algorithms for statistical analysis of definite

tasks.



PEK_W01 The student has a basic knowledge of random events modeling, the use of

probabilistic models and their statistical analysis

Relating to skills:

PEK_U01 He can perform basic operations with elements of probabilistic models

PEK_U02 He can choose basic statistical procedures to the experimental data and apply them.


PEK_K01 Can search and use the literature and tools which are recommended for the

course and independently acquire knowledge and skills.

PROGRAMME CONTENT


of hours

Lec 1 Random phenomena, measurement errors, biased observations - data

collection and their presentation. Mathematical models of random events vs.

deterministic ones. Empirical distributions, moments of the empirical

distributions, histogram and empirical quantile.

4

Lec 2 The theory of random models: probabilistic space. Examples. 2

Lec 3 Computational techniques in probability theory useful in applications: the

conditional probability. Independence events. 2

Lec 4 Random variable and its distribution. Multivariate random variables.

Independent random variables. The density of the total, marginal and

conditional density. Quantile.

2

Lec 5 Parametryzacja rozkładów zmiennych losowych. Wartość oczekiwana,

momenty wyższych rzędów, wariancja. Warunkowa wartość oczekiwana.

Parameters of the random variable distributions. The expected value, higher-

order moments, variance. Conditional expectation.

2

Lec 6 Overview of distributions and their genealogy: Bernoulli trial and the random

variables associated with this experiment. Poisson, geometric, negative-

binomial, normal distributions. Reliability.

2

Lec 7 Sources of new distribution-functions of random variables: the exponential,

Weibull, gamma, chi-square, beta distributions. 2

Lec 8 Markov and Chebyshev inequalities. The law of large numbers. Lindeberg-

Levy and Lyapunov Central Limit Theorem. 2

Lec 9 Statistics as a field of mathematics supporting modeling of random events.

Statistics and their distributions: the basic tools in statistical inference. The

importance of sample size.

2

Lec 10 Point estimation, properties of estimators, method of moments, method of

maximum likelihood. 2

Lec11 Confidence intervals for the mean, variance and rate structure. 2

Lec 12 Hypothesis testing. The first and second kind errors. Tests for the mean,

variance, and for the comparison of two means of the normal distributions. 2

Lec 13 Non-parametric tests. Chi-square goodness-of-fit test. Neyman test. Test of

independence. The Wilcoxon-Mann-Whitney test of two-sample problem. 2

Lec 14 Multivariate random variables. Covariance matrix. Conditional distributions

and conditional expectation. The correlation coefficient and its estimator.

Least squares estimator. The regression analysis. Simple linear regression.

Kernel estimation of regression function. Multilinear regression.

2

Total hours 30


of hours

Cl 1-

Cl 13

Solving problems which illustrate the theory presented at the lecture. 26

Cl 14 Test 2

Cl 15 Discussion of the project: presentation of data from observations and

experiments using descriptive statistics and graphical methods of statistics

supported by software tools.

1

Cl 16 Discussion of the project: statistical analysis of the data using the procedures

in S (project procedures-R).

1

Total hours 30

TEACHING TOOLS USED

N1. Lecture - traditional method.

N2. Solving research problems - the traditional method.

N3. Consultation.

N4. Student's own work - preparing to exercise and test.


Evaluation (F –

forming (during

semester), P –

concluding (at

semester end)

Educational effect


F1 PEK_W01 Test

F2 PEK_U01-

PEK_U02

PEK_K01

Oral discussion and presentations, quizzes, written tests,

report-design

F3 PEK_W01

PEK_U01-

PEK_U02

exam

P –= 0.6*F1+0.4*F2 Classes

P - = F3 Lecture


PRIMARY LITERATURE:

[1] Gajek L., Kałuszka M., Wnioskowanie statystyczne. Modele i metody. WNT, Warszawa 2004.

[2] Greń J., Statystyka matematyczna. Modele i zadania, PWN, Warszawa 1976.

[3] Jasiulewicz H., Kordecki W., Rachunek prawdopodobieństwa i statystyka matematyczna.

Przykłady i zadania. Ofic. Wyd. GiS, Wrocław 2001.

[4] Kordecki W., Rachunek prawdopodobieństwa i statystyka matematyczna. Definicje, twierdzenia,

wzory, Ofic. Wyd. GiS, Wrocław 2002.

[5] Koronacki J., Mielniczuk J., Statystyka dla studentów kierunków technicznych i przyrodniczych,

WNT, Warszawa 2004.


[1] Inglot T., Ledwina T., Ławniczak Z., Materiały do ćwiczeń z rachunku prawdopodobieństwa

i statystyki matematycznej, Wyd. PWr., Wrocław 1984.

[2] Klonecki W., Statystyka matematyczna, PWN, Warszawa 1999.

[3] Krysicki W., Bartos J., Dyczka W. i in., Rachunek prawdopodobieństwa i statystyka matematyczna

w zadaniach, Cz. I-II, PWN, Warszawa 2007.

[4] Moore D., McCabe G., Introduction to the Practice of Statistics, Freeman, 2003


dr hab. inż. Krzysztof J. Szajowski

[email protected]



Statistics and Probability Theory




Optics

Subject educational





Subject



number***

PEK_W01

(knowledge) K1IBM_W01 C1-C4 Lec1 - Lec14,

Cl 14 N1, N3, N4

PEK_U01 (skills) K1IBM_U01,

K1IBM_U09

C1-C4 Cl 1- Cl 13,

Cl 15, Cl 16

N2-N4

PEK_U02 K1IBM_U07 - K1IBM_U09 C1-C4 Cl 1- Cl 13,

Cl 15, Cl 16

N2-N4


K1IBM_K01 C1-C4 Lec1-Lec14

Cl 1- Cl 13,

Cl 15, Cl 16

N1-N4



Zał. nr 4 do ZW 64/2012

FACULTY OF FUNDAMENTAL PROBLEM OF TECHNOLOGY

SUBJECT CARD

Name in Polish BIOMECHANIKA INŻYNIERSKA

Name in English BIOMECHANICAL ENGINEERING


Specialization (if applicable): Lecture (obligatory):

MEDICAL ELECTRONICS

BIOMEDICAL OPTICS


Laboratory (optional):




Subject code MDM000146W, MDM000146L



Number of hours of


University (ZZU) 30

45

Number of hours of


(CNPS) 90

90


crediting with

grade*

Examination /

crediting with

grade*

Examination /

crediting with

grade*

Examination /

crediting with

grade*

Examination /

crediting with

grade*


mark (X) final course Number of ECTS points 3

3

including number of


(P) classes 3

including number of



(BK) classes

2

2



1. There are no prerequisites. \

SUBJECT OBJECTIVES C1 Obtaining basic knowledge of the biomechanical engineering. C2 Acquisition of basic skills for solving technical problems on the basis of the laws of mechanics,

testing and analyzing measurements of the mechanical parameter of human body using experimental

methods.



PEK_W01 Student has knowledge of the structure of human organs from the point of view of

physiology, mechanics, pathomechanics of injuries and damage to the supporting structure

of human.

PEK_W02 Student has a basic knowledge of models of loading describing the operation of bone-joints

human body system.

PEK_W03 Student has a basic knowledge of the technical means to replace the lost functions of the

human support system.

relating to skills:

PEK_U01 Student can extract from the literature, databases and other sources basic information on

mechanical parameter of human body using experimental methods.

PEK_U02 Student is able to plan and solve engineering tasks using analytical methods and

experimental.

PEK_U03 Student can draw conclusions and formulate opinions on biomechanical engineering.


PEK_K01 Student knows his own limits of knowledge and understands the need for further education.

PEK_K02 Student can work on tasks independently and in groups.

PROGRAMME CONTENT


of hours

Lec 1 Biomedical engineering actual trends. 2

Lec 2 Basic mechanical strength of tissue structures. 2

Lec 3 Kinematics and physiological bases of human locomotor system. 2

Lec 4 Role of the elements of bone-joints human body system in the support system. 2

Lec 5 Factors and parameters affecting on body posture. 2

Lec 6 Construction and loading models of human spine. 2

Lec 7 Construction and elements biomechanics of the hip. 2

Lec 8 Construction and elements biomechanics of the knee. 2

Lec 9 Basics of biotribology of joints. 2

Lec 10 Pathomechanism of injuries to elements of the support system. 2

Lec 11 Distribution and types of implants. 2

Lec 12 Basic technical measures to support the healing process. 2

Lec 13 Ergonomics of the musculoskeletal system. 2

Lec 14 Selected experimental methods in biomechanics. 2


Total hours 30


of hours

Lab 1 The mechanical characteristics of tissue structures. 3

Lab 2 The investigation of posture defects by the moiré method. 3

Lab 3 Holographic interferometry in spinal segment displacement and strain

measurements. 3

Lab 4 The experimental analysis of displacement distribution on the pelvis bone by the 3

ESPI method.

Lab 5 The application of strain gauges in bone structure strain analysis. 3

Lab 6 The mechanical characteristic of external long bone stabilizers. 3

Lab 7 The analysis of jaw bone displacements by means of speckle photography. 3

Lab 8 The use of photoelasticity methods in pelvic joint stress and strain analysis. 3

Lab 9 The analysis of EMG signals generated by upper limb muscles, aimed at artificial

hand prosthesis control. 3

Lab 10 The use of cyclophotography to analyze the range of motion of the cervical spine. 3

Lab 11 The use of the Finite Element Method (FEM) in the analysis of bone remodelling

processes. 3

Lab 12 Reverse Engineering in the reconstruction of anatomical object models. 3

Lab 13 The diagnostic platform based computer analysis of human physical sizes in static

and dynamic conditions. 3

Lab 14 The use of the navigation system to measure lower limb geometry and movement. 3

Lab 15 Crediting or retaking the subjects. 3

Total hours 45

TEACHING TOOLS USED


N2. Consultations.

N3. Experimental work.



Evaluation (F –

forming (during

semester), P –

concluding (at

semester end)


achievement

F1 PEK_W01, PEK_W02,

PEK_W03 Written test

F2 PEK_U01, PEK_U02, PEK_U03,

PEK_K01, PEK_K02 Average rating of the reports and

oral answers

P = F1

P = F2


PRIMARY LITERATURE:

[1] Będziński R., Biomechanika inżynierska, zagadnienia wybrane. Ofic. Wyd. PWr, Wrocław 1997

(in Polish).

[2] Nałęcz M. (Red.), Biocybernetyka i inżynieria biomedyczna 2000, t.5 Biomechanika i inżynieria

rehabilitacyjna. Akademicka Oficyna Wydawnicza EXIT, Warszawa 2003 (in Polish).


[1] Journals: Journal of Biomechanics; Clinical of Biomechanics.

[2] Instructions are available on www.biomech.pwr.wroc.pl (in Polish).

[3] Nałęcz M. (Red.), Biocybernetyka i inżynieria biomedyczna 2000, t.3 Sztuczne narządy.

Akademicka Oficyna Wydawnicza EXIT, Warszawa 2003 (in Polish).


Prof. Dr. Sc. Eng. Celina Pezowicz, [email protected]

http://www.biomech.pwr.wroc.pl/


Biomechanical engineering AND EDUCATIONAL EFFECTS FOR MAIN FIELD OF STUDY


AND SPECIALIZATION Lecture:

Medical Electronics

Biomedical Optics

Biomechanical Engineering

Laboratory:






applicable)**

Subject



number***

PEK_W01 (knowledge) K1IBM_W03 C1 Wy1-Wy15 N1, N2

PEK_W02 K1IBM_W03 C1 Wy1-Wy15 N1, N2


PEK_U01 (skills) K1IBM_U01 C2 La1-La15 N3, N4

PEK_U02 K1IBM_U08 C2 La1-La15 N3, N4

PEK_U03 K1IBM_U01 C2 La1-La15 N3, N4

PEK_K01 (competences) K1IBM_K01 C1, C2 La1-La15 N3, N4

PEK_K02 K1IBM_K03 C2 La1-La15 N3, N4



Zał. nr 4 do ZW 64/2012


SUBJECT CARD

Name in Polish IMPLANTY I SZTUCZNE NARZĄDY

Name in English IMPLANTS AND ARTIFICIAL ORGANS


Specialization (if applicable): Lecture:

MEDICAL ELECTRONICS

BIOMEDICAL OPTICS


Project:




Subject code MDM010148W, MDM010148P



Number of hours of


University (ZZU) 30

45

Number of hours of


(CNPS) 60

60


crediting with

grade*

Examination /

crediting with

grade*

Examination /

crediting with

grade*

Examination /

crediting with

grade*

Examination /

crediting with

grade*






(P) classes 2

including number of



(BK) classes

1

1,5



1. Completed course: Biomechanical engineering (lecture)

2. Completed course: Biomaterials (lecture) \

SUBJECT OBJECTIVES C1 Obtaining basic knowledge of the development of techniques for supporting human life functions by

introducing implants and artificial organs into the human body. C2 Acquisition of basic skills in designing implants.



PEK_W01 Student has a basic knowledge of the implants and artificial organs to replace lost functions

of man.

PEK_W02 Student has an ordered knowledge of the implants and artificial organs and their design

principles, having account the requirements of material and strength.

relating to skills:


issues related to the design of implants.

PEK_U02 Student is able to determine the requirements for the planned implants, present design intent.

PEK_U03 Student is able to carry out preliminary calculations of the selected item, perform assembly

drawings designed implant.


PEK_K01 Student knows the limits of his own knowledge and understands the need for further

education.

PEK_K02 Student is aware of the role of the engineer in the efforts to improve the quality of life of

modern society.

PROGRAMME CONTENT


of hours

Lec 1 Implants-the new technology in medicine. 2

Lec 2 Hip replacement, construction and function of endoprosthesis.. 2

Lec 3 Knee replacement, construction and functions of the endoprosthesis. 2

Lec 4 Artificial joints of upper extremity: shoulder, elbow, ankle. 2

Lec 5 Stabilization of long bones: rods, plates, tips, external fixators. 2

Lec 6 Kinds and function of the implants used in spinal stabilization. 2

Lec 7 Interbody spinal implants (cage, baskets, artificial intervertebral discs). 2

Lec 8 Scaffold as tissue scaffolds. 2

Lec 9 Dental implants and prosthesis, anastomosis of the mandible. 2

Lec 10 Implants in the reconstruction of tendons and ligaments. 2

Lec 11 Replacement elements in restoring the functioning of the cardiovascular system. 2

Lec 12 Starters and pacemakers. 2

Lec 13 Pacemakers nervous and muscular systems. 2

Lec 14 Basic structure and function of ocular implants and hearing. 2


Total hours 30


of hours

Proj 1 Discussion of the course and conditions for completion the course. Distribution of

topics. 3

Proj 2 Analysis of existing design solutions chosen implant. 3

Proj 3 The wording of the initial objectives of the project and criteria for assessing

solutions. 3

Proj 4 Presentation of our concept solutions and select one of them to continue pursuing 1. 3


Proj 6 Presentation of the proposed solutions (sketches of design solutions) 1. 3


Proj 8 Conduct the initial calculation of selected elements and nodes carrier. 3

Proj 9 Implementation of an assembly drawing. 3

Proj 10 Working drawing of selected items1. 3


Proj 12 Perform the final calculation. 3

Proj 13 Verification of documentation. 3

Proj 14 Hand over and presentation of works1. 3

Proj 15 Hand over and presentation of Works 2. 3

Total hours 45

TEACHING TOOLS USED


N2. Consultations






end)

Educational effect


F1 PEK_W01,

PEK_W02,

PEK_W03

Written test.

F2

PEK_U01,

PEK_U02,

PEK_U03,

PEK_K01,

PEK_K02

Evaluation of project documentation.

P = F1

P = F2


PRIMARY LITERATURE:

[1] Będziński R. (Red.), Biomechanika. Mechanika Techniczna. Instytut Podstawowych Problemów

Techniki PAN, Warszawa 2011 (in Polish).




[1] Pozowski A., Alloplastyka stawu biodrowego, Wyd. Górnicki, Wrocław 2011 (in Polish).





Implants and Artificial Organs




Medical Electronics

Biomedical Optics


Laboratory:






applicable)**

Subject



number***




PEK_U01 (skills) K1IBM_U01 C2 Pr1-Pr15 N2, N3

PEK_U02 K1IBM_U14_S1BIN C2 Pr1-Pr15 N2, N3


PEK_K01 (competences) K1IBM_K01 C1,C2 Pr1-Pr15 N2, N3

PEK_K02 K1IBM_K07 C2 Pr1-Pr15 N2, N3



Zał. nr 4 do ZW 64/2012


SUBJECT CARD

Name in Polish SYSTEMY NAWIGACYJNE W MEDYCYNIE

Name in English COMPUTER NAVIGATION SYSTEMS IN MEDICINE





Subject code MDM000150S



Number of hours of


University (ZZU)

15

Number of hours of


(CNPS)

30


crediting with

grade*

Examination /

crediting with

grade*

Examination /

crediting with

grade*

Examination /

crediting with

grade*

Examination /

crediting with

grade*




including number of


(P) classes

1

including number of



(BK) classes

0,6



1. Knowledge and skills concerning biomechanical engineering (such as course:

Biomechanical Engineering MDM010146).

2. Basic knowledge and skills on automatic and robotics. \

SUBJECT OBJECTIVES C1 Obtaining basic knowledge of the navigation systems and areas of their application in

medicine.

C2 Learn how to gain knowledge from the literature and preparing and delivering a

seminar.



PEK_W01 Student has a basic knowledge of the tracking methods used in navigation systems

and the use of navigation systems in medicine (orthopedics, neurosurgery, ENT,

oncology, movement analysis).

relating to skills:

PEK_U01 Student can obtain basic information on computer navigation systems and their

applications in medicine from reference books, databases and other sources.

PEK_U02 Student can draw conclusions and formulate opinions on computer-aided surgery.


PEK_K01 Student knows limits of his knowledge and understands need of further education.

PEK_K02 Student can formulate opinions on basic issues on computer navigation systems in

medicine.

Form of classes - seminar Number of

hours

Sem 1 1. Types of navigation systems (optical - in the visible and infrared

light, electromagnetic, ultrasonic, etc.)

a) Method of operation,

b) Types of sensors,

c) Applications,

d) Disadvantages, advantages, limitations.

1

Sem 2 2. Image - aided and image- free computer-assisted orthopedic surgery

a) Principle of image-free and image aided navigation,

b) Applied imaging (CT, C-arm, etc.),

c) Range of treatments (THA, TKA, spine surgery, correction of

limb deformities),

d) Matching procedure - the principle, method, accuracy,

e) Advantages, disadvantages.

2

Sem 3 3. Computer-assisted neurosurgery

a) Examples of computer aided system using preoperative magnetic

resonance imaging,

b) Examples of computer aided systems using intraoperative

magnetic resonance imaging (eg. Medtronic Polestar, etc.),

c) Magnetic resonance imaging tractography,

d) Intraoperative use of bipolar stimulator (stimulation of the brain

fields in order to prepare visualization which areas of the brain

must be protected during a surgical intervention),

e) Issues, advantages and disadvantages.

2

Sem 4 4. Laryngological Support Systems (Ear Nose Throat - ENT)

a) Method of imaging (CT, endoscopy) http://www.scopis.com/,

b) How to navigate the position of the tip of the endoscope?

c) Applied navigation system,

d) Examples of systems (Stryker, Medtronic, etc.).

2

Sem 5 5. Navigated ultrasound probe (free-hand sonography).

a) Principle (difference from conventional ultrasound systems, 3D,

4D),

b) Examples of applications,

2

http://www.scopis.com/

c) Calibration method,

d) Accuracy.

Sem 6 6. Motion analysis systems

a) Gait analysis, the study of body posture, spine motion analysis,

other?

b) 8 camera VICON system - how it works, types of research,

results,

c) Optotrak motion capture system - how it works, types of

research, the results,

d) Zebris gait analysis system - how it works, types of research, the

results.

2

Sem 7 7. Computer-assisted resection of neoplastic lesions in the facial

skeleton and bone reconstruction

a) Used imaging to identify tissue structures and the tumor

b) Applied navigation system,

c) How to complete the reconstruction of bone defect after

resection of bone,

d) Advantages of computer navigation.

2

Sem 8 8. Simulation and training platform for the training of medical

personnel

a) surgical simulators (eg. Endoscopy AccuTouch of Immerson

Medical),

b) simulator vascular surgery, such as Virtual IV,

c) arthroscopy simulator (GMV / Insight),

d) virtual laparoscopy simulator (eg. laparoscopy VR).

2

Total hours 15

TEACHING TOOLS USED

N1. Multimedia presentations illustrating the topics discussed during the seminar,

N2. A report summarizing overview knowledge of the assigned topic,





end)

Educational effect


F1 PEK_W01

PEK_U01

PEK_U02

PEK_K01

PEK_K02

Mark for topic presentation

F2 PEK_U01

PEK_U02

Mark for the report

P – seminar – average (F1+F2)/2


PRIMARY LITERATURE:

[1] Stiehl J., Konermann W., Haaker R., DiGioia A.M.: Navigation and MIS in Orthopaedic

Surgery. Springer Medizin Verlag, Heidelberg, 2007,

[2] Websites of manufacturers of computer navigation systems and computer aided surgery

systems,


[1] Maintz J.B.A., Viergever M.A.: A Survey of Medical Image Registration, Medical Image

Analysis (1998), Vol. 2, pp.1-37,

[2] Roszkowski M.: Neuronawigacja – chirurgia wspomagana obrazem, współczesne

możliwości zastosowania w neurochirurgii, Problemy Lekarskie (2006); Vol. 45, 1: pp.

17–26 (in Polish),


Dr. Eng. Ewelina Świątek-Najwer, [email protected]



Computer Navigation Systems in Medicine AND EDUCATIONAL EFFECTS FOR MAIN FIELD OF STUDY


AND SPECIALIZATION Biomechanical Engineering

Subject educational effect Correlation between subject educational



applicable)**

Subject



number***

PEK_W01 (knowledge) K1IBM_W09_S1BIN C1, C2 Sem1 N1, N2

PEK_U01 (skills) K1IBM_U01 C1, C2 Sem1-Sem8 N1, N2

PEK_U02 K1IBM_U03 C1, C2 Sem1-Sem8 N1, N2


K1IBM_K01 C1, C2 Sem1-Sem8 N1, N2

PEK_K02 K1IBM_K07 C1, C2 Sem1-Sem8 N1, N2



Zał. nr 4 do ZW 64/2012


SUBJECT CARD

Name in Polish TECHNOLOGIA IMPLANTÓW

Name in English IMPLANTS MANUFACTURING TECHNOLOGY








Number of hours of


University (ZZU) 30

30

Number of hours of


(CNPS) 60

60


crediting with

grade*

Examination /

crediting with

grade*

Examination /

crediting with

grade*

Examination /

crediting with

grade*

Examination /

crediting with

grade*




including number of


(P) classes

2

including number of



(BK) classes

1,5

1,5



1. Completed course: Biomechanical engineering MDM010146W

2. Completed course: Biomaterials MDM010147W

3. Completed course: Mechanics and strength MMM020143W, MMM020143L. \

SUBJECT OBJECTIVES C1 Obtaining basic knowledge of the technology of implants manufacturing. C2 Acquisition of basic skills in the selection of technological processes based on the economic and

operational criteria.



PEK_W01Student has a basic understanding of the technology of implants.

PEK_W02 Student has an ordered knowledge of the technology for a variety of materials:

metal, plastic and ceramic.

PEK_W03 Acquisition of knowledge on technologies related to engineering of material

surfaces.

relating to skills:

PEK_U01 Student can extract from the literature, databases and other sources basic

information on issues related to the technology of implants.

PEK_U02 Student can work out the manufacturing processes and technological documentation

of an implant in the form of assembly and working drawings.

PEK_U03 Student can choose technological processes basing on the economic and operational

criteria.


PEK_K01 Student knows his own limits of knowledge and understands the need for further

education.


PROGRAMME CONTENT


of hours

Lec 1 Classification of implants, the characteristics of their duties, working

conditions, load conditions and working time.

2

Lec 2 Characteristics of the mechanical properties of biomaterials used in the

manufacture of implants.

2

Lec 3 Techniques for the production of metallic implants - chipless

machining/forming processes.

2

Lec 4 Techniques for the production of metallic implants - subtractive

manufacturing.

2

Lec 5 Techniques for welding of metallic materials. 2

Lec 6 Surface engineering of metallic materials 1 2

Lec 7 Surface engineering of metallic materials 2 2

Lec 8 The polymeric materials for use in implants. 2

Lec 9 Techniques for producing implants made of polymeric materials: injection

molding, layer pressing.

2

Lec 10 Techniques for producing implants made of polymeric materials:

mechanical working.

2

Lec 11 Manufacturing technology of implants with ceramic materials: active

ceramics, interna ceramics.

2

Lec 12 The use of computer technology in the design and manufacture of implants:

Rapid Prototyping, SLM.

2

Lec 13 Manufacturing technology of "custom made" implants. 2

Lec 14 Manufacturing process design and development of technological

documentation of the implant.

2

Lec 15 Written test 2

Total hours 30


of hours

Proj 1 Discussion of the course and conditions for completion the course.

Distribution of topics and a description of the project number I-welding

techniques.

2

Proj 2 Analysis of the material and the description of the welding method.

Preparation of construction drawings.

2

Proj 3 Verification of documentation. Preparation of the technological card.

2

Proj 4 Collection of project I.

2

Proj 5 Distribution of topics and description of the tasks for the project no. II

of casting techniques

2

Proj 6 Material analysis and description of the casting method. Preparation of

construction drawings.

2

Proj 7 Verification of documentation. Prepare of the technological card. 2

Proj 8 Collection of project No. II 2

Proj 9 Distribution of topics and a description of the project no. III - design of

the manufacturing process of the selected metallic, polymer or ceramic

implant.

2

Proj 10 The choice of production techniques / parameters / devices. 2

Proj 11 Preparation of construction drawings.

2

Proj 12 A preliminary economic analysis of the production process.

2

Proj 13 Verification of drawings.

2

Proj 14 Acceptance and completion of the project No. III -1 part.

2

Proj 15 Acceptance and completion of the project No. III -2 part. 2

Total hours 30

TEACHING TOOLS USED


N2. Consultations

N3. Developing written reports


Evaluation (F –

forming (during

semester), P –

concluding (at

semester end)

Educational effect


F1 PEK_W01,

PEK_W02,

PEK_W03

Written test

F2 PEK_U01 Evaluation of project documentation

PEK_U02

PEK_U03

PEK_K01

PEK_K02

P = F1

P = F2


PRIMARY LITERATURE:

[1] Filipowski R., Marciniak M., Techniki obróbki mechanicznej i erozyjnej. OWPW, Warszawa 2000 (in Polish). [2] Erbl J., Encyklopedia technik wytwarzania stosowanych w przemyśle maszynowym, T1 i T2, Ofic. Wyd. PW, Warszawa

2001 (in Polish). SECONDARY LITERATURE:




Implants Manufacturing Technology




Subject educational





applicable)**

Subject


content*** Teaching

tool

number***

PEK_W01

(knowledge) K1IBM_W09_S1BIN C1 Lec1- Lec15 N1, N2

PEK_W02 K1IBM_W11_S1BIN C1 Lec1- Lec15 N1, N2

PEK_W03 K1IBM_W11_S1BIN C1 Lec1- Lec15 N1, N2

PEK_U01 (skills) K1IBM_U01 C2 Proj1-Proj15 N3

PEK_U02 K1IBM_U16_S1BIN C2 Proj1-Proj15 N3

PEK_U03 K1IBM_U16_S1BIN C2 Proj1-Proj15 N3


K1IBM_K01 C1, C2 Proj1-Proj15 N3

PEK_K02 K1IBM_K03 C2 Proj1-Proj15 N3



Zał. nr 4 do ZW 64/2012


SUBJECT CARD

Name in Polish TECHNIKA MIKROPROCESOROWA

Name in English MICROPROCESSOR TECHNIQUE








Number of hours of


University (ZZU)

30 45

Number of hours of


(CNPS)

90 90


crediting with

grade*

Examination /

crediting with

grade*

Examination /

crediting with

grade*

Examination /

crediting with

grade*

Examination /

crediting with

grade*



Number of ECTS points 3 3 including number of


(P) classes

3

including number of



(BK) classes

2

2



1. It is assumed that prior to learning of this course the student has to be prepared in the

following areas: able to writing basic algorithms, programming in C/C++ and has basic

knowledge of electronics. \

SUBJECT OBJECTIVES C1 Expanding knowledge of microcontrollers, knowledge of architecture and principles of

programming microcontrollers with ARM7 family. C2 The acquisition of programming microcontrollers skills in C.



PEK_W01 Has basic knowledge of the architecture of microcontroller with ARM core.

PEK_W02 Has basic knowledge about software development of the microcontroller SAM7

subsystem.

relating to skills:

PEK_U01 Able to implement algorithms in C.

PEK_U02 Able to program the SAM7 microcontroller subsystems.


PEK_K01 Can work on tasks independently and in groups.

PEK_K02 Can think and act creatively.

PROGRAMME CONTENT


Lec 1 Introduction to the architecture of microprocessor controllers. 2

Lec 2 Architecture family of ARM-based microcontrollers. 2

Lec 3 Architecture of AT91SAM7 microcontroller. 2

Lec 4 PIOA controller (I/O ports) of AT91SAM7 - architecture,

implementation.

2

Lec 5 Real Timer controller - architecture, implementation. 2

Lec 6 Timer/Counter controller – architecture. 2

Lec 7 Timer/Counter controller – implementation. 2

Lec 8 Test 1. 2

Lec 9 Interface RS232 – architecture. 2

Lec 10 Interface RS232 – mode implementation. 2

Lec 11 Converter ADC – architecture, implementation. 2

Lec 12 Interface SPI - architecture. 2

Lec 13 Interface SPI - mode implementation. 2

Lec 14 Interface TWI – architecture, implementation. 2

Lec 15 Test 2. 2

Total hours 30


hours

Lab 1 Introduction to the programming environment C/C++. 3

Lab 2 Getting familiar with a set of laboratory. 3

Lab 3 I/O ports – configuration. 3

Lab 4 I/O ports - handling keyboard and LED diode. 3

Lab 5 Delay function using RealTimer. 3

Lab 6 Delay function using Timer/Counter. 3

Lab7 PWM wave generation using Timer/Counter. 3

Lab8 Implementation of frequency counter using Timer/Counter. 3

Lab9 ADC converter implementation. 3

Lab10 Interface RS232 implementation. 3

Lab11 TWI interface software implementation. 3

Lab12 TWI interface hardware implementation. 3

Lab13 SPI interface software implementation. 3

Lan14 SPI interface hardware implementation. 3

Lab15 Evaluation. 3

Total hours 45

TEACHING TOOLS USED

N1. Elements of a multimedia presentation illustrating the topics discussed during the lecture.

N2. Evaluation of the topic of laboratory.


Evaluation (F –

forming (during

semester), P –

concluding (at

semester end)

Educational effect


F1 PEK_W01

PEK_W02

Evaluation of the test or exam.

F2 PEK_U01

PEK_U02

PEK_K01

PEK_K02

The average of the ratings of the subjects of the

laboratory.

P = F1

P= F2


PRIMARY LITERATURE:

[1] Chorowski B., M. Wereszko M, Mechaniczne urządzenia automatyki. WNT,Warszawa 1990 (in

Polish).

[2] Morecki A., Podstawy robotyki, teoria i elementy manipulatorów i robotów. WNT, Warszawa

1999 (in Polish).

[3] Morecki A., Knapczyk J., Kędzior K., Teoria mechanizmów i manipulatorów. Podstawy

i przykłady zastosowań w praktyce. WNT, Warszawa 2001 (in Polish).

[4] Augustyn J., Projektowanie systemów wbudowanych na przykładzie rodziny SAM7S z rdzeniem

ARM7TDMI. IGSMiE PAN, Kraków 2007 (in Polish).


[1] Grębosz J., Symfonia C++. Wydawnictwo Edition, Kraków 2000 (in Polish).

[2] Prata S., Szkoła programowania. Język C. Helion, Gliwice 2006 (in Polish).


Dr. Eng. Krzysztof Krysztoforski, [email protected]


Microprocessor Technique








Subject


content*** Teaching

tool

number***

PEK_W01

(knowledge) K1IBM_W09_S1BIN C1 Lec1-Lec3 N1

PEK_W02 K1IBM_W09_S1BIN C2 Lec 4- Lec 15 N1

PEK_U01 (skills) K1IBM_U15_S1BIN C1, C2 Lab1-Lab15 N2

PEK_U02 K1IBM_U16_S1BIN C1, C2 Lab1-La1b5 N2

PEK_K01 (competences) K1IBM _K01 C1, C2, Lab1-Lab15 N2

PEK_K02 K1IBM _K03 C1, C2 Lab1-Lab15 N2



Zał. nr 4 do ZW 64/2012


SUBJECT CARD

Name in Polish BIOMECHANIKA INŻYNIERSKA

Name in English BIOMECHANICAL ENGINEERING


Specialization (if applicable): Lecture (obligatory) for:

MEDICAL ELECTRONICS

BIOMEDICAL OPTICS


Laboratory (optional) for:







Number of hours of


University (ZZU) 30

45

Number of hours of


(CNPS) 90

90


crediting with

grade*

Examination /

crediting with

grade*

Examination /

crediting with

grade*

Examination /

crediting with

grade*

Examination /

crediting with

grade*



3

including number of


(P) classes 3

including number of



(BK) classes

2

2



1. There are no prerequisites. \

SUBJECT OBJECTIVES C1 Obtaining basic knowledge of the biomechanical engineering. C2 Acquisition of basic skills for solving technical problems on the basis of the laws of mechanics,

testing and analyzing measurements of the mechanical parameter of human body using experimental

methods.



PEK_W01 Student has knowledge of the structure of human organs from the point of view of

physiology, mechanics, pathomechanics of injuries and damage to the supporting structure

of human.

PEK_W02 Student has a basic knowledge of models of loading describing the operation of bone-joints

human body system.

PEK_W03 Student has a basic knowledge of the technical means to replace the lost functions of the

human support system.

relating to skills:


mechanical parameter of human body using experimental methods.


experimental.

PEK_U03 Student can draw conclusions and formulate opinions on biomechanical engineering.




PROGRAMME CONTENT


of hours

Lec 1 Biomedical engineering actual trends. 2

Lec 2 Basic mechanical strength of tissue structures. 2

Lec 3 Kinematics and physiological bases of human locomotor system. 2

Lec 4 Role of the elements of bone-joints human body system in the support system. 2

Lec 5 Factors and parameters affecting on body posture. 2

Lec 6 Construction and loading models of human spine. 2

Lec 7 Construction and elements biomechanics of the hip. 2

Lec 8 Construction and elements biomechanics of the knee. 2

Lec 9 Basics of biotribology of joints. 2

Lec 10 Pathomechanism of injuries to elements of the support system. 2

Lec 11 Distribution and types of implants. 2

Lec 12 Basic technical measures to support the healing process. 2

Lec 13 Ergonomics of the musculoskeletal system. 2

Lec 14 Selected experimental methods in biomechanics. 2


Total hours 30


of hours

Lab 1 The mechanical characteristics of tissue structures. 3

Lab 2 The investigation of posture defects by the moiré method. 3

Lab 3 Holographic interferometry in spinal segment displacement and strain

measurements. 3

Lab 4 The experimental analysis of displacement distribution on the pelvis bone by the 3

ESPI method.

Lab 5 The application of strain gauges in bone structure strain analysis. 3

Lab 6 The mechanical characteristic of external long bone stabilizers. 3

Lab 7 The analysis of jaw bone displacements by means of speckle photography. 3

Lab 8 The use of photoelasticity methods in pelvic joint stress and strain analysis. 3

Lab 9 The analysis of EMG signals generated by upper limb muscles, aimed at artificial

hand prosthesis control. 3

Lab 10 The use of cyclophotography to analyze the range of motion of the cervical spine. 3

Lab 11 The use of the Finite Element Method (FEM) in the analysis of bone remodelling

processes. 3

Lab 12 Reverse Engineering in the reconstruction of anatomical object models. 3

Lab 13 The diagnostic platform based computer analysis of human physical sizes in static

and dynamic conditions. 3

Lab 14 The use of the navigation system to measure lower limb geometry and movement. 3

Lab 15 Crediting or retaking the subjects. 3

Total hours 45

TEACHING TOOLS USED


N2. Consultations.




Evaluation (F –

forming (during

semester), P –

concluding (at

semester end)


achievement


PEK_W03 Written test


PEK_K01, PEK_K02 Average rating of the reports and

oral answers

P = F1

P = F2


PRIMARY LITERATURE:

[1] Będziński R., Biomechanika inżynierska, zagadnienia wybrane. Ofic. Wyd. PWr, Wrocław 1997

(in Polish).

[2] Nałęcz M. (Red.), Biocybernetyka i inżynieria biomedyczna 2000, t.5 Biomechanika i inżynieria

rehabilitacyjna. Akademicka Oficyna Wydawnicza EXIT, Warszawa 2003 (in Polish).










Biomechanical engineering AND EDUCATIONAL EFFECTS FOR MAIN FIELD OF STUDY



Medical Electronics

Biomedical Optics


Laboratory:






applicable)**

Subject



number***




PEK_U01 (skills) K1IBM_U01 C2 Lab1-Lab15 N3, N4

PEK_U02 K1IBM_U16_S1BIN C2 Lab1-Lab15 N3, N4


PEK_K01 (competences) K1IBM_K01 C1, C2 Lab1-Lab15 N3, N4

PEK_K02 K1IBM_K03 C2 Lab1-Lab15 N3, N4



Zał. nr 4 do ZW 64/2012


SUBJECT CARD

Name in Polish IMPLANTY I SZTUCZNE NARZĄDY

Name in English IMPLANTS AND ARTIFICIAL ORGANS



MEDICAL ELECTRONICS

BIOMEDICAL OPTICS


Laboratory:







Number of hours of


University (ZZU) 30

45

Number of hours of


(CNPS) 60

60


crediting with

grade*

Examination /

crediting with

grade*

Examination /

crediting with

grade*

Examination /

crediting with

grade*

Examination /

crediting with

grade*






(P) classes 2

including number of



(BK) classes

1

1,5



1. Completed course: Biomechanical engineering (lecture)

2. Completed course: Biomaterials (lecture) \

SUBJECT OBJECTIVES C1 Obtaining basic knowledge of the development of techniques for supporting human life functions by

introducing implants and artificial organs into the human body. C2 Acquisition of basic skills in designing implants.



PEK_W01 Student has a basic knowledge of the implants and artificial organs to replace lost functions

of man.

PEK_W02 Student has an ordered knowledge of the implants and artificial organs and their design

principles, having account the requirements of material and strength.

relating to skills:


issues related to the design of implants.

PEK_U02 Student is able to determine the requirements for the planned implants, present design intent.

PEK_U03 Student is able to carry out preliminary calculations of the selected item, perform assembly

drawings designed implant.


PEK_K01 Student knows the limits of his own knowledge and understands the need for further

education.

PEK_K02 Student is aware of the role of the engineer in the efforts to improve the quality of life of

modern society.

PROGRAMME CONTENT


of hours

Lec 1 Implants-the new technology in medicine. 2

Lec 2 Hip replacement, construction and function of endoprosthesis.. 2

Lec 3 Knee replacement, construction and functions of the endoprosthesis. 2

Lec 4 Artificial joints of upper extremity: shoulder, elbow, ankle. 2

Lec 5 Stabilization of long bones: rods, plates, tips, external fixators. 2

Lec 6 Kinds and function of the implants used in spinal stabilization. 2

Lec 7 Interbody spinal implants (cage, baskets, artificial intervertebral discs). 2

Lec 8 Scaffold as tissue scaffolds. 2

Lec 9 Dental implants and prosthesis, anastomosis of the mandible. 2

Lec 10 Implants in the reconstruction of tendons and ligaments. 2

Lec 11 Replacement elements in restoring the functioning of the cardiovascular system. 2

Lec 12 Starters and pacemakers. 2

Lec 13 Pacemakers nervous and muscular systems. 2

Lec 14 Basic structure and function of ocular implants and hearing. 2


Total hours 30


of hours

Proj 1 Discussion of the course and conditions for completion the course. Distribution of

topics. 3

Proj 2 Analysis of existing design solutions chosen implant. 3

Proj 3 The wording of the initial objectives of the project and criteria for assessing

solutions. 3





Proj 8 Conduct the initial calculation of selected elements and nodes carrier. 3

Proj 9 Implementation of an assembly drawing. 3



Proj 12 Perform the final calculation. 3

Proj 13 Verification of documentation. 3

Proj 14 Hand over and presentation of works1. 3

Proj 15 Hand over and presentation of Works 2. 3

Total hours 45

TEACHING TOOLS USED


N2. Consultations






end)

Educational effect


F1 PEK_W01,

PEK_W02,

PEK_W03

Written test.

F2

PEK_U01,

PEK_U02,

PEK_U03,

PEK_K01,

PEK_K02

Evaluation of project documentation.

P = F1

P = F2


PRIMARY LITERATURE:

[1] Będziński R. (Red.), Biomechanika. Mechanika Techniczna. Instytut Podstawowych Problemów

Techniki PAN, Warszawa 2011 (in Polish).




[1] Pozowski A., Alloplastyka stawu biodrowego, Wyd. Górnicki, Wrocław 2011 (in Polish).





Implants and Artificial Organs




Medical Electronics

Biomedical Optics


Laboratory:






applicable)**

Subject



number***




PEK_U01 (skills) K1IBM_U01 C2 Pr1-Pr15 N2, N3



PEK_K01 (competences) K1IBM_K01 C1,C2 Pr1-Pr15 N2, N3

PEK_K02 K1IBM_K07 C2 Pr1-Pr15 N2, N3



Zał. nr 4 do ZW 64/2012


SUBJECT CARD

Name in Polish BIOPRZEPŁYWY

Name in English BIOFLOWS








Number of hours of


University (ZZU) 15

15

Number of hours of


(CNPS) 60

60


crediting with

grade*

Examination /

crediting with

grade*

Examination /

crediting with

grade*

Examination /

crediting with

grade*

Examination /

crediting with

grade*




2

including number of


(P) classes 2

including number of



(BK) classes

1,5

1


PREREQUISITES RELATING TO KNOWLEDGE, SKILLS AND OTHER COMPETENCES 1. Completed course: Biophysics

2. Completed course: Biomechanical engineering MDM000146W. \

SUBJECT OBJECTIVES C1 Obtaining basic knowledge of the flow range of biological fluids in a living organism.

C2 Acquisition of basic skills for solving technical problems on the basis of the laws of mechanics,

measurements using flow visualization techniques using laser.



PEK_W01 Student knows and understands the basic physical laws of biofluids.

PEK_W02 Student has a basic knowledge of modeling of blood flow.

PEK_W03 Student has knowledge of the functioning of human circulatory system and systems to aid

his work.

relating to skills:


issues related to the flow testing of biological fluids.

PEK_U02 Student can draw conclusions and formulate opinions on biofluids.


experimental.




PROGRAMME CONTENT


of hours

Lec 1 Introduction to bioflows 1

Lec 2 Fluids. Basic laws of physics. Flow characteristics (pressure, flow rate, viscosity of

fluids, laminar and turbulent flow, Reynolds number, steady and pulsating flow in the

vessels of rigid and flexible). Quantitative description of the flow (the right continuity

of flow, Bernoulli's law, the law of Hagen - Poiseuille, vascular resistance).

2

Lec 3 Body fluids. Blood, as a rheological fluid. 2

Lec 4 Other body fluids. Principles of modeling blood flow. 2

Lec 5 Hydraulic model of the circulatory system. Modelling the dynamics of the circulatory

system. 2

Lec 6 The use of fluid pumps in biomedical engineering (assisted circulation, artificial heart,

cardiopulmonary bypass). 2

Lec 7 Hemodynamics of artificial mechanical heart valves. Blood vessels. 2

Lec 8 Final test 2

Total hours 15


hours

Lab 1 Introduction to the course. 1

Lab 2 Determination of coefficient of viscosity of the liquid. 2

Lab 3 Matching the appropriate markers to measure the nature of the flow using laser

techniques. 2

Lab 4 Determination of optimal conditions for measuring of the liquid flow: flow rate, the

way of lighting, selection of image acquisition parameters ( length of the shutter and

exposure time). 2

Lab 5 Determination of the Reynolds number of the fluid flow. 2

Lab 6 Study of the effect of artificial heart valves on the nature of blood flow. 2

Lab 7 Study on the influence of stents on the nature of the blood flow. 2

Lab 8 Pass the course. 2

Total hours 15

TEACHING TOOLS USED


N2. Consultations.




Evaluation (F –

forming (during

semester), P –

concluding (at

semester end)


achievement


PEK_W03

Written test


PEK_K01, PEK_K02

Average ratings of the reports

P = F1

P = F2


PRIMARY LITERATURE:

[1] Bębenek B., Przepływy w układzie krwionośnym. Ofic. Wyd. Polit. Krak., Kraków 1999 (in

Polish).

[2] Dindorf R., Wołkow J., Systemy płynowe w inżynierii medycznej. Zakład Narodowy

im. Ossolińskich, Wrocław 1999 (in Polish).

[3] Jaroszyk F., Biofizyka. PZWL, Warszawa 2002 (in Polish).


[1] Nałęcz M. (Red.), Biocybernetyka i inżynieria biomedyczna 2000, t.2 Biopomiary. Akademicka

Oficyna Wydawnicza EXIT, Warszawa 2004 (in Polish).


[3] Modzel P., Wybrane zagadnienia zastosowań metody fotografii plamkowej w pomiarach

wektorowego pola prędkości przepływu dwufazowego. Praca doktorska, Wrocław 1993 (in

Polish).




Dr. eng. Sylwia Szotek , [email protected]




Biofluids AND EDUCATIONAL EFFECTS FOR MAIN FIELD OF STUDY



Subject educational

effect Correlation between subject educational



applicable)**

Subject



number***

PEK_W01

(knowledge) K1IBM_W09_S1BIN C1 Lec1-Lec8 N1, N2

PEK_W02 K1IBM_W09_S1BIN C1 Lec1-Lec8 N1, N2


PEK_U01

(skills) K1IBM_U13_S1BIN C2 Lab1-Lab8 N3, N4


PEK_U03 K1IBM_U08 C2 Lab1-Lab8 N3, N4

PEK_K01

(competences) K1IBM_K01 C1, C2 Lab1-Lab8 N3, N4

PEK_K02 K1IBM_K03 C2 Lab1-Lab8 N3, N4



Zał. nr 4 do ZW 64/2012


SUBJECT CARD

Name in Polish BIOMECHANIKA SPORTU

Name in English SPORT BIOMECHANICS





Subject code MDM010142W



Number of hours of


University (ZZU)

15

Number of hours of


(CNPS)

60


crediting with

grade*

Examination /

crediting with

grade*

Examination /

crediting with

grade*

Examination /

crediting with

grade*

Examination /

crediting with

grade*




including number of


(P) classes

including number of



(BK) classes

1



1. None. \

SUBJECT OBJECTIVES C1 Obtaining the basic knowledge of the structure and function of the muscular system as an active

element of the human motor system. C2 Obtaining the knowledge about the description of the human body in static and dynamic system.



PEK_W01 has an ordered knowledge of the principles how does the muscular system work as

an active part of the human support structure.

PEK_W02 has knowledge of kinematics, dynamics and coordination processes of the human

body movement including the description of locomotion.

PROGRAMME CONTENT


of hours

Lec 1 Introduction to sport biomechanics 2

Lec 2 Skeleton as the support structure of human body 2

Lec 3 Structure and physiology of the muscle, the muscle as a drive 2

Lec 4 Kinematics of joint connections 2

Lec 5 Inertial characteristics of the human body, the center of gravity of the human

body and the methods of its determination.

2

Lec 6 The balance of the human body. 2

Lec 7 Human locomotion during physiological and pathological gait 2


Total hours 15

TEACHING TOOLS USED


N2. Consultation.





end)

Educational effect


F1 PEK_W01

PEK_W02

Written test

P = F1


PRIMARY LITERATURE:

[1] Nałęcz M. (Edit.), Biocybernetics and biomedical engineering 2000, Vol.5 Biomechanics and rehabilitation

engineering. Academic Publishing House, EXIT, Warsaw 2003 (in Polish). [2] Bober T., Zawadzki J., Biomechanics of human motor system, Publishing House BK, Wrocław 2001 (in Polish). [3] Król H., Młynarski W., Features motion characteristics and capabilities of the parameterization, AWF Katowice

Publishing House, 2006 (in Polish).


[1] Journals: Biology of Sport, Sport Biomechanics, Gait and Posture.


Prof. Dr Sc. Eng. Celina Pezowicz, [email protected]


Sport Biomechanics








applicable)**

Subject


content*** Teaching

tool

number***

PEK_W01 (knowledge) K1IBM_W09_S1BIN C1, C2 Lec1-Lec8 N1, N2

PEK_W02 K1IBM_W09_S1BIN C1, C2 Lec1-Lec8 N1, N2



Zał. nr 4 do ZW 64/2012


SUBJECT CARD

Name in Polish: BIOMATERIAŁY Name in English BIOMATERIALS



MEDICAL ELECTRONICS

BIOMEDICAL OPTICS


Laboratory:







Number of hours of


University (ZZU)

30 15

Number of hours of


(CNPS)

60 60


crediting with

grade*

Examination /

crediting with

grade*

Examination /

crediting with

grade*

Examination /

crediting with

grade*

Examination /

crediting with

grade*




including number of


(P) classes

including number of



(BK) classes

2 1



1. Biomechanical Engineering (MDM000146W).

2. Mechanics and Strength (MMM020143W, MMM020143L).

\

SUBJECT OBJECTIVES C1. Obtaining a knowledge about requirements posed biomaterials.

C2. Acquire basic knowledge of biomaterials used in the biomedical engineering.

C3. Gain mastery of knowledge necessary to select and apply the appropriate test method for

determining the physical properties of biomaterials.



PEK_W01 The student has a basic knowledge of biomaterials used in the biomedical

engineering, their structure, physical properties, degree of biocompatibility.

PEK_W02 It has a basic knowledge of the criteria for the selection of biomaterials for

medical applications.

relating to skills:

PEK_U01 Able to select and apply experimental methods for the determination of the

physical properties of biomaterials.

PEK_U02 It can prepare the documentation of research results of biomaterials physical

properties.

PEK_U03 Able to perform simple measurement apparatus designed to test the physical and

structural properties of biomaterials.

PEK_U04 Able to interpret the results of the experiments.



PEK_K02 Is aware of and understands the importance and impact of non-technical aspects of

an engineer activity and understands the consequent responsibility for their

decisions.

PROGRAMME CONTENT


of hours

Lec 1 The classification of biomaterials, requirements for biomaterials. 1

1

Lec 2 Metallic biomaterials: austenitic steel, Co-Cr-Mo alloys, the physical,

chemical and mechanical properties, application. 3

Lec 3 Metallic biomaterials: titanium, titanium alloys, shape memory alloys;

physical, chemical properties, mechanical properties, application.

2

Lec 4 Metallic biomaterials: titanium, titanium alloys, shape memory alloys;

examples of applications in dentistry, prosthetics and cardiology.

2

Lec 5 Degradation of metallic biomaterials in the environment of the living

organism.

2

Lec 6 Bioceramics: inert, active, manufacturing technologies, physico - chemical

properties, mechanical properties, application.

2

Lec 7 Polymers used in biomedical engineering, polymers classification, the

physical, chemical properties, mechanical properties, applications, the use of

polymers on scaffolds construction.

2

Lec 8 Carbon Biomaterials: chemical and mechanical properties, manufacturing

technologies, applications.

2

Lec 9 Bioresorbable materials. Mechanisms of biodegradation and

bioresorbablation, bioresorbable implant design principles.

2

Lec 10 Surface engineering methods on the biomaterials modification. Methods of

metal surface modification overview.

2

Lec 11 Composite biomaterials: manufacturing technologies, applications. 2

Lec 12 Gradient biomaterials. 2

Lec 13 Natural biomaterials. 2

Lec 14 Interaction implant – tissue, mechanical stimulation as a factor of tissue

development.

2

Lec 15 Biological evaluation of biomaterials. 2

Total hours 30


of hours

Lab 1 Introduction to laboratory. Safety training.

The study of the mechanical properties of implant materials.

1

Lab 2 Testing of structure and physical properties porous materials. 2

Lab 3 Measurements of biomaterials hardness. 2

Lab 4 Degradation of biomaterials in simulated biological environment. 2

Lab 5 Measurement of adhesive bond time and temperature of bone cement. 2

Lab 6 Methods for the preparation and measurement of properties of

hydroxyapatite.

2

Lab 7 Preparation and testing of the fiber composites properties. 2

Lab 8 Preparation and testing of the composites membranes properties. 2

Total hours 15

TEACHING TOOLS USED

N1. Multimedia presentation.

N2. Laboratory experiment.

N3. Preparation of the report.

EVALUATION OF SUBJECT EDUCATIONAL EFFECTS ACHIEVEMENT (Lecture)

Evaluation (F –

forming (during

semester), P –

concluding (at

semester end)


F1 PEK_W01

PEK_W02

Exam grade.

P=F1

EVALUATION OF SUBJECT EDUCATIONAL EFFECTS ACHIEVEMENT (Laboratory)

Evaluation (F –

forming (during

semester), P –

concluding (at

semester end)


F1 PEK_W01

PEK_U01 – PEK_U04

A mark for the substantial preparation for

particular topics laboratory.

F2 PEK_U02

PEK_U04

PEK_K01

PEK_K02

A mark of laboratory reports.

P=3/4F1 + 1/4F2


PRIMARY LITERATURE:

[1] Nałęcz M. (red.), Biocybernetyka i inżynieria biomedyczna 2000. Tom 4, Biomateriały.


[2] Marciniak J., Biomateriały w chirurgii kostnej. Wydawnictwo Politechniki Śląskiej, Gliwice, 2006

(in Polish).


[1] Journals: Biomaterials Engineering (BMW, B-4), Biomaterials (e-czasopisma, BG PWr)


Dr. eng. Jarosław Filipiak, [email protected]


Biomaterials AND EDUCATIONAL EFFECTS FOR MAIN FIELD OF STUDY


AND SPECIALIZATION: Lecture:

Medical Electronics

Biomedical Optics


Laboratory:






applicable)**

Subject



number***

PEK_W01 (knowledge) K1IBM_W03 C1, C2, C3 Lec1-Lec15

Lab1-Lab8

N1-N3

PEK_W02 K1IBM_W03 C1, C2, C3 Lec 1-Lec 15 N1

PEK_W03 K1IBM_U15_S1BIN C1, C2, C3 Lab 1-Lab 8 N1, N2

PEK_U01 (skills) K1IBM_U03 C3 Lab 1-Lab 8 N2, N3

PEK_U02 K1IBM_U16_S1BIN C3 Lab 1-Lab 8 N2

PEK_U03 K1IBM_U08 C3 Lab 1-Lab 8 N2

PEK_U04 K1IBM_K07 C1, C2, C3 Lab 1-Lab 8 N1, N2

PEK_K01 (competences) K1IBM_K02 C1, C2, C3 Lab 1-Lab 8 N1, N2

PEK_K02 K1IBM_W03 C1, C2, C3 Lec 1-Lec 15

Lab 1-Lab 8

N1-N3



Zał. nr 4 do ZW 64/2012


SUBJECT CARD

Name in Polish PROJEKTOWANIE KONSTRUKCJI MECHANICZNYCH 1

Name in English DESIGN OF MECHANICAL CONSTRUCTIONS 1








Number of hours of


University (ZZU) 30

15

Number of hours of


(CNPS) 60

60


crediting with

grade*

Examination /

crediting with

grade*

Examination /

crediting with

grade*

Examination /

crediting with

grade*

Examination /

crediting with

grade*



2

including number of


(P) classes 2

including number of



(BK) classes

1,5

1



1. Completed course: Mechanics and strength of materials (lecture - MMM020143W course).

2. Completed course: Engineering graphics (classes - MMM000144C course).

3. Completed course: Computer-aided design (laboratory - MMM010145L course). \

SUBJECT OBJECTIVES C1 Mastery of basic knowledge from the scope of mechanical engineering design. C2 The acquisition of basic skills for the implementation of the design process, including determining

a design of the proposed device, carry out the necessary calculations, selection of ready-made

components and assemblies, and basic preparation of technical documentation.



PEK_W01 Student understands the role of mechanical engineering in the functioning of

biomedical devices.

PEK_W02 Student has a basic knowledge of the mechanical engineering design.

PEK_W03 Student has a basic knowledge of the design of machine elements in terms of their

Durability.

relating to skills:

PEK_U01 Student can obtain from literature, databases and other sources the basic.

information regarding to the area of mechanical engineering design.

PEK_U02 Student can implement the process of design and construction with accordance of

the design of mechanical structures principles.

PEK_U03 Student can prepare a developed construction documentation.

PEK_U04 Student is able to plan and implement engineering task within a specific timeframe.


PEK_K01 Student knows the limits of his own knowledge and understands the need for

further education.

PEK_K02 Student can precisely formulate questions to extend their understanding of the

topic and found the missing elements of reasoning.

PROGRAMME CONTENT


hours

Lec 1 The process of design and construction, the basic principles of machine design,

solutions finding methods. 2

Lec 2 Dimensions tolerance and fitting, technological accuracy, the principles of the

marking on technical drawings. 2

Lec 3 Separable and inseparable connections of the mechanism elements, the rules for

calculating. 2

Lec 4 Shafts and axles: two-point supported axles, shafts loaded with torque, torque and

bending moment – calculation principles, deflection and torsion angles. 2

Lec 5 The friction bearings: hydrostatic, hydrodynamic, self-lubricating; the basis of

the calculations. 2

Lec 6 The roller bearings: types, indications, choice (capacity, durability), bearing

catalogues. 2

Lec 7 The spring elements used in mechanical structures: springs, torsion bars,

pneumatic springs – calculation principles. 2

Lec 8 The couplings - types, selection, basis of calculation. 2

Lec 9 Brakes - types, selection, basis of calculation. 2

Lec 10

Mechanical transmission systems:

- belt pulley, calculation rules, the selection of drive belts,

- chains transmission, calculation rules, the choice of the chain,

- friction gear, examples of the design and calculation principles.

2

Lec 11 Mechanical gears: types of gears, gear strength calculation, examples of the

design solutions. 2

Lec12 Mechanical transmission systems with toothed belt, worm gears, wave gears,

planetary gears. 2

Lec 13 Technological aspects of the design of mechanical structures. 2

Lec 14 Fatigue calculations of the machine elements. 3


Total hours 30

Form of classes - project Number of

hours

Proj 1

Project No. 1 - the project of the detachable / inseparable connection or

screw mechanism, defining of the project scope including documentation,

issuance of personalized themes.

2

Proj 2 Determining of the schemes, the choice of calculation procedures, sketches

of a designed solution - monitoring of the progress. 2

Proj 3

Reception of the project No. 1 documentation; project No. 2 - the bearing

design; defining of the project scope including documentation, issuance of

personalized themes.

2

Proj 4

Determination of the constructional schemes, the selection of the bearing

type, calculations, sketches of a designed solution - monitoring of the

progress.

2

Proj 5

Reception of the project No. 2 documentation; project No.3 - the coupling

design; defining of the project scope including documentation, issuance of

personalized themes.

2

Proj 6

Determination of constructional schemes, calculation of the basic

parameters of coupling - monitoring of the progress, an indication of a

structural element or node to further elaboration.

2

Proj 7 Designing of the chosen coupling assembly monitoring of the progress. 2

Proj 8 Reception of the project No. 3 documentation. 1

Total hours 15

TEACHING TOOLS USED


N2. Selected topics for self-teaching within CNPS hours.

N3. Personalized design tasks.

N4. Documentation of the designed construction node or system.


Evaluation (F –

forming (during

semester), P –

concluding (at

semester end)

Educational effect


P - lecture PEK_W01 ÷

PEK_W03

Written and oral exam (written part includes test

and a simple computational task); positive grade

of both the written parts release from the oral part of the

exam.

F1 PEK_U01 ÷ PEK_U04

PEK_K01, PEK_K02 Evaluation of the designed object documentation

# 1.



# 2.



# 3.

P – project PEK_U01 ÷ PEK_U04

PEK_K01, PEK_K02

P = (F1+F2+F3)/3

the average of the grades obtained from the projects,

each grade must be at least sufficient.


PRIMARY LITERATURE:

[1] Dietrych M., Podstawy konstrukcji maszyn, t. I – III. WNT, Warszawa 2008 (in Polish).

[2] Praca zb., Konstrukcja przyrządów i urządzeń precyzyjnych. WNT, Warszawa 1996 (in Polish).

[3] Skoć A., Spałek J., Markusik S., Podstawy konstrukcji maszyn, t. II. WNT, Warszawa 2008

(in Polish).

[4] Skoć A., Spałek J., Podstawy konstrukcji maszyn, t. I. WNT, Warszawa 2006 (in Polish).


[1] Knosala R., Gwiazda A., Baier A., Gendarz P., Podstawy konstrukcji maszyn. Przykłady

obliczeń. WNT, Warszawa 2000 (in Polish).

[2] Magnucki K., Podstawy konstrukcji maszyn. Wyd. Polit. Pozn., Poznań 2008 (in Polish).

[3] Mazanek E.(red.): Przykłady obliczeń z podstaw konstrukcji maszyn. t. I i II, WNT, Warszawa

2005 (in Polish).


Dr. Eng. Ludomir Jankowski, [email protected]



Design of Mechanical Constructions 1


Biomedical Engineering AND SPECIALIZATION Biomechanical Engineering






applicable)**

Subject



number***

PEK_W01 (knowledge) K1IBM_W09_S1BIN C1 Lec1 ÷ Lec15 N1

PEK_W02 K1IBM_W09_S1BIN C1 Lec1 ÷ Lec15 N1, N2

PEK_W03 K1IBM_W09_S1BIN C1 Lec1 ÷ Lec15 N1, N2

PEK_U01 (skills) K1IBM_U01 C2 Lec1 ÷ Lec15

Proj1 ÷ Proj8 N2

PEK_U02 K1IBM_U16_S1BIN C2 Proj1÷Proj8 N1 ÷ N4

PEK_U03 K1IBM_U03 C2 Proj1 ÷ Proj8 N3, N4

PEK_U04 K1IBM_U08 C2 Proj3, Proj5,

Proj8 N3

PEK_K01 (competences) K1IBM_K01 C1,C2 Proj1 ÷ Proj8 N1, N4

PEK_K02 K1IBM_K01 C1,C2 Proj1 ÷ Proj8 N1, N4



Zał. nr 4 do ZW 64/2012


SUBJECT CARD

Name in Polish INŻYNIERIA REHABILITACYJNA

Name in English REHABILITATION ENGINEERING





Subject code MDM015315W, MDM015315S



Number of hours of


University (ZZU) 30

15

Number of hours of


(CNPS) 90

30


crediting with

grade*

Examination /

crediting with

grade*

Examination /

crediting with

grade*

Examination /

crediting with

grade*

Examination /

crediting with

grade*




including number of


(P) classes

1

including number of



(BK) classes

2

0,6



1. Completed course: Biomechanical engineering MDM00146W

2. Completed course: Sport biomechanics MDM010142W \

SUBJECT OBJECTIVES C1 Obtaining basic knowledge of the structure and function of the equipment and techniques to

support the process of rehabilitation of the human locomotor system.

C2 Obtaining knowledge of modern techniques used in supporting specific life functions of

people with disabilities.

C3 Acquisition of basic skills in acquiring knowledge from literature as well as developing and

delivering seminars.



PEK_W01 Student has ordered knowledge of the existing prosthetic and orthotic supply for

disabled people.

PEK_W02 Student has knowledge of the structure and functioning principle of locomotion

aiding devices for disabled people.

PEK_W03 Student has knowledge of the auxiliary equipment for the treatment and

rehabilitation of the locomotion system.

relating to skills:

PEK_U01 Student can extract from the literature, databases and other sources basic

information on issues related to rehabilitation engineering.

PEK_U02 Student can draw conclusions and formulate opinions on rehabilitation engineering.

PEK_U03 Student can be present in oral and written form issues on the treatment and

rehabilitation of the musculoskeletal system.


PEK_K01 Student knows his own limits of knowledge and understands the need for further

education.


PROGRAMME CONTENT


of hours

Lec 1 Objectives, functions and range of rehabilitation.

2

Lec 2 Selected elements of the upper limb physiology in terms of the

rehabilitation using orthopedic supply.

2

Lec 3 Structure and function of passive orthoses for upper limb.

2

Lec 4 Structure and function of active orthoses for the upper limb.

2

Lec 5 Structure and function of active and passive orthoses for lower limbs.

2

Lec 6 Orthotic supply of human trunk.

2

Lec 7 Basics of design and operation of upper and lower limbs prostheses.

2

Lec 8 Basics of limb prostheses control.

2

Lec 9 Apparatus for verticalization of sick and disabled people.

2

Lec 10 Construction and operation principles of active and passive parapodia.

2

Lec 11 Types and functions of the wheelchair.

2

Lec 12 Mechanical structure of wheelchairs.

2

Lec 13 Devices supporting active and passive rehabilitation of the

musculoskeletal system.

2

Lec 14 Hospital equipment.

2

Lec 15 Basics of ergonomy of disabled people. 2

Total hours 30


of hours

Sem 1 Tourism of disabled people. Law and religion to people with disabilities. 1

Sem 2 Sports of disabled people- equipment in various sport disciplines. Famous

people with disabilities.

2

Sem 3 Adapting housing for people with disabilities in a wheelchair - existing

standards, technical and architectural solutions.

2

Sem 4 Wroclaw universities - adaptations to studying for people with disabilities. 2

Sem 5 Architectural barriers and their elimination. 2

Sem 6 Wroclaw and the disabled people - adaptation of public places to people

with disabilities.

2

Sem 7 Communication of the deaf and the blind (communication aiding). 2

Sem 8 Cars for people with disabilities, personal: to carry, for self-driving, public

transport.

2

Total hours 15

TEACHING TOOLS USED


N2. Consultations

N3. Computer presentation


Evaluation (F –

forming (during

semester), P –

concluding (at

semester end)

Educational effect number Way of evaluating educational

effect achievement

F1 PEK_W01, PEK_W02, PEK_W03 Exam


PEK_K01, PEK_K02

Presentation

P = F1

P = F2


PRIMARY LITERATURE:

[1] Przeździak B., Zastosowanie kliniczne protez, ortoz i środków pomocniczych, Via Medica, Gdańsk 2010 (in Polish).

[2] Marciniak J., Szewczenko A., Sprzęt szpitalny i rehabilitacyjny. Wyd. Politechniki Śląskiej, Gliwice 2003 (in Polish). SECONDARY LITERATURE:

[1] Kiwerski J., Rehabilitacja medyczna. PZWL, Warszawa 2005 (in Polish).

[2] Marciniak W., Szulc A., Wiktora Degi Ortopedia i Rehabilitacja. t1, t2, PZWL, Warszawa 2003 (in Polish).


Prof. Dr Sc. Eng. Celina Pezowicz, [email protected]


Rehabilitation Engineering








applicable)**

Subject


content*** Teaching

tool

number***

PEK_W01 (knowledge) K1IBM_W09_S1BIN C1 Lec1-Lec15 N1, N2



PEK_U01 (skills) K1IBM_U01 C2 Sem1-Sem8 N3

PEK_U02 K1IBM_U13_S1BIN C2 Sem1-Sem8 N3

PEK_U03 K1IBM_U04 C2 Sem1-Sem8 N3

PEK_K01 (competences) K1IBM_K01 C1, C2 Sem1-Sem8 N3

PEK_K02 K1IBM_K03 C2 Sem1-Sem8 N3



Zał. nr 4 do ZW 64/2012


SUBJECT CARD

Name in Polish PROJEKTOWANIE KONSTRUKCJI MECHANICZNYCH 2

Name in English DESIGN OF MECHANICAL CONSTRUCTIONS 2








Number of hours of


University (ZZU) 15

30

Number of hours of


(CNPS) 60

60


crediting with

grade*

Examination /

crediting with

grade*

Examination /

crediting with

grade*

Examination /

crediting with

grade*

Examination /

crediting with

grade*



2

including number of


(P) classes 2

including number of



(BK) classes

1

1,5



1. Completed course: Mechanics and strength (MMM020143 course)

2. Completed course: Design of the mechanical constructions (MDM010154W, MDM010154P

course)

3. Completed course: Computer-aided design (laboratory - MMM010145L course) \

SUBJECT OBJECTIVES C1 Knowledge expanding in the field of the mechanical structure designing. C2 Developing skills in the implementation of the design process, particularly in complex mechanical

systems designing.

C3 The acquisition of ability to work in a team.



PEK_W01 Student understands the role of mechanical engineering in the functioning of

biomedical devices.

PEK_W02 Student has an extended knowledge in the field of the mechanical structure

Designing.

PEK_W03 Student has an extended knowledge of the designing of machine elements in terms

of their durability.

relating to skills:

PEK_U01 Student can obtain basic information from literature, databases and other sources

regarding to the area of mechanical engineering design.

PEK_U02 Student can implement the design and construction process in accordance with the

mechanical structures designing principles, in particular to design complex

mechanical system, and participate in a team to solve engineering tasks.

PEK_U03 Student can prepare the designed construction documentation, carrying out

engineering work within the established timeframe.

PEK_U04 Student can estimate the fatigue life of the designed system and the cost of

Manufacturing.


PEK_K01 Student can precisely formulate questions to extend their understanding of the topic

and found the missing elements of reasoning.

PEK_K02 Student appreciates the role of teamwork in solving complex engineering tasks and

can work with team members.

PROGRAMME CONTENT


hours

Lec 1 Mechanisms in the construction of machines - types, characteristics,

examples of calculations of the basic parameters. 2

Lec 2 Drive systems - typical power sources, the calculation of the basic

parameters of the system. 2

Lec 3 Drive systems - examples of constructions, characteristics, reliability. 2

Lec 4 Hydraulic and electro-hydraulic elements, typical hydraulic systems. 2

Lec 5 Pneumatic elements, pneumatic apparatus and devices. 2

Lec 6 Lubrication in mechanical devices. 2

Lec 7 Application of the plastics in the construction of the mechanical systems. 2

Lec 8 Final test. 1

Total hours 15


hours

Proj 1 Project No. 1 - Preliminary draft of the gear or belt drive, defining of the

project scope including documentation, issuance of personalized themes. 2

Proj 2 Determining of the schemes, the choice of calculation procedures, sketches

of a designed solution - monitoring of the progress. 2

Proj 3 Calculations of the indicated gear wheel and shaft, determining of the

bearing - monitoring of the progress. 2

Proj 4 Verification of the drawing documentation. 2

Proj 5

Reception of the project No. 1 documentation; project No. 2 - preliminary

designing of the drive system of the medical/rehabilitation device,

determination of the scope of the task, issuance of personalized themes for

teams (two persons).

2

Proj 6 Determination of the drive system scheme, the calculation of the basic

parameters - monitoring of the progress. 2

Proj 7 Selection of the elements and assemblies of the system – monitoring of the

progress. 2

Proj 8 Verification of drawing documentation. 2

Proj 9

Reception of the project No. 2; project No. 3 - preliminary project of the

transport device for patients or disabled person's vehicle, determination of

the scope of the task, issuance of personalized themes for teams (three

persons).

2

Proj 10 Developing a concept of solving the task – monitoring of the progress. 2

Proj 11 Determining schemes of basic device’s systems, including design limits,

loads, power demand, etc. - monitoring of the progress. 2

Proj 12

The calculation of the initial parameters of the designed device,

elaboration of the constructional nodes sketches – monitoring of the

progress.

2

Proj 13 Detailed calculations and documentation of the specified assemblies or

elements - monitoring of the progress. 2

Proj 14 Verification of the technical drawings. 2

Proj 15 Reception of the project No. 3 documentation. 2

Total hours 30

TEACHING TOOLS USED


N2. Selected topics for self-development within CNPS hours.

N3. Individualized and collective design tasks.

N4. Designed system or device documentation.


Evaluation (F –

forming (during

semester), P –

concluding (at

semester end)


P - lecture PEK_W01,PEK_W02

PEK_W03 Evaluation of the final test.

F1

PEK_U01, PEK_U02

PEK_U03, PEK_U04

PEK_K01

Evaluation of the designed object documentation

# 1.

F2

PEK_U01, PEK_U02

PEK_U03, PEK_U04

PEK_K01, PEK_K02


# 2.

F3

PEK_U01, PEK_U02

PEK_U03, PEK_U04

PEK_K01, PEK_K02


# 3.

P - project

PEK_U01, PEK_U02

PEK_U03, PEK_U04

PEK_K01, PEK_K02

P = (F1+F2+F3)/3; requirement: evaluation

of F1 ÷ F3 at least sufficient.


PRIMARY LITERATURE:

[1] Chomczyk W., Podstawy konstrukcji maszyn. Elementy podzespoły i zespoły maszyn i

urządzeń. WNT, Warszawa 2007 (in Polish).

[2] Dietrych M., Podstawy konstrukcji maszyn, t. I – III. WNT, Warszawa 2008 (in Polish).

[3] Praca zb., Konstrukcja przyrządów i urządzeń precyzyjnych. WNT, Warszawa 1996

(in Polish).

[4] Skoć A., Spałek J., Markusik S., Podstawy konstrukcji maszyn, t. II. WNT, Warszawa

2008 (in Polish).

[5] Szydelski Z., Olechowicz J., Elementy napędu i sterowania hydraulicznego i

pneumatycznego. PWN, Warszawa, 1986 (in Polish).

[6] SECONDARY LITERATURE:

[1] Kurmaz L., Podstawy konstrukcji maszyn: projektowanie. PWN, Warszawa 1999 (in

Polish).

[2] Kuśmierz L., Podstawy konstrukcji maszyn: projektowanie napędów mechanicznych.

Wyd. Polit. Lubelskiej, 2011 (wersja cyfrowa: oai:bc.pollub.pl:684) (in Polish).

[3] Mazanek E., i in., Przykłady obliczeń z podstaw konstrukcji maszyn, t. 2. Łożyska,

sprzęgła, hamulce i przekładnie mechaniczne. WNT, Warszawa 2012 (in Polish).


Dr. Eng. Ludomir Jankowski, [email protected]



Design of Mechanical Constructions 2









applicable)**

Subject



number***

PEK_W01 (knowledge) K1IBM_W09_S1BIN C1, C2 Lec 1 ÷ Lec 8 N1, N2

PEK_W02 K1IBM_W09_S1BIN C1, C2 Lec 1 ÷ Lec 8 N1, N2

PEK_W03 K1IBM_W09_S1BIN C1, C2 Lec 1 ÷ Lec 8 N1, N2

PEK_U01 (skills) K1IBM_U01 C1, C2 Lec 1 ÷ Lec 8 N2 ÷ N4

PEK_U02 K1IBM_U16_S1BIN C1, C2 Proj 1÷Proj15 N3, N4

PEK_U03 K1IBM_U03 C1, C2 Proj 1÷Proj15 N3, N4

PEK_U04 K1IBM_U12 C1, C2 Proj 1÷Proj15 N3, N4

PEK_K01 (competences) K1IBM_K01 C1, C2 Proj 1÷Proj15 N1, N4

PEK_K02 K1IBM_K03 C3 Proj 1÷Proj15 N3, N4



1

Zał. nr 4 do ZW 64/2012


SUBJECT CARD

Name in Polish PROPEDEUTYKA NAUK MEDYCZNYCH

Name in English PROPEDEUTICS OF MEDICAL SCIENCE






Subject code MDP002001W



Number of hours of


University (ZZU)

2

Number of hours of


(CNPS)

30


crediting with

grade*

Examination /

crediting with

grade*

Examination /

crediting with

grade*

Examination /

crediting with

grade*

Examination /

crediting with

grade*




including number of


(P) classes

including number of



(BK) classes

1



Basic knowledge in anatomy \

SUBJECT OBJECTIVES C1 Getting the knowledge on terminology related to medical propedeutics

C2 Getting the basic knowledge on the pathology on the human body organs and systems,

epidemiology, immunology, civilization related diseases, infectious and cancerous diseases.

C3 Being acquainted with the role of biomedical engineering in the therapy, diagnostics and health

care..

2



PEK_W01 The student knows and understands the basic terminology medical propedeutics.

PEK_W02 Has a wider knowledge on diseases and organs pathologies.

PEK_W03 Has a knowledge on the role of biomedical engineering in the therapy, diagnostics

and health care.

relating to skills:

PEK_U01 The student is able to perform literature survey, get the information from journals,

data bases and other sources, can properly interpret, select and combine practically

obtained data, especially is able to write report on the given topic relating to the

biomedical engineering application for improving/substituting human body

function.

PEK_U02 The student is able to draw conclusions, defend own point of view, especially in the

areas of the medical propedeutics.


PEK_K01 The student is able to perform the self-assessment and to realize the self-education

process.

PEK_K02 Is aware of the role of the student of the technical university and students

responsibility for legal and honest behavior.

PROGRAMME CONTENT


of hours

Lec 1 Introduction to Medical Propedeutics, the fundamentals of predictive, preventive

and personalized medicine. 2

Lec 2 Goals of medical care, definitions, terminology. Goals of medical approaches.

Medical specialties. Etiology, symptoms of diseases. 3

Lec 3 Introduction to epidemiology. 2

Lec 4 Civilization related diseases. 2

Lec 5 Diabetes, diabetes types, the role of biomedical engineering in the therapy,

diagnostics and rehabilitation 2

Lec 6 HIV viruses, AIDS. Etiology, symptoms, treatment. 2

Lec 7 Introduction to oncology 2

Lec 8 Transplantology and immunology fundamentals 2

Lec 9 Diseases of heart. Etiology, symptoms, treatment. the role of biomedical engineering

in the therapy, diagnostics and rehabilitation 2

Lec 10 Cardiovascular diseases, atherosclerosis. Etiology, symptoms, treatment., the role of

biomedical engineering in the therapy, diagnostics and rehabilitation 2

Lec11 Esophagus and stomach diseases. Etiology, symptoms, treatment. the role of

biomedical engineering in the therapy, diagnostics and rehabilitation

Digestive tract diseases. Etiology, symptoms, treatment, the role of biomedical

engineering in the therapy, diagnostics and rehabilitation

2

Lec 12 Diseases of digestive tract, the role of biomedical engineering in the therapy,

diagnostics and rehabilitation 2

Lec 13 Diseases of biliary ducts, liver, pancreas. Etiology, symptoms, treatment. the role of

biomedical engineering in the therapy, diagnostics and rehabilitation 2

Lec 14 Kidney diseases. Dialysis and apparatus, the role of biomedical engineering in the 2

3

therapy, diagnostics and rehabilitation

Total hours 30

TEACHING TOOLS USED

N1. Computer, multimedia

N2. Movies, animations

N3.Natural and artificial anatomy specimen, prostheses


Evaluation (F –

forming (during

semester), P –

concluding (at

semester end)

Educational effect


F1 PEK_W01

PEK_W02

PEK_W03

The average score form: several partial exams, report

writing and exam

F2 PEK_U01

PEK_U02

PEK_K01

PEK_K02

Final e test

P = average F1 and F2


PRIMARY LITERATURE:

Any course book related to the medical propedeutics, e.g.

[1] Domosławski Z., Wprowadzenie do medycyny, książka dostępna w Dolnośląskiej Bibliotece Cyfrowej: www.dbc.wroc.pl/Content/2026

[2] Uszyński M., Propedeutyka medycyny klinicznej, Wyd. Nauk. UMK, 2011


[1] Interna Szczeklika 2012, Podręcznik chorób wewnętrznych, Andrzej Szczeklik, wyd. Medycyna

Praktyczna, Kraków 2012, wyd.4 (lub wcześniejsze)

[2] Papers form scientific journals

[3] Reports of WHO, EPMA, Ministry of Health, American College of Rheumatology and similar

organizations

[4] Uszyński M., Propedeutyka medycyny klinicznej i zdrowia publicznego, Wyd. Uczeln., Bydgoszcz

2001


Halina Podbielska [email protected]


4


Propedeutics of Medical Science AND EDUCATIONAL EFFECTS FOR MAIN FIELD OF STUDY



Optics





applicable)**

Subject



number***

PEK_W01 (knowledge) K1IBM_W02 C1, C2, C3, Lec1 – Lec14 N1, N2, N3

PEK_W02 K1IBM_W02 C3 Lec1- Lec14 N1, N2, N3

PEK_W03 K1IBM_W02 C1, C3 Lec1- Lec14 N1, N2, N3

PEK_U01 (skills) K1IBM_U01 C1, C2, C3, C4 Lec1 – Lec14 N1, N2, N3

PEK_U02 K1IBM_U01 C1, C2, C3 Lec1- Lec14 N1, N2, N3

PEK_K01 (competences) K1IBM_K01 C1, C2, C3, C4 Lec1 – Lec14 N1, N2, N3

PEK_K02 K1IBM_K07 C1, C2, C3 Lec1- Lec14 N1, N2, N3



1

Zał. nr 4 do ZW 64/2012


SUBJECT CARD

Name in Polish FIZJOLOGIA

Name in English PHYSIOLOGY


Specialization (if applicable): MEDICAL ELECTRONICS,

BIOMEDICAL OPTICS




Subject code MDP002002W, MDP002002L

Group of courses NO


Number of hours of


University (ZZU)

15 15

Number of hours of


(CNPS)

60 30


crediting with

grade*

Examination /

crediting with

grade*

Examination /

crediting with

grade*

Examination /

crediting with

grade*

Examination /

crediting with

grade*




including number of


(P) classes

1

including number of



(BK) classes

1,5 0,6



1. Completion of Anatomy, Biology \

SUBJECT OBJECTIVES C1 Acquire knowledge and basic terminology regarding physiology of human organism C2 Learning a detail analysis of the basic functions and mechanisms of human organs and systems on

the molecular, cellular and tissue level.

C3 Learning the methodology of methods for examination of physiological organs and systems

C4 Learning to analyze experimental data and draw conclusions from the measurements performed in

the laboratory

2



PEK_W01 Knows und understands fundamental concepts of modern physiology. Has an

extended knowledge on selected physiological processes in human organism. Has

an ordered and theoretically supported knowledge on physiology on cellular,

subcellular and organs level, as well as of the entire body. Understands

physiological and electrophysiological processes of body systems.

relating to skills:



obtained data, especially is able to prepare simple laboratory experiment, prepare

samples, differentiate between phantom and biological object. The student is able

to draw conclusions, defend own point of view, especially in the areas of

physiology.

PEK_U02 Is capable to plan and to solve biomedical engineering tasks by analytic, simulation

and experimental methods; is capable to estimate time necessary to perform these

tasks, including elaboration of workplan and milestones.

experiments for determining selected parameters of complex physiological processes.

PEK_U03 Is capable to elaborate simple documentation relating the realization of biomedical

engineering tasks

PEK_U04 Is capable to prepare and to present a presentation related to the report of the results

of the performed biomedical engineering tasks.

PEK_U05 Is able to interpret properly experimental data obtained for complex physiological

processes.



process.

PEK_K02 Is acquainted with the team working, takes a responsibility for the results, as well as

for the team work output.

PEK_K03 Is aware of the role of the student of the technical university and students

responsibility for legal and honest behavior.

PROGRAMME CONTENT


of hours

Lec1 Introduction to the Physiology – general terminology and characteristic of human

physiology

1

Lec2 Homeostasis and its mechanisms 2

Lec3 Physiology of locomotory and nervous system 2

Lec4 Physiology of circulatory and lymphatic system 2

Lec5. Fluid balance – physiology of urinary system 2

Lec6 Physiology of digestive system 2

Lec7 Physiology of respiratory system 2

Lec8 Physiology of endocrine system 2

Total hours 15


hours

3

Lab 1 Pancreas physiology in the digestion processes – lipids, sugars and protein

digestion

3

Lab 2 Determination of the blood buffer capacity 3

Lab 3 Physiology of the neuronal conductivity – the role of neurotransmitters 3

Lab 4 Electrophysiology of the muscular system (Electromyography) 3

Lab 5 Electrophysiology of the visual system (Electrooculography) 3

Total hours 15

TEACHING TOOLS USED


N2. Instructions and manuals for all laboratory classes

N3. Computers and software for simulation exercises

N4. BioPac systems for laboratory classes





end)


P1 PEK_W01 Examination test

F1 PEK_U01-PEK_U05

PEK_K01-PEK_K03

Written reports

P1 – test grade after the lecture is completed , F1 – the average grade from five written reports

P final = (F1+F2)/2


PRIMARY LITERATURE:

1. Hansen J.T., Koeppen B.M., Netter F.H., Atlas fizjologii człowieka Nettera, Elsevier Urban &

Partner, Wrocław 2005

2. Palacz O., Lubiński W., Penkala K., Elektrofizjologiczna diagnostyka kliniczna układu

wzrokowego, Oftal, Warszawa 2003

3. Sherwood, Lauralee, Human physiology : from cells to system, Wydanie 7. Books/Cole, Cengage

Learning, 2010. Dostępne w wersji elektronicznej poprzez BG PWR, książka w zbiorach BG PWr.

4. Traczyk W.Z., Trzebski A., Fizjologia człowieka z elementami fizjologii stosowanej i klinicznej.

PZWL, Warszawa 2004


[1] Current ISCEV Standards – Standards of the International Society for Clinical Electrophysiology

of Vision, http://www.iscev.org/standards/index.html Zbiór dokumentów, wymogów i norm

dostępny elektronicznie.

[2] Konturek S., Fizjologia człowieka. Podręcznik dla studentów medycyny, Elsevier Urban&Partner,

Wrocław 2007

4


Prof. dr hab. inż. Halina Podbielska ,

[email protected]

Team:

dr inż.Magdalena Przybyło

magdalena.przybył[email protected]

dr inż. Andrzej Hachoł

[email protected]


mailto:magdalena.przybył[email protected]


5


Physiology




Engineering

Subject

educational effect

Correlation between subject educational



applicable)**

Subject

objectives***

Programme

content***

Teaching tool

number***

PEK_W01

(knowledge) K1IBM_W02 C1, C2, C3 Lec1-Lec8 N1, N2, N3

PEK_U01

(skills) K1IBM_U01 C2 Lab1-Lab5 N2, N3,N4

PEK_U02 K1IBM_U08 C2 Lab1-Lab5 N2, N3,N4 PEK_U03 K1IBM_U03 C2, C3 Lab1-Lab5 N2, N3, N4 PEK_U04 K1IBM_U04 C2, C3 Lab1-Lab5 N2, N3 ,N4 PEK_U05 K1IBM_U08 C3 Lab1-Lab5 N2, N3, N4 PEK_K01

(competences) K1IBM_K01 C1 Lec1-Lec8

Lab1-Lab5

N1, N2, N3, N4

PEK_K02 K1IBM_K03 C3 Lec1-Lec8

Lab1-Lab5

N1, N2, N3, N4

PEK_K03 K1IBM_K07 C2 Lec1-Lec8

Lab1-Lab5

N1, N2, N3



Zał. nr 4 do ZW 64/2012


SUBJECT CARD

Name in Polish BIOMEDYCYNA LASEROWA

Name in English LASER BIOMEDICINE





Subject code MDP002004C, MDP002004P



Number of hours of


University (ZZU)

15

15

Number of hours of


(CNPS)

30

30


crediting with

grade*

Examination /

crediting with

grade*

Examination /

crediting with

grade*

Examination /

crediting with

grade*

Examination /

crediting with

grade*




including number of


(P) classes

1

1

including number of



(BK) classes

0,7

0,7



1. General knowledge of physics and biophotonics

2. Completed course: Lasers and their applications in medicine (ETP002008 W) \

SUBJECT OBJECTIVES C1 Acquisition of basic knowledge of the mechanisms and generation of laser radiation.

C2 Choice equipment in a variety of medical applications.

C3 Skillful use of safety rules when working with lasers



PEK_W01 has a general knowledge of the basics generation of laser radiation

PEK_W02 has a basic knowledge of safety rules for use and choice of lasers

PEK_W03 has extended knowledge about the parameters of the laser beams, the excitation

mechanisms of radiation in different types of lasers

relating to skills:

PEK_U01 is able to correctly assess the suitability and possibility of using lasers in medicine

PEK_U02 is able to choose the parameters of radiation in compliance with health and safety,

can interpret the Polish and European Standards for Laser Safety.

PEK_U03 is able to obtain information from the most recent literature and other sources,


PEK_K01 can precisely formulate questions that deepen their understanding of the topic and

found the missing elements of reasoning

PROGRAMME CONTENT


hours

Proj.1 Introduction, discussion topics and the completion of projects 1

Proj.2 The construction and use of gas lasers 2

Proj3 The construction and use of solid states lasers 2

Proj4 The construction and use of dye lasers 2

Proj5 The construction and use of excimer lasers 2

Proj6 The construction and use of semiconductor lasers 2

Proj7 The construction and use of fiber lasers 2

Proj8 Assessment of projects 2

Total hours 15

Form of classes - class Number of

hours

Cl 1 Introduction 1

Cl 2 Basics generation and strengthening of laser radiation. 2

Cl 3 The parameters of the laser beams structure, spectral and modal. 2

Cl 4 Mechanisms of excitation radiation in different types of lasers 2

Cl 5 Health and safety of lasers, the choice of various types of equipment in

medical applications 2

Cl 6 Transforming Gaussian beam through an optical system 2

Cl 7 Power and energy measurement of laser radiation 2

Cl 8 Test 2

Suma godzin 15

TEACHING TOOLS USED

N1.Traditional project - whiteboard and marker N2 Traditional class - whiteboard and marker


N4 Short test-validation tests - used at classes

N5 Laser data sheets





end)

Educational effect


F1 PEK_W01

PEK_W02

PEK_W03

PEK_U01

PEK_U02

PEK_U03

1 Evaluation of the different parts of the project

2 Short tests

F2 PEK_W02

PEK_W03

PEK_U01

PEK_U02

PEK_U03

PEK_K01

1. Short tests

2. Accounting tasks of laser radiation

C - project - the average of the grades of the verification tests and the evaluation of the final

project

C – class - the average of the grades of the verification tests


PRIMARY LITERATURE:

[1] Abramczyk H., Wstęp do spektroskopii laserowej, PWN, Warszawa 2000

[2] Jóźwicki R., Podstawy inżynierii fotonicznej, Ofic. Wyd. PW, Warszawa 2006

[3] Kaczmarek F., Wstęp do fizyki laserów, PWN, Warszawa 1986

[4] Ziętek B., Lasery, Wyd. Nauk. UMK, Toruń 2008


[1] Biomedical photonics handbook, Editor-in-chief Tuan Vo-Dinh. CRC Press, Boca Raton 2003

[2] Katzir A., Laser and optical fibers in medicine, Academic Press Inc. (1993).

[3] Kujawski A., Szczepański P., Lasery. Fizyczne podstawy, Ofic. Wyd. PW, Warszawa 1999

[4] Shimoda K., Wstęp do fizyki laserów, PWN, Warszawa 1993


Dr inż. Iwona Hołowacz

[email protected]



Biomedycyna laserowa








applicable)**

Subject



number***

PEK_W01 (knowledge) K1IBM_W09_S3OBI C1 Cl1-Cl 8 N1-N5

PEK_W02 K1IBM_W09_S3OBI C3 Cl1-Cl 8 N1-N5

PEK_W03 K1IBM_W09_S3OBI C3 Cl1-Cl 8 N1-N5

PEK_U01 (skills) K1IBM_U13_S3OBI C1-C3 Cl1-Cl 8 N1-N5

PEK_U02 K1IBM_U11

K1IBM_U15_S3OBI

C2 Cl1-Cl 8

Proj 1 –Proj 8

N1-N5

PEK_U03 K1IBM_U01 C1-C3 Cl 1-Cl 8

Proj 1 –Proj8

N1-N5

PEK_K01 K1IBM_K01 C1-C4 Cl1-Cl 8

Proj1 –Proj8

N1-N5



Zał. nr 4 do ZW 64/2012


SUBJECT CARD

Name in Polish TECHNIKI OBRAZOWANIA MEDYCZNEGO

Name in English MEDICAL IMAGING TECHNIQUES









Number of hours of


University (ZZU)

30

Number of hours of


(CNPS)

90


crediting with

grade*

Examination /

crediting with

grade*

Examination /

crediting with

grade*

Examination /

crediting with

grade*

Examination /

crediting with

grade*




including number of


(P) classes

including number of



(BK) classes

2



1. Basic knowledge of physics at level 2 (such as lectures and classes - Course FZP002001)

2. Basic knowledge of anatomy (e.g. course MDP001101W) \

SUBJECT OBJECTIVES C1 obtain basic knowledge of medical imaging techniques C2 acquire knowledge of the construction and operation of diagnostic devices used for medical imaging

C3 presentation of the possibilities of using techniques of imaging in medicine and physiotherapy


relating to knowledge: PEK_W01 has basic general knowledge of medical imaging techniques and their applications in

medicine

PEK_W02 has ordered, theoretically based general knowledge of medical imaging

relating to skills: PEK_U01 is able to prepare well documented written elaborations on problems specific for medical

imaging,

PEK_U02 can use medical imaging techniques for the diagnosis and medical therapy in the planning

of experiments and research issues

PROGRAMME CONTENT


hours

Lec 1 Introduction. Medical imaging. 2

Lec 2 Atomic Force Microscopy. Construction of a microscope, operation, application

in medicine and biomedical engineering.

2

Lec 3 Electron microscopy. Construction of a microscope, operation, application in

medicine and biomedical engineering.

2

Lec 4 Endoscopy part 1. Construction of endoscope, operation, application in medicine

and biomedical engineering.

2

Lec 5 Endoscopy part 2. Construction of endoscope, operation, application in medicine

and biomedical engineering.

2

Lec 6 Magnetic resonance part 1. Construction of the apparatus, operation, application


2

Lec 7 Magnetic resonance part 2. Construction of the apparatus, operation, application


2

Lec 8 Radiology. Construction of the apparatus, operation, application in medicine and


2

Lec 9 Thermovision imaging. Construction of thermovision camera, operation,

application in medicine and biomedical engineering.

2

Lec 10 Nuclear medicine. PET. Construction of the apparatus, operation, application in


2

Lec 11 Nuclear medicine. SPECT. Construction of the apparatus, operation, application


2

Lec 12 Nuclear medicine. Hybrid method. Construction of the apparatus, operation,

application in medicine and biomedical engineering.

2

Lec 13 Ultrasonography. Construction of the equipment, operation, application in


2

Lec 15 Computed tomography. Construction of the equipment, operation, application in


2

Total hours 30

TEACHING TOOLS USED

N1. Lecture – multimedia presentation

N2. Written elaboration of the paper





end)

Educational effect


F1 PEK_W01

PEK_W02

PEK_U01

PEK_U02

Evaluation of prepared papers and exam (test)

P1 – exam


PRIMARY LITERATURE:

[1] 3D images of materials structures :processing and analysis. Joachim Ohser and Katja

Schladitz. Weinheim : Wiley-VCH Verlag GmbH & Co. KGaA, cop. 2009

[2] Biocybernetyka i inżynieria biomedyczna 2000. Red. M. Nałęcz. Tom 8. Obrazowanie

Biomedyczne. Red. L. Chmielewski, J.L. Kulikowski, A. Nowakowski. Współpraca: Polskie

Towarzystwo Przetwarzania Obrazów. Akademicka Oficyna Wydawnicza EXIT, Warszawa 2001.

[3] Gotszalk T.P., Systemy mikroskopii bliskich oddziaływań w badaniach mikro- i nanostruktur.

Ofic. Wyd. PWr, Wrocław 2004.

[4] Kopaczyńska M., Mikroskopia sił atomowych (AFM) - biomedyczne zastosowanie pomiarów

w nanoskali. Ofic. Wyd. PWr, Wrocław 2010.

[5] Optical imaging techniques in cell biology. Guy Cox. Boca Raton: CRC/Taylor & Francis, cop.

2007.

[6] Watt I.M., The principles and practice of electron microscopy, Cambridge University

Press, Cambridge, 2003.


[1] Articles from the journals: Molecular imaging, Biomechanics and Modeling in Nanotechnology,

Molecular imaging and Biology, Real-time imaging, Biomolecular Engineering, Bioscience,

Contrast media and molecular imaging, Biomaterials


Dr hab. Marta Kopaczyńska

[email protected]



Medical imaging techniques



AND SPECIALIZATION Medical Electronics, Biomedical Optics,






applicable)**

Subject



number***

PEK_W01 (knowledge) K1IBM_W03 C1, C2, C3 Lec1 – Lec15 N1, N2

PEK_W02 K1IBM_W03 C1, C2, C3 Lec1 – Lec15 N1, N2

PEK_U01 (skills) K1IBM_U03 C3 Lec1 – Lec15 N2

PEK_U02 K1IBM_U08 C1, C2, C3 Lec1 – Lec15 N1, N2



Zał. nr 4 do ZW 64/2012


SUBJECT CARD

Name in Polish PRAWNE I ETYCZNE ASPEKTY INŻYNIERII BIOMEDYCZNEJ

Name in English LEGAL AND ETHIC ASPECTS OF BIOMEDICAL ENGINEERING

Main field of study: BIOMEDICAL ENGINEERING








Number of hours of


University (ZZU)

30

Number of hours of


(CNPS)

60


crediting with

grade*

Examination /

crediting with

grade*

Examination /

crediting with

grade*

Examination /

crediting with

grade*

Examination /

crediting with

grade*




including number of


(P) classes

including number of



(BK) classes

1.5



1. Basic knowledge in medical devices, e.g. course Elektroniczna aparatura medyczna 1

(ETP002013W) \

SUBJECT OBJECTIVES

C1 Understanding the need to follow the rules of ethics in business related to medicine and


C2 Ability to interpret the law in the field of biomedical engineering.

C3 Knowledge about the principles which should guide the work (ethical issues, standards of

conduct in health care standards and the standards for biomedical engineering).


relating to knowledge: PEK_W01 Has basic knowledge necessary to understand the social, economic and legal

background of engineering activity.

relating to social competences: PEK_K01 Is aware of the importance and understanding of non-technical aspects and impacts of

engineering, including its impact on the environment, as well as the associated

responsibility for his decisions.

PROGRAMME CONTENT


of hours

Lec1 Management in health care system: provision, maintenance, cost analysis,

quality control, accreditation of labs. 2

Lec2 Legal regulations in area of medical devices, interpretation of norms IEC 60601-

1: Medical Device Marking and Labeling, ISO 15223 and EN 980 Medical

Device Symbols.

2

Lec3 Directives of EU for medical devices. 2

Lec4 Attests and other regulation for medical electronic devices. 2

Lec5 Norms and standards in biomedical engineering. 2

Lec6 Value and reliability of medical images and measurements. 2

Lec7 Computer safety, patient data safety (incl. VIP mode). 2

Lec8 Aircraft carrying (IATA) of biological materials and devices. 2

Lec9 Materials explantation form cadavers. 2

Lec10 Hazard of radiation. 2

Lec11 Legal aspects of clinics organization. 2

Lec12 Ethics problems in health care system. 2

Lec13 Transplantation, genetics – ethical problems. 2

Lec14 Sterilization and disinfection. 2

Lec15 Final test. 2

Total hours 30

TEACHING TOOLS USED


N2. Consultations.





end)

Educational effect


P1 PEK_W01 Evaluation of the final test

PEK_K01

P1 – lecture – evaluation of the final test


PRIMARY LITERATURE:

[1] Encyklopedia Bioetyki, praca zbiorowa pod red. A. Muszali, Polskie Wydawnictwo

Encyklopedyczne Polwen, Radom 2005.

[2] Latalski M., Kulik T.B., Zdrowie publiczne, Wydawnictwo Czelej, Lublin 2002.

[3] Sieńko A., Prawo ochrony zdrowia, ABC Dom Wydawniczy, Warszawa 2006.


[1] Blood Banking and Regulation: Procedures, Problems, and Alternatives, ed. Edward A. Dauer,

NATIONAL ACADEMY PRESS, Washington, D.C. 1996.

[2] Electronic journals accessed form Main Library of the Wroclaw University of Technology, e.g.

BMC Medical Ethics.

[3] Documents and reports USA Congress, e.g. Assessing the Efficacy and Safety of Medical

Technologies.

[4] International and polish norms. European Community documents and reports. E-books accessed

form Main Library of the Wroclaw University of Technology.

[5] Internet services, e.g.: http://www.biomedical-engineering-online.com

[6] Gillon R., Etyka lekarska: problemy filozoficzne. PZWL, Warszawa 1997.

[7] Kohn A, Fałszywi prorocy: Oszustwo i błąd w nauce i medycynie. PWN, Warszawa 1996.

[8] Ferry L., Jean-Didier V., Co to jest człowiek? O podstawach filozofii i biologii. PIW, Warszawa

2003.

[9] Szewczyk K., Dobro, zło i medycyna: filozoficzne podstawy bioetyki kulturowej. PWN,

Warszawa-Łódź 2001.


Dr hab. inż. Agnieszka Ulatowska-Jarża

[email protected]

http://www.bookmaster.pl/ksiazka/70960.xhtml

http://www.biomedical-engineering-online.com/



Legal and Ethic Aspects of Biomedical Engineering



AND SPECIALIZATION

Biomechanical Engineering, Medical Electronics, Biomedical Optics Subject educational effect Correlation between subject





Subject


content*** Teaching

tool

number***

PEK_W01 (knowledge) K1IBM_W05 C1, C2, C3 Lec1 – Lec15 N1, N2

PEK_K01 (competences) K1IBM_K02 C1, C2, C3 Lec1 – Lec15 N1, N2



1

Zał. nr 4 do ZW 64/2012


SUBJECT CARD

Name in Polish ANATOMIA

Name in English ANATOMY









Number of hours of


University (ZZU)

30


student workload

(CNPS)

60


crediting with

grade*

Examination /

crediting with

grade*

Examination /

crediting with

grade*

Examination /

crediting with

grade*

Examination

/ crediting

with grade*






classes



student contact (BK)

classes

1,5



None

\

SUBJECT OBJECTIVES C1 Getting the knowledge on descriptive anatomical and directional terminology related to human

anatomy, structure and functioning of the human body.

C2 Getting the basic knowledge on the morphology on the cellular, tissues, organs and the entire

organism level.

C3 Being acquainted with topology of body organs and systems.

C4 To understand the role of biomedical engineering in the anatomy science and supporting the

function of various organs.

2



PEK_W01 The student understands the basic anatomy terminology. Has a wider knowledge on

morphology and topology of human body organs. Has a general knowledge on the

structures of human body on the on the cellular, tissues, organs and the entire

organism level. Understands the role of biomedical engineering in the anatomy

science and supporting the function of various organs

relating to skills:



obtained data, especially is able to write report on the given topic relating to the

biomedical engineering application for improving/substituting human body

function. Is able to draw conclusions, defend own point of view, especially in the

areas of the anatomy knowledge.



process. Is acquainted with the team working, takes a responsibility for the results,

as well as for the team work output. Is aware of the role of the student of the

technical university and students responsibility for legal and honest behavior.

PROGRAMME CONTENT


of hours

Lec 1 Introduction. The role of biomedical engineering in anatomy science.

2

Lec 2 The basic anatomy terminology. Body planes & sections. Body cavities & regions. 1

Lec 3 Fundamentals of body structure and functioning. Basic elementary structures of the

human body. 1

Lec 4 Anatomy and the micro- and nano- level. Cellular and subcellular structures. 2

Lec 5 Osteology and arthrology. Bone tissue. Joints anatomy. 2

Lec 6 Upper extremity. The role of biomedical engineering in supporting/substituting body

functions. 2

Lec 7 Lower extremity. The role of biomedical engineering in supporting/substituting

body functions. 2

Lec 8 Axial skeleton, skull, chest and upper back – structure and function. 2

Lec 9 Skin tissues, muscles. 2

Lec 10 Thoracic cavity and organs. Methods for monitoring cardiac and pulmonary

function. 4

Lec11 Abdominal cavity and organs.Methods for diagnosing of digestive system. 4

Lec 12 Brain and neural system. 2

Lec 13 Urinary system 2

Lec 14 Anatomy of genital system, diagnostics methods, methods for fetal monitoring. 2

Total hours 30

TEACHING TOOLS USED

3

N1. Computer, multimedia

N2. Movies, animations

N3.Natural and artificial anatomy specimen


Evaluation (F –

forming (during

semester), P –

concluding (at

semester end)

Educational effect


F1 PEK_W01

PEK_K01

The average score form: several partial exams, report

writing and exam

F2

PEK_W01

PEK_U01

PEK_K01

Final exam as a test composed of two parts

P = average grade from F1 i F2


PRIMARY LITERATURE:

[1] Anatomia Gray. Podręcznik dla studentów. Tom 1 (Anatomia ogólna i anatomia układu ruchu) R.L. Drake, A.W. Vogl, A.W.M. Mitchell; wyd. I polskie, red. M. Bruska, B. Ciszek, P. Kowiański, W. Woźniak, Wyd. Med.e Urban & Partner, 2010

[2] Anatomia Gray. Podręcznik dla studentów. Tom 2 (Anatomia narządów wewnętrznych), R.L. Drake, A.W. Vogl, A.W.M. Mitchell, wyd. I polskie, red. M. Bruska, B. Ciszek, P. Kowiański, W. Woźniak, Wyd. Med. Urban & Partner, Warszawa 2010


[1] Anatomia człowiek. Podręcznik dla studentów medycyny, Witold Woźniak (red.) Wyd. Med. Urban & Partner, 2003

[2] Anatomia człowieka. Interaktywny Egzamin Testowy. Human Anatomy Interactive MCQ (2 płyty CD) Autor: Jerzy Stanisław Gielecki, Wojciech Ruszowski, Wyd. Med.e Górnicki, 2004

[3] Anatomia człowieka. Podręcznik i atlas dla studentów licencjatów medycznych, Autor: Elżbieta Suder, Szymon Brużewicz, Wyd. Med. Górnicki 2008

[4] Anatomia na żywym człowieku. Wstęp do terapii manualnej, Autor: Wim Jorritsma, Zofia Ignasiak (red. Wyd. Pol.), Grzegorz Żurek (red. Wyd. Pol.) Wyd Med Urban & Partner, 2004

[5] Atlas anatomii człowieka PROMETEUSZ. Tomy I-III, Michael Schünke, Eric Schulte, Udo Schumacher, Markus Voll, Karl Wesker, Wojciech Nowak (red.Wyd. Pol.), Jerzy A. Walocha (red. Wyd. Pol.), Grzegorz Goncerz (red. Wyd. Pol.), Wyd.. MedPharm, 2008

[6] Atlas anatomii człowieka Sobotta. Tom 1-2 (komplet) Autor: Pod Red. R. Putza I R. Pabsta, W. Woźniak (red. Wyd. Pol.), K. S. Jędrzejewski (red. Wyd. Pol.); Peter H. Abrahams, Sandy C. Marks, Ralph Hutchings, Jerzy Gielecki (red. Wyd. Pol.) Wyda. Med.e Urban & Partner 2006

[7] Atlas anatomii człowieka Sobotta. Tom 1-2 (komplet), Autor: Pod Red. R. Putza I R. Pabsta, W. Woźniak (red. Wyd. Pol.), K. S. Jędrzejewski (red. Wyd. Pol.); Peter H. Abrahams, Sandy C. Marks, Ralph Hutchings, Jerzy Gielecki (red. Wyd. Pol.) Wyd. Med. Urban & Partner 2006

[8] Podstawy anatomii człowieka (dodruk 2008), Autor: Bogusław K. Gołąb, PZWL, 2005 [9] Wolf-Heideggers Atlas anatomii człowieka Wolfa-Heideggera. Tom I-II + indeksy PZWL, 2008 [10] Wskazane na Wykładzie strony internetowe/recommended by tutor web pages


Halina Podbielska [email protected]


4


Anatomy




Optics






Subject



number***

PEK_W01 (knowledge) K1IBM_W02 C1, C2, C3,

C4

Lec1 – Lec15 N1, N2, N3


K1IBM_U04

C1, C2, C3,

C4

Lec1 – Lec15 N1, N2, N3

PEK_K01 (competences) K1IBM_K01

K1IBM_K03

K1IBM_K07

C1, C2, C3,

C4

Lec1 – Lec15 N1, N2, N3



Zał. nr 4 do ZW 64/2012


SUBJECT CARD

Name in Polish GRAFIKA INŻYNIERSKA

Name in English ENGINEERING GRAPHICS






Subject code MMM000144C



Number of hours of


University (ZZU)

15

Number of hours of


(CNPS)

30


crediting with

grade*

Examination /

crediting with

grade*

Examination /

crediting with

grade*

Examination /

crediting with

grade*

Examination /

crediting with

grade*




including number of


(P) classes

1

including number of



(BK) classes

0,7



1. Knowledge of Euclidean geometry theorems in force at the matriculation examination.

2. Ability to use of the drawing utensils (drawing with a pencil). \

SUBJECT OBJECTIVES C1 To familiarize students with the basic concepts of the descriptive geometry.

C2 Mastery of the projection principles of the structures recording to the extent allowing the

realization and reading simple technical drawings.



PEK_W01 Student has basic knowledge on geometric structures mapping onto drawing’s

plane.

relating to skills:

PEK_U01 Student can use the known projection rules for mapping of the geometric structures

on the drawing’s plane. Student can make a technical drawing of a simple machine

element in accordance with the rules of construction recording (technical drawing).


PEK_K01 Student can represent graphically a technical problem (task), using technical

drawing at a manner understandable to groups of employees.

Form of classes - class Number of hours

Cl 1 The representation of the space on the plane. Types of projection.

Rectangular projection of the point, straight line and plane. The

relative position of the point, straight line and plane in the space.

2

Cl 2 The geometric figures in the rectangular projections. The edges. The

revolved section. 2

Cl 3 Projection of the basic solids. Identification of the solid’s elements

(point, generating line). 2

Cl 4 The cross-sections of the solids with projection planes, the revolved

cross-sections. 2

Cl 5 Cutting of the solids with projecting planes set. 2

Cl 6 Penetration of the solids. 2

Cl 7 Creating a technical drawing (working drawing, assembly drawing),

the rules of dimensioning and tolerancing of dimensions.

2

Cl 8 Final test. 1

Total hours 15

TEACHING TOOLS USED

N1. Solving of the drawing under the guidance of leading.

N2. Self-contained solving of the homework within CNPS hours.

N3. Introductory presentations for classes.





end)

Educational effect


F1÷F7 PEK U01

PEK K01 Rating of the homework

F8 PEK_W01

PEK_U01 Final test

P = 0.35 (F1+F2+F3+F4+F5+F6+F7)/7 + 0.65 F8

Requirement: evaluation of F1 ÷ F8 at least sufficient


PRIMARY LITERATURE:

[1] Dobrzański T., Rysunek techniczny maszynowy. WNT, Warszawa 2001 (in Polish).

[2] Nowakowski T. (red.), Zbiór zadań z geometrii wykreślnej. Oficyna Wyd. PWr, Wrocław

2001(in Polish).

[3] Rydzanicz I., Zapis konstrukcji. Podstawy. Oficyna Wyd. PWr, Wrocław 2000 (in Polish).


[1] Lewandowski Z., Geometria wykreślna. PWN, Warszawa 1980 (i późniejsze wydania) (in

Polish).

[2] Rydzanicz I., Rysunek techniczny jako zapis konstrukcji. Zadania. WNT, Warszawa 1999 (in

Polish).


Dr inż. Ludomir Jankowski, [email protected]



Engineering Graphics



AND SPECIALIZATION







applicable)**

Subject



number***

PEK_W01 (knowledge) K1IBM_W01 C1 Cl 1÷ Cl 8 N3

PEK_U01 (skills) K1IBM_U07 C2 Cl 1÷ Cl 8 N1, N2

PEK_K01 (competences) K1IBM_K03 C1, C2 Cl 1÷ Cl 8 N1, N2, N3



Zał. nr 4 do ZW 64/2012


SUBJECT CARD

Name in Polish PROJEKTOWANIE WSPOMAGANE KOMPUTEROWO

Name in English COMPUTER-AIDED DESIGN



BIOMECHANICAl ENGINEERING



Subject code MMM010145L



Number of hours of


University (ZZU)

30

Number of hours of


(CNPS)

60


crediting with

grade*

Examination /

crediting with

grade*

Examination /

crediting with

grade*

Examination /

crediting with

grade*

Examination /

crediting with

grade*




including number of


(P) classes

2

including number of



(BK) classes

1,5



Completed course: engineering graphics (MMM000144C). \

SUBJECT OBJECTIVES C1. Knowledge acquirement of basic engineering drawing.

C2. The acquisition of skills in AutoCAD software for mechanical engineering design.

C3. The ability to draw, read and interpret technical drawings.



PEK_W01 has a basic knowledge of the principles of engineering drawing (geometry,

dimensions, surface microstructure) of mechanical structures elements.

relating to skills:

PEK_U01 can make detail and assembly drawings of structural elements and mechanisms.

PEK_U02 is able to read and analyze technical drawings.

PEK_U03 is able to use AutoCAD software in the design of components and mechanical

engineering systems and other engineering tasks.




hours

Lab 1 Architecture AutoCAD environment, using the help system. Formatting a

worksheet, simple elements geometry creating based on: lines, polylines,

and basic geometrical figures. Plot orthogonal projections of the block based

on its axonometric projection.

2

Lab 2 Editing tools of engineering drawings in AutoCAD: copy and delete objects,

commands: cut, extend, move. Create element geometry by cutting and cut-

out the principal blocks.

2

Lab 3 Presenting a non-rotating structural elements in the orthogonal projections

system, sections, partial sections. Dimensioning: dimensioning tools of

detail drawings on AutoCAD - dimension style, tolerances, add text (eg H7)

and symbols (eg, ) to the number of dimensional.

2

Lab 4 Presenting a rotary design elements (shafts): sections, half-view - half-

section, broken-out section, offset section. Dimensioning.

Tools to perform the views and sections in AutoCAD - shading area

(shading style, pointing to the shading area, internal point or boundary).

2

Lab 5 Writing elements of axial symmetry, partial views, offset sections.

Precision drawing (use grid and snap to the nodes and the location of the

object).

2

Lab 6 Axonometric projections. Preparation axonometric projection of elelment on

the basis orthogonal projections.

2

Lab 7 Preparation of detail drawing element based on the real object. Description

of micro-and macrostructure of the element surface.

Macros, layers, blocks in AutoCAD. Assigning a line thickness and color to

the layer.

2

Lab 8 Colloquium I (test the knowledge of the material realized in exercises 1-7). 2

Lab 9 The analysis of complex structural systems (part 1). Assembly drawing of

the mechanical system. Preparation of detail drawing the main element of

the system. Commands related to the placement of text on the drawings in

AutoCad, changes in the text, basic drawing table, assembly drawings –

drawings, parts list.

2

Lab 10 The analysis of complex structural systems (part 2). Assembly drawing of

the mechanical system. Preparation of detail drawing elements cooperating

2

with the main body.

Lab 11 Construction task (part 1). 3

Lab 12 Construction task (part 2). 2

Lab 13 Write welded connections. 2

Lab 14 Diagrammatic drawing. 1

Lab 15 Colloquium II (test the knowledge of the material realized in exercises 9-

14).

2

Total hours 30

TEACHING TOOLS USED

N1. Computer and software AutoCad.

N2. Traditional lecture.

N3. Tables catalogue of typical components: bearings, sealants, machine keys and screws.


Evaluation (F –

forming (during

semester), P –

concluding (at

semester end)

Educational effect


F1 PEK_W01 1. Evaluation of the colloquia.

F2 PEK_U01

PEK_U02

PEK_U03

PEK_K01

1. Assessment of the work carried out on individual

exercises.

2. Evaluation of work realized outside the organised

activities.

P=2/3F1 + 1/3F2


PRIMARY LITERATURE:

[1] Rydzanicz I., Rysunek techniczny jako zapis konstrukcji. Zadania. WNT, Warszawa 2008

(in Polish). [2] Rydzanicz I., Zapis konstrukcji. Podstawy. Ofic. Wyd. PWr, Wrocław 2000 (in Polish).


[1] Dobrzański T., Rysunek techniczny maszynowy. WNT, Warszawa 2001(in Polish). [2] Kurs AutoCAD – strona internetowa: http://www.cad.pl/kursy/ (in Polish).


Dr. Eng. Jarosław Filipiak, [email protected]

http://www.cad.pl/kursy/


Computer-Aided Design



AND SPECIALIZATION: Medical Electronics, Biomedical Optics, Biomechanical

Engineering Subject educational effect Correlation between subject




specialization (if

applicable)**

Subject


content*** Teaching

tool

number***

PEK_W01 (knowledge) K1IBM_W03 C1 Lab.1-Lab.15 N1-N3

PEK_U01 (skills) K1IBM_U07 C1, C2, C3 Lab.1-Lab.15 N1, N2

PEK_U02 K1IBM_U07 C1, C2, C3 Lab.1-Lab.15 N1-N3

PEK_U03 K1IBM_U07 C1, C2, C3 Lab.1-Lab.7,

Lab.9-Lab.15

N3

PEK_K01 (competences) K1IBM_K07 C1, C2, C3 Lab.1-Lab.15 N1-N3



Zał. nr 4 do ZW 64/2012


SUBJECT CARD

Name in Polish MECHANIKA I WYTRZYMAŁOŚĆ

Name in English MECHANICS AND STRENGTH OF MATERIALS






Subject code MMM020143W, MMM020143L



Number of hours of


University (ZZU) 15

15

Number of hours of


(CNPS) 60

60


crediting with

grade*

Examination /

crediting with

grade*

Examination /

crediting with

grade*

Examination /

crediting with

grade*

Examination /

crediting with

grade*



2

including number of


(P) classes 2

including number of



(BK) classes

1

1



1. Completed course: Physics 1.3A (lecture and exercises)

2. Completed course: Physics 2.7 (lecture) \

SUBJECT OBJECTIVES C1 Obtaining a basic knowledge in the field of engineering mechanics, and in particular on the

deformable body mechanics. C2 The acquisition of the basic skills for determination of strength of materials and mechanical objects.



PEK_W01 Student knows and understand the basic laws of mechanics, including the

deformable bodies mechanics. Student has a basic knowledge on simple stress

states analysis.

PEK_W02 Student has ordered knowledge on basic problems of the strength of materials.

relating to skills:

PEK_U01 Student can obtain from literature, databases and other sources the basic

information regarding to the area of engineering mechanics. Student can formulate

the conclusions from the analysis of the simple mechanical systems strength.

PEK_U02 Student can use the known methods of experimental mechanics to analyze and

evaluate the properties of selected tested objects and devices as part of

engineering. Student is able to solve basic technical problems on the basis of the

mechanics laws, perform strength analysis of mechanical devices.

PEK_K01 Student knows the limits of his own knowledge and understands the need for

further education.

PROGRAMME CONTENT


hours

Lec 1 The introduction, conditions of completion. The body models in mechanics, the

principles of statics, equations of motion, elementary mechanical systems

vibtations.

2

Lec 2 Constraints, friction and its effect on balance, trusses and cross-sectional forces. 2

Lec 3 Models of deformable material bodies, elasticity, plasticity, iso-, ortho-and

anisotropy, the basic characteristics of strength. 2

Lec 4 Analysis of the stress state, the de Saint Venant principle, the internal

equilibrium equations, plane and three-dimensional state of stress, stress

concentration, allowable stress.

2

Lec 5 Deformations and displacements, stress-strain relations, generalized Hooke's

law. 2

Lec 6 A simple and complex states of stresses, theories of the strength effort. 2

Lec 7 Fatigue of materials, elements of fracture mechanics. 2

Lec 8 Final test. 1

Total hours 15


hours

Lab 1 Experimental determination of the moment of inertia. 2

Lab 2 Static tensile test. 2

Lab 3 Static compression test, buckling of the compressed rod. 2

Lab 4 Study of stress concentration - experimental determination of the stress

concentration coefficient. 2

Lab 5 Doświadczalna analiza odkształceń zbiornika cienkościennego. 2

Lab 6 Experimental analysis of deformation of the thin-walled tank. 2

Lab 7 Determination of the stress intensity factor using optical methods. 2

Lab 8 Completion. 1

Total hours 15

TEACHING TOOLS USED


N2. Selected topics for self-teaching within CNPS hours.

N3. Instructions for laboratory exercises to preparation for the classes within CNPS hours.

N4. A short test of knowledge.

N5. Preparation of the report.


Evaluation (F –

forming (during

semester), P –

concluding (at

semester end)

Educational effect


P PEK_W01

PEK_W02 Evaluation of the final test.

F PEK_U01

PEK_U02

PEK_K01

1. Small exam practice test of the preparing for

the exercise.

2. The report made according to the instructions

of the lecturer.

F – laboratory - the average marks obtained in each laboratory, all evaluations should be positive (at

least passed).


PRIMARY LITERATURE:

[1] Dyląg Z., Jakubowicz A., Orłoś J., Wytrzymałość materiałów. Tom 1 i 2. WNT, Warszawa 2007

(in Polish).

[2] Leyko J., Mechanika ogólna, T. 1/ T2. PWN, Warszawa 1996 (in Polish).

[3] Misiak J., Mechanika Techniczna. WNT, Warszawa 1999 (in Polish).

[4] Niezgodziński T., Mechanika ogólna. PWN, Warszawa 2011 (in Polish).

[5] Zakrzewski M., Zawadzki J., Wytrzymałość Materiałów. PWN, Warszawa 1983 (in Polish).


[1] Banasiak M. (red.), Ćwiczenia laboratoryjne z wytrzymałości materiałów. PWN, Warszawa 2009

(in Polish).

[2] Instrukcje do ćwiczeń laboratoryjnych dostępne na stronie www.biomech.pwr.wroc.pl (in Polish).

[3] Niezgodziński M. E., Niezgodziński T., Zadania z wytrzymałości materiałów. WNT, Warszawa

2006 (in Polish).


Dr. eng. Ludomir Jankowski, [email protected]



Mechanics and Strength of Materials



AND SPECIALIZATION







applicable)**

Subject



number***

PEK_W01 (knowledge) K1IBM_W01 C1 Lec 1 ÷ Lec 8 N1, N2

PEK_W02 K1IBM_W03 C1 Lec 4 ÷ Lec 8 N1, N2

PEK_U01 (skills) K1IBM_U01 C2 Lab 1 ÷ Lab 8 N3 ÷ N5

PEK_U02 K1IBM_U09 C2 Lab 1 ÷ Lab 8 N3 ÷ N5

PEK_K01 (competences) K1IBM_K01 C1, C2 Lab 1 ÷ Lab 8 N3 ÷ N5

